CA2718434A1 - Method and apparatus for irradiating a surface with continuous-wave or pulsed light - Google Patents
Method and apparatus for irradiating a surface with continuous-wave or pulsed light Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2718434A1 CA2718434A1 CA2718434A CA2718434A CA2718434A1 CA 2718434 A1 CA2718434 A1 CA 2718434A1 CA 2718434 A CA2718434 A CA 2718434A CA 2718434 A CA2718434 A CA 2718434A CA 2718434 A1 CA2718434 A1 CA 2718434A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- patient
- scalp
- light
- irradiated
- certain embodiments
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 220
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 title claims description 79
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 284
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 91
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 366
- 210000004761 scalp Anatomy 0.000 claims description 334
- 210000003625 skull Anatomy 0.000 claims description 195
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 claims description 194
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 claims description 93
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims description 89
- 238000001126 phototherapy Methods 0.000 claims description 51
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 claims description 47
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 claims description 43
- 208000030886 Traumatic Brain injury Diseases 0.000 claims description 42
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 claims description 41
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 claims description 34
- 230000009529 traumatic brain injury Effects 0.000 claims description 33
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 31
- 230000001902 propagating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 30
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 27
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 claims description 27
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 claims description 24
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 claims description 24
- 210000004958 brain cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 24
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims description 24
- 210000004209 hair Anatomy 0.000 claims description 23
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 claims description 23
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 22
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 claims description 22
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 claims description 22
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 21
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 21
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 19
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- 241000447437 Gerreidae Species 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 241001269524 Dura Species 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000002826 coolant Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000031018 biological processes and functions Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- WUKWITHWXAAZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium difluoride Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[Ca+2] WUKWITHWXAAZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 6
- 229910001634 calcium fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000002008 hemorrhagic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000003405 preventing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910003460 diamond Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052594 sapphire Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000010980 sapphire Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- PFNQVRZLDWYSCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N (fluoren-9-ylideneamino) n-naphthalen-1-ylcarbamate Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C2=CC=CC=C2C1=NOC(=O)NC1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12 PFNQVRZLDWYSCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 229920000690 Tyvek Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000004775 Tyvek Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 122
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 89
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 79
- 238000002647 laser therapy Methods 0.000 description 63
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 58
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 53
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 50
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 50
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 49
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 46
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 44
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 39
- 208000032382 Ischaemic stroke Diseases 0.000 description 37
- 230000003542 behavioural effect Effects 0.000 description 37
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 34
- 238000011830 transgenic mouse model Methods 0.000 description 31
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 30
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 27
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 25
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 21
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 21
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 21
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 21
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 19
- 238000007477 logistic regression Methods 0.000 description 19
- 230000007658 neurological function Effects 0.000 description 19
- 210000003128 head Anatomy 0.000 description 18
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 18
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 17
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 17
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 16
- 210000005013 brain tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 108090000373 Tissue Plasminogen Activator Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 102000003978 Tissue Plasminogen Activator Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 14
- 229960000187 tissue plasminogen activator Drugs 0.000 description 14
- 206010014498 Embolic stroke Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 12
- 231100000517 death Toxicity 0.000 description 12
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000010102 embolization Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000000926 neurological effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 11
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 11
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 11
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000000302 ischemic effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000013532 laser treatment Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000009196 low level laser therapy Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000001066 destructive effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000007659 motor function Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 9
- 210000003470 mitochondria Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000001936 parietal effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 208000037259 Amyloid Plaque Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 102000000634 Cytochrome c oxidase subunit IV Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108090000365 Cytochrome-c oxidases Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 7
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 7
- 230000006736 behavioral deficit Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000004766 neurogenesis Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000007971 neurological deficit Effects 0.000 description 7
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000000902 placebo Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229940068196 placebo Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000002407 ATP formation Effects 0.000 description 6
- ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KQYNXXCUSA-J ATP(4-) Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KQYNXXCUSA-J 0.000 description 6
- ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenosine triphosphate Natural products C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1OC(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)C(O)C1O ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 208000018652 Closed Head injury Diseases 0.000 description 6
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 206010061216 Infarction Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 238000012347 Morris Water Maze Methods 0.000 description 6
- 208000012902 Nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 6
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000003146 anticoagulant agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000007574 infarction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000000324 neuroprotective effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 6
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 230000002537 thrombolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000003656 tris buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 6
- 206010010071 Coma Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 206010033546 Pallor Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 208000007536 Thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 102100040247 Tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003941 amyloidogenesis Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000003920 cognitive function Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000005154 hemibrain Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 5
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 5
- 208000028867 ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000031700 light absorption Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 108010091867 peptide P Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 238000011555 rabbit model Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 5
- KKTUQAYCCLMNOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-diaminobenzoic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC(C(O)=O)=C1N KKTUQAYCCLMNOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 201000006474 Brain Ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010008120 Cerebral ischaemia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010008190 Cerebrovascular accident Diseases 0.000 description 4
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000001168 carotid artery common Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000002490 cerebral effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 206010008118 cerebral infarction Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000026106 cerebrovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000001427 coherent effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 4
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 4
- 238000004980 dosimetry Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000013161 embolization procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000003780 hair follicle Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000001525 retina Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000000278 spinal cord Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000012549 training Methods 0.000 description 4
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 101710137189 Amyloid-beta A4 protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710151993 Amyloid-beta precursor protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100022704 Amyloid-beta precursor protein Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010012289 Dementia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010019196 Head injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000001554 Hemoglobins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010054147 Hemoglobins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000032843 Hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 108010036908 Presenilin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100022036 Presenilin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102000006270 Proton Pumps Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010083204 Proton Pumps Proteins 0.000 description 3
- IJYPHMXWKKKHGT-VAWYXSNFSA-N SIS3 free base Chemical compound C1C=2C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=2CCN1C(=O)\C=C\C(C1=CC=CN=C1N1C)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 IJYPHMXWKKKHGT-VAWYXSNFSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 208000032851 Subarachnoid Hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DZHSAHHDTRWUTF-SIQRNXPUSA-N amyloid-beta polypeptide 42 Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O)C(C)C)C(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 DZHSAHHDTRWUTF-SIQRNXPUSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001764 biostimulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000740 bleeding effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003759 clinical diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002591 computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 3
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 3
- XLZOVRYBVCMCGL-BPNVQINPSA-L disodium;4-[(z)-[tert-butyl(oxido)azaniumylidene]methyl]benzene-1,3-disulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].CC(C)(C)[N+](\[O-])=C\C1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1S([O-])(=O)=O XLZOVRYBVCMCGL-BPNVQINPSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000037149 energy metabolism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002595 magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001000 micrograph Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000001700 mitochondrial membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000003387 muscular Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004224 protection Effects 0.000 description 3
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 238000011552 rat model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000451 tissue damage Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000827 tissue damage Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011534 wash buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 3
- FBKFDSUZBVDZIX-FFGDOFBPSA-N (4s)-4-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-acetamido-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylsulfanylbutanoyl]amino]-2-methylpropanoyl]amino]-3-[4-(phosphonomethyl)phenyl]propanoyl]amino]-3-(6-chloro-1h-indol-3-yl)propanoyl]amino]-5-[[1-[[(2s)-1-amino-4-meth Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)NC(C)(C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(CP(O)(O)=O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC1(CC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(N)=O)NC(C)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 FBKFDSUZBVDZIX-FFGDOFBPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000014644 Brain disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010008089 Cerebral artery occlusion Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010010904 Convulsion Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000032274 Encephalopathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Guanidine Chemical compound NC(N)=N ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WZUVPPKBWHMQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Haematoxylin Chemical compound C12=CC(O)=C(O)C=C2CC2(O)C1C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1OC2 WZUVPPKBWHMQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010018985 Haemorrhage intracranial Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000016988 Hemorrhagic Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101100268553 Homo sapiens APP gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000023105 Huntington disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000008574 Intracranial Hemorrhages Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000008457 Neurologic Manifestations Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 2
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000012641 Pigmentation disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920005372 Plexiglas® Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 108010036933 Presenilin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100022033 Presenilin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010094028 Prothrombin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100027378 Prothrombin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010019674 Proto-Oncogene Proteins c-sis Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010057430 Retinal injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010040067 Septic embolus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000692 Student's t-test Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000002667 Subdural Hematoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010042364 Subdural haemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010054094 Tumour necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009692 acute damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- YZXBAPSDXZZRGB-DOFZRALJSA-N arachidonic acid Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O YZXBAPSDXZZRGB-DOFZRALJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002715 bioenergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036772 blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000005754 cellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000019771 cognition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000037410 cognitive enhancement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000005257 cortical tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001739 density measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035487 diastolic blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009699 differential effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000806 elastomer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001378 electrochemiluminescence detection Methods 0.000 description 2
- DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol bis(2-aminoethyl)tetraacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCOCCOCCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- BCQZXOMGPXTTIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N halothane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(Cl)Br BCQZXOMGPXTTIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003132 halothane Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011539 homogenization buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002631 hypothermal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010191 image analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002991 immunohistochemical analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000020658 intracerebral hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000007917 intracranial administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003447 ipsilateral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003340 mental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000007309 middle cerebral artery infarction Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002438 mitochondrial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000032405 negative regulation of neuron apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003188 neurobehavioral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009251 neurologic dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004112 neuroprotection Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000013021 overheating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000010627 oxidative phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002428 photodynamic therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000608 photoreceptor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000035479 physiological effects, processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940039716 prothrombin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000004445 quantitative analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035806 respiratory chain Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000837 restrainer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012502 risk assessment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000075 skin burn Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000020431 spinal cord injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000001032 spinal nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012089 stop solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011631 stroke animal model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009182 swimming Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007470 synaptic degeneration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035488 systolic blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012353 t test Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010998 test method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003685 thermal hair damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- PGOHTUIFYSHAQG-LJSDBVFPSA-N (2S)-6-amino-2-[[(2S)-5-amino-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-4-amino-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-5-amino-2-[[(2S)-5-amino-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[(2S)-5-amino-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S,3R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-5-amino-2-[[(2S)-1-[(2S,3R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-1-[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-amino-4-methylsulfanylbutanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoyl]amino]-5-carbamimidamidopentanoyl]amino]propanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-3-sulfanylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylsulfanylbutanoyl]amino]-5-carbamimidamidopentanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxybutanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-imidazol-5-yl)propanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxybutanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoyl]amino]-5-carbamimidamidopentanoyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxybutanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-3-carboxypropanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-5-carbamimidamidopentanoyl]amino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-4-oxobutanoyl]amino]-5-carbamimidamidopentanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoyl]amino]-4-carboxybutanoyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1c[nH]c2ccccc12)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1cnc[nH]1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1c[nH]c2ccccc12)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1ccccc1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc1c[nH]c2ccccc12)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(O)=O PGOHTUIFYSHAQG-LJSDBVFPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLJWJOQWLPAHIE-YLXLXVFQSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s,3s)-2-amino-3-methylpentanoyl]amino]propanoyl]amino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]pentanedioic acid Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC(O)=O WLJWJOQWLPAHIE-YLXLXVFQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MZOFCQQQCNRIBI-VMXHOPILSA-N (3s)-4-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-1-[[(1s)-1-carboxy-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-3-[[2-[[(2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN MZOFCQQQCNRIBI-VMXHOPILSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOVKYSAHUYNSMH-RRKCRQDMSA-N 5-bromodeoxyuridine Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(Br)=C1 WOVKYSAHUYNSMH-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000007848 Alcoholism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001049 Amyloid Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010094108 Amyloid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010043324 Amyloid Precursor Protein Secretases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002659 Amyloid Precursor Protein Secretases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010002329 Aneurysm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JBRZTFJDHDCESZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N AsGa Chemical compound [As]#[Ga] JBRZTFJDHDCESZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010017640 Aspartic Acid Proteases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004580 Aspartic Acid Proteases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010003591 Ataxia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025978 Athletic injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003658 Atrial Fibrillation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WOVKYSAHUYNSMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N BROMODEOXYURIDINE Natural products C1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(Br)=C1 WOVKYSAHUYNSMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100021257 Beta-secretase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000003174 Brain Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002126 C01EB10 - Adenosine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011740 C57BL/6 mouse Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101100008049 Caenorhabditis elegans cut-5 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010008111 Cerebral haemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000008733 Citrus aurantifolia Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010067787 Coagulation factor deficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000959 Cochran–Mantel–Haenszel (CMH) test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010010254 Concussion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000019736 Cranial nerve disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007027 Dakin phenol oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010011985 Decubitus ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000016192 Demyelinating disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061818 Disease progression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010013654 Drug abuse Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000010201 Exanthema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020564 Eye injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000011240 Frontotemporal dementia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000012671 Gastrointestinal haemorrhages Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037357 HIV infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010062713 Haemorrhagic diathesis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019345 Heat stroke Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000002812 Heat-Shock Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010004889 Heat-Shock Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000894895 Homo sapiens Beta-secretase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000720704 Homo sapiens Neuronal migration protein doublecortin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000001953 Hypotension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012404 In vitro experiment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004310 Ion Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010024264 Lethargy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009829 Lewy Body Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000002832 Lewy body dementia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000239218 Limulus Species 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920006382 Lustran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010025282 Lymphoedema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000342 Monte Carlo simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000005314 Multi-Infarct Dementia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methyl-guanidine Natural products CNC(N)=N CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011887 Necropsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100025929 Neuronal migration protein doublecortin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000283977 Oryctolagus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000010222 PCR analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010033892 Paraplegia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007542 Paresis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000007711 Peperomia pellucida Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000609 Pick Disease of the Brain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000001938 Plasminogen Activators Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010001014 Plasminogen Activators Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010035664 Pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010050254 Presenilins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015499 Presenilins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000004210 Pressure Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940124158 Protease/peptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010026552 Proteome Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010063837 Reperfusion injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091027981 Response element Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000004717 Ruptured Aneurysm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000452413 Sabra Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010039710 Scleroderma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940124639 Selective inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004809 Teflon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006362 Teflon® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010000499 Thromboplastin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002262 Thromboplastin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000011941 Tilia x europaea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000019400 Tissue-type plasminogen activator Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 201000004810 Vascular dementia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010053648 Vascular occlusion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001793 Wilcoxon signed-rank test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000862 absorption spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036982 action potential Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010000891 acute myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005305 adenosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011256 aggressive treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003570 air Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010001584 alcohol abuse Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025746 alcohol use disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036626 alertness Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010002022 amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003444 anaesthetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000540 analysis of variance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002424 anti-apoptotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003529 anticholesteremic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127226 anticholesterol agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101150031224 app gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940114079 arachidonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000021342 arachidonic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000000576 arachnoid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000149 argon plasma sintering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010003119 arrhythmia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009227 behaviour therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008238 biochemical pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005842 biochemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000560 biocompatible material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008512 biological response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008276 biophysical mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000133 brain stem Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229950004398 broxuridine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012754 cardiac puncture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000003295 carpal tunnel syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000025997 central nervous system neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003727 cerebral blood flow Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003710 cerebral cortex Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000014763 coagulation protein disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GSOLWAFGMNOBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt Chemical compound [Co][Co][Co][Co][Co][Co][Co][Co] GSOLWAFGMNOBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006999 cognitive decline Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000010877 cognitive disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009514 concussion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036757 core body temperature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000029078 coronary artery disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001054 cortical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003436 cytoskeletal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013523 data management Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002059 diagnostic imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003205 diastolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylaminoamidine Natural products CN(C)C(N)=N SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005750 disease progression Effects 0.000 description 1
- -1 disodium-[(tert-butylimino)m ethyl]benzene-1,3-disulfonate N-oxide Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012154 double-distilled water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940000406 drug candidate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000624 ear auricle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002526 effect on cardiovascular system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000092 effect on stroke Effects 0.000 description 1
- YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N eosin Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C21 YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002615 epidermis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010015037 epilepsy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000005884 exanthem Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003414 extremity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000040 eye damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001815 facial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000245 forearm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008098 formaldehyde solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000030304 gastrointestinal bleeding Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003365 glass fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009499 grossing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036433 growing body Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000017525 heat dissipation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000011066 hemangioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007490 hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010019465 hemiparesis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031169 hemorrhagic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000010562 histological examination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000033519 human immunodeficiency virus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003906 hydrocephalus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036543 hypotension Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003365 immunocytochemistry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002055 immunohistochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002329 infrared spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005865 ionizing radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002427 irreversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037906 ischaemic injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000017169 kidney disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000010901 lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004571 lime Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000019423 liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012160 loading buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005923 long-lasting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000018883 loss of balance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000002502 lymphedema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000873 masking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013160 medical therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002483 medication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010027191 meningioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003924 mental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003657 middle cerebral artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009525 mild injury Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004065 mitochondrial dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009526 moderate injury Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036651 mood Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004973 motor coordination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000005264 motor neuron disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004165 myocardium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000010004 neural pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002241 neurite Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000626 neurodegenerative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002682 neurofibrillary tangle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002610 neuroimaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002981 neuropathic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007171 neuropathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004090 neuroprotective agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011859 neuroprotective therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000189 neurotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002887 neurotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002547 new drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011587 new zealand white rabbit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010029864 nystagmus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001543 one-way ANOVA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011369 optimal treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001151 other effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036284 oxygen consumption Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006213 oxygenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036407 pain Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010033675 panniculitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007310 pathophysiology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001412 pentobarbital Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WEXRUCMBJFQVBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentobarbital Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1(CC)C(=O)NC(=O)NC1=O WEXRUCMBJFQVBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008447 perception Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010412 perfusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000578 peripheral nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000886 photobiology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037081 physical activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001766 physiological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940127126 plasminogen activator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001084 poly(chloroprene) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000013105 post hoc analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035935 pregnancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002028 premature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009979 protective mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000020016 psychiatric disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010037844 rash Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007115 recruitment Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000011514 reflex Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007634 remodeling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000027756 respiratory electron transport chain Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010079 rubber tapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000279 safety data Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000003752 saphenous vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035807 sensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037974 severe injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009528 severe injury Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002027 skeletal muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000401 skin blanching Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 206010040882 skin lesion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000444 skin lesion Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000036555 skin type Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000391 smoking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004872 soft tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012453 sprague-dawley rat model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007480 spreading Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003892 spreading Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013517 stratification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004304 subcutaneous tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000011117 substance-related disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002725 thermoplastic elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005992 thermoplastic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960000103 thrombolytic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012301 transgenic model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000411 transmission spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000472 traumatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002604 ultrasonography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000021331 vascular occlusion disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012795 verification Methods 0.000 description 1
- YTZALCGQUPRCGW-ZSFNYQMMSA-N verteporfin Chemical compound N1C(C=C2C(=C(CCC(O)=O)C(C=C3C(CCC(=O)OC)=C(C)C(N3)=C3)=N2)C)=C(C=C)C(C)=C1C=C1C2=CC=C(C(=O)OC)[C@@H](C(=O)OC)[C@@]2(C)C3=N1 YTZALCGQUPRCGW-ZSFNYQMMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940061392 visudyne Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036642 wellbeing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037303 wrinkles Effects 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N5/0613—Apparatus adapted for a specific treatment
- A61N5/0618—Psychological treatment
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N5/0613—Apparatus adapted for a specific treatment
- A61N5/0622—Optical stimulation for exciting neural tissue
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N5/067—Radiation therapy using light using laser light
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N2005/002—Cooling systems
- A61N2005/007—Cooling systems for cooling the patient
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N2005/0626—Monitoring, verifying, controlling systems and methods
- A61N2005/0629—Sequential activation of light sources
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N2005/0635—Radiation therapy using light characterised by the body area to be irradiated
- A61N2005/0643—Applicators, probes irradiating specific body areas in close proximity
- A61N2005/0645—Applicators worn by the patient
- A61N2005/0647—Applicators worn by the patient the applicator adapted to be worn on the head
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N2005/0658—Radiation therapy using light characterised by the wavelength of light used
- A61N2005/0659—Radiation therapy using light characterised by the wavelength of light used infrared
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Radiology & Medical Imaging (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Developmental Disabilities (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Psychology (AREA)
- Social Psychology (AREA)
- Radiation-Therapy Devices (AREA)
- Treatments Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)
- Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
- Recrystallisation Techniques (AREA)
Abstract
A method and apparatus irradiates a surface with at least one light beam emitted from an emission surface of an optical element. The at least one light beam has a cross-sectional area greater than about 2 cm2, and a time-averaged irradiance in a range of about 10 mW/cm2 to about 10 W/cm2 across the cross-sectional area.
The at least one light beam can include a plurality of pulses having a temporal pulsewidth in a range between about 0.1 millisecond and about 150 seconds, and having a time-averaged irradiance in a range between about 1 mW/cm2 and about 100 W/cm2.
The at least one light beam can include a plurality of pulses having a temporal pulsewidth in a range between about 0.1 millisecond and about 150 seconds, and having a time-averaged irradiance in a range between about 1 mW/cm2 and about 100 W/cm2.
Description
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IRRADIATING A SURFACE WITH
CONTINUOUS-WAVE OR PULSED LIGHT
Claim of Priority [0001] This application is a continuation-in-part from U.S. Patent Appl. No.
12/389,294, filed February 20, 2009, which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein. This application also claims the benefit of priority to U.S.
Provisional Application No. 61/037,668, filed March 18, 2008, which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.
Background of the Invention Field of the Invention [0002] The present invention relates in general to phototherapy, and more particularly, to novel apparatuses and methods for phototherapy of brain tissue.
Description of the Related Art [0003] There are numerous neurologic conditions, such as neurodegenerative diseases (e.g., Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease), Huntington's disease, demyelinating diseases (e.g., multiple sclerosis), cranial nerve palsies, traumatic brain injury, stroke, and spinal cord injury which could possibly benefit from application of phototherapy. Most of these conditions cause significant morbidity and mortality and involve tremendous burden to society, families and caregivers. Many neurologic conditions have no currently available effective therapies or the therapies that are available are not adequate to restore functional recovery, sustain quality of life, or halt disease progression.
CONTINUOUS-WAVE OR PULSED LIGHT
Claim of Priority [0001] This application is a continuation-in-part from U.S. Patent Appl. No.
12/389,294, filed February 20, 2009, which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein. This application also claims the benefit of priority to U.S.
Provisional Application No. 61/037,668, filed March 18, 2008, which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.
Background of the Invention Field of the Invention [0002] The present invention relates in general to phototherapy, and more particularly, to novel apparatuses and methods for phototherapy of brain tissue.
Description of the Related Art [0003] There are numerous neurologic conditions, such as neurodegenerative diseases (e.g., Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease), Huntington's disease, demyelinating diseases (e.g., multiple sclerosis), cranial nerve palsies, traumatic brain injury, stroke, and spinal cord injury which could possibly benefit from application of phototherapy. Most of these conditions cause significant morbidity and mortality and involve tremendous burden to society, families and caregivers. Many neurologic conditions have no currently available effective therapies or the therapies that are available are not adequate to restore functional recovery, sustain quality of life, or halt disease progression.
[0004] One example of a neurologic condition that remains a major unmet medical need is stroke, also called cerebrovascular accident (CVA). Stroke is caused by a sudden disruption of blood flow to a discrete area of the brain that is brought on by the lodging of a clot in an artery supplying blood to an area of the brain (called an ischemic stroke), or by a cerebral hemorrhage due to a ruptured aneurysm or a burst artery (called a hemorrhagic stroke). There are over 750,000 stroke victims per year in the United States, and approximately 85% of all strokes are ischemic and 15% are hemorrhagic. The consequence of stroke is a loss of function in the affected brain region and concomitant loss of bodily function in areas of the body controlled by the affected brain region.
Depending upon the extent and location of the primary insult in the brain, loss of function varies greatly from mild or severe, and may be temporary or permanent.
Lifestyle factors such as smoking, diet, level of physical activity and high cholesterol increase the risk of stroke, and thus stroke is a major cause of human suffering in developed nations. Stroke is the third leading cause of death in most developed nations, including the United States.
Depending upon the extent and location of the primary insult in the brain, loss of function varies greatly from mild or severe, and may be temporary or permanent.
Lifestyle factors such as smoking, diet, level of physical activity and high cholesterol increase the risk of stroke, and thus stroke is a major cause of human suffering in developed nations. Stroke is the third leading cause of death in most developed nations, including the United States.
[0005] Stroke treatment is often restricted to providing basic life support at the time of the stroke, followed by rehabilitation. Currently, the only FDA-cleared treatment of ischemic stroke involves thrombolytic therapy using tissue plasminogen activator (tPA). However, tPA can only be used within three hours of stroke onset and has several contraindications, therefore, only a small percentage of stroke victims receive this drug.
[0006] Traumatic brain injury (TBI) occurs when a sudden physical trauma (e.g., crush or compression injury in the central nervous system, including a crush or compression injury of the brain, spinal cord, nerves or retina, or any acute injury or insult producing cell death) causes damage to the head. For example, a sudden and/or violent blow to the head or an object piercing the skull and entering brain tissue can result in TBI.
The extent of damage to the brain can be severe, however even mild and moderate TBI
has been associated with neurological sequelae that can be long lasting.
Development of neurodegenerative conditions has been associated with TBI. TBI can result in a sudden disruption of blood flow to a discrete area of the brain. The consequence of stroke or TBI
can be a loss of function in the affected brain region and concomitant loss of bodily function in areas of the body controlled by the affected brain region.
Depending upon the extent and location of the primary insult in the brain, loss of function varies greatly from mild or severe, and may be temporary or permanent.
The extent of damage to the brain can be severe, however even mild and moderate TBI
has been associated with neurological sequelae that can be long lasting.
Development of neurodegenerative conditions has been associated with TBI. TBI can result in a sudden disruption of blood flow to a discrete area of the brain. The consequence of stroke or TBI
can be a loss of function in the affected brain region and concomitant loss of bodily function in areas of the body controlled by the affected brain region.
Depending upon the extent and location of the primary insult in the brain, loss of function varies greatly from mild or severe, and may be temporary or permanent.
[0007] A high level of interest and clinical need remains in finding new and improved therapeutic interventions for treatment of stroke and other neurologic conditions that continue to devastate millions of lives each year and where few effective therapies exist.
Summary of the Invention [0008] In certain embodiments, an apparatus for irradiating a portion of a patient's scalp or skull with light is provided. The apparatus comprises a source of light and an output optical element in optical communication with the source. The output optical element comprises an emission surface configured to emit a pulsed light beam comprising a plurality of pulses having a temporal pulsewidth in a range between 0.1 millisecond and 150 seconds. The pulsed light beam has a cross-sectional area greater than about 2 cm2 at the emission surface of the output optical element, and has a time-averaged irradiance in a range of about 10 mW/cm2 to about 10 W/cm2 across the cross-sectional area.
Summary of the Invention [0008] In certain embodiments, an apparatus for irradiating a portion of a patient's scalp or skull with light is provided. The apparatus comprises a source of light and an output optical element in optical communication with the source. The output optical element comprises an emission surface configured to emit a pulsed light beam comprising a plurality of pulses having a temporal pulsewidth in a range between 0.1 millisecond and 150 seconds. The pulsed light beam has a cross-sectional area greater than about 2 cm2 at the emission surface of the output optical element, and has a time-averaged irradiance in a range of about 10 mW/cm2 to about 10 W/cm2 across the cross-sectional area.
[0009] In certain embodiments, a method of irradiating a surface with light is provided. The method comprises irradiating the surface with at least one pulsed light beam emitted from an emission surface of an optical element. The at least one pulsed light beam comprises a plurality of pulses having a temporal pulsewidth in a range between about 0.1 millisecond and about 150 seconds. The at least one pulsed light beam has a beam cross-sectional area at the emission surface greater than about 2 cm2 and a time-averaged irradiance in a range between about 1 mW/cm2 and about 100 W/cm2.
[0010] In certain embodiments, a method of treating a patient's brain is provided. The method comprises irradiating at least a portion of the scalp or skull of the patient with at least one pulsed light beam comprising a plurality of pulses transmitted through the patient's skull to irradiate at least a portion of the brain. The at least one pulsed light beam has a temporal profile comprising a time-averaged irradiance at the scalp averaged over one second in a range between about 100 mW/cm2 and about W/cm2 and a peak irradiance at the scalp in a range between about 12.5 mW/cm2 and about 1000 W/cm2.
[0011] In certain embodiments, a method of treating a patient who has experienced a traumatic brain injury is provided. The method comprises noninvasively irradiating at least a portion of the patient's scalp or skull with pulsed light penetrating the patient's skull to irradiate and stimulate brain cells of the patient. The pulsed light has a temporal profile comprising an average irradiance per pulse, a temporal pulse width, and a pulse duty cycle. The temporal profile is selected to modulate membrane potentials in order to enhance, restore, or promote cell survival, cell function, or both of the irradiated brain cells following the traumatic brain injury.
[0012] In certain embodiments, a method of treating a patient experiencing a neurodegenerative disease or depression is provided. The method comprises noninvasively irradiating at least a portion of the patient's scalp or skull with pulsed light penetrating the patient's skull to irradiate and stimulate brain cells of the patient. The pulsed light has a temporal profile comprising an average irradiance per pulse, a temporal pulse width, and a pulse duty cycle. The temporal profile is selected to modulate membrane potentials in order to enhance, restore, or promote cell survival, cell function, or both of the irradiated brain cells.
[0013] In certain embodiments, an apparatus is provided for irradiating a portion of a patient's scalp with light. The apparatus comprises a source of light comprising one or more wavelengths in a range of about 630 nanometers to about nanometers. The apparatus further comprises an output optical element in optical communication with the source. The output optical element comprises an emission surface configured to emit a light beam having a cross-sectional area greater than about 2 cm2 at the emission surface of the output optical element and having a time-averaged irradiance in a range of about 10 mW/cm2 to about 10 W/cm2 across the cross-sectional area. The apparatus further comprises a thermally conductive portion configured to be placed in thermal communication with the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp and to remove heat from the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp at a rate in a range of about 0.1 Watt to about 5 Watts.
[0014] In certain embodiments, a method of irradiating a surface with light is provided. The method comprises emitting a light beam from an emission surface of an optical element. The light beam at the emission surface has one or more wavelengths in a range of about 630 nanometers to about 1064 nanometers, a cross-sectional area greater than about 2 cm2, and a time-averaged irradiance in a range of about 10 mW/cm2 to about W/cm2 across the cross-sectional area. The method further comprises removing heat from the emission surface at a rate in a range of about 0.1 Watt to about 5 Watts. The method further comprises impinging the irradiated surface with the light beam.
[0015] In certain embodiments, an apparatus is provided for irradiating a patient's scalp with light. The apparatus comprises a first portion and a second portion mechanically coupled to the first portion and in optical communication with the first portion. The second portion is configured to be placed in thermal communication with the patient's scalp such that the light from the first portion propagates through the second portion during operation of the apparatus. The first portion and the second portion are configured to move relative to one another in response to the second portion being placed in thermal communication with the patient's scalp.
[0016] In certain embodiments, a method of irradiating a surface with light is provided. The method comprises providing an apparatus comprising a first portion and a second portion mechanically coupled to the first portion and in optical communication with the first portion. The first portion and the second portion are configured to move relative to one another. The method further comprises placing the second portion in thermal communication with the surface. The method further comprises irradiating the surface such that the light from the first portion propagates through the second portion.
The method further comprises moving the first portion and the second portion relative to one another in response to the second portion being placed in thermal communication with the surface.
The method further comprises moving the first portion and the second portion relative to one another in response to the second portion being placed in thermal communication with the surface.
[0017] In certain embodiments, an apparatus is provided for irradiating a patient's scalp with light. The apparatus comprises an output optical assembly comprising an emission surface, wherein during operation of the apparatus, light propagates through the output optical assembly along a first optical path to the emission surface. The apparatus further comprise a sensor spaced from the output optical assembly. The sensor is positioned to receive radiation from the output optical assembly propagating through the output optical assembly along a second optical path, the first optical path and the second optical path having a non-zero angle therebetween.
[0018] In certain embodiments, a method for irradiating a surface with light is provided. The method comprises providing an optical element comprising a substantially optically transmissive and substantially thermally conductive material, the optical element having a first surface and a second surface. The method further comprises placing the first surface in thermal communication with the irradiated surface. The method further comprises propagating light along a first optical path through the second surface and through the first surface to the irradiated surface. The method further comprises detecting radiation propagating along a second optical path from at least a portion of the second surface, the first optical path and the second optical path having a non-zero angle therebetween.
[0019] In certain embodiments, an apparatus is provided for irradiating a patient's scalp with light. The apparatus comprises a thermoelectric assembly responsive to an electric current applied to the thermoelectric assembly by cooling at least a first surface of the thermoelectric assembly and heating at least a second surface of the thermoelectric assembly. The thermoelectric assembly is configured to be releasably mechanically coupled to an output optical assembly so as to have the first surface in thermal communication with the output optical assembly. The thermoelectric assembly generally surrounds a first region, wherein, during operation of the apparatus, light irradiating a portion of the patient's scalp propagates through the first region. The apparatus further comprises a heat sink in thermal communication with the second surface of the thermoelectric assembly.
[0020] In certain embodiments, an apparatus wearable by a patient is provided.
The apparatus comprises a body adapted to be worn over at least a portion of the patient's scalp. The apparatus further comprises a plurality of indicators corresponding to a plurality of treatment site locations at the patient's scalp where light is to be applied to irradiate at least a portion of the patient's brain.
The apparatus comprises a body adapted to be worn over at least a portion of the patient's scalp. The apparatus further comprises a plurality of indicators corresponding to a plurality of treatment site locations at the patient's scalp where light is to be applied to irradiate at least a portion of the patient's brain.
[0021] In certain embodiments, an apparatus wearable by a patient is provided.
The apparatus comprises means for identifying a plurality of treatment site locations at the patient's scalp where light is to be applied to irradiate at least a portion of the patient's brain. The apparatus further comprises means for indicating to an operator a sequential order for irradiating the treatment site locations.
The apparatus comprises means for identifying a plurality of treatment site locations at the patient's scalp where light is to be applied to irradiate at least a portion of the patient's brain. The apparatus further comprises means for indicating to an operator a sequential order for irradiating the treatment site locations.
[0022] In certain embodiments, a method for denoting a brain phototherapy procedure is provided. The method comprises identifying a plurality of treatment site locations at a patient's scalp, wherein at least one of the treatment site locations has an area of at least 1 cm2. The method further comprises indicating a sequential order for irradiation of the treatment site locations.
[0023] In certain embodiments, a method of treating a patient's brain is provided. The method comprises noninvasively irradiating a first area of at least 1 cm2 of the patient's scalp with laser light during a first time period. The method further comprises noninvasively irradiating a second area of at least 1 cm2 of the patient's scalp with laser light during a second time period, wherein the first area and the second area do not overlap one another, wherein the first time period and the second time period do not overlap one another.
[0024] For purposes of summarizing the present invention, certain aspects, advantages, and novel features of the present invention have been described herein above.
It is to be understood, however, that not necessarily all such advantages may be achieved in accordance with any particular embodiment of the present invention. Thus, the present invention may be embodied or carried out in a manner that achieves or optimizes one advantage or group of advantages as taught herein without necessarily achieving other advantages as may be taught or suggested herein.
Brief Description of the Drawings [0025] Figure 1 schematically illustrates an example beam delivery apparatus in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
It is to be understood, however, that not necessarily all such advantages may be achieved in accordance with any particular embodiment of the present invention. Thus, the present invention may be embodied or carried out in a manner that achieves or optimizes one advantage or group of advantages as taught herein without necessarily achieving other advantages as may be taught or suggested herein.
Brief Description of the Drawings [0025] Figure 1 schematically illustrates an example beam delivery apparatus in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
[0026] Figure 2A schematically illustrates a cross-sectional view of an example output optical assembly in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
[0027] Figure 2B schematically illustrates another example output optical assembly in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
[0028] Figures 3A and 3B schematically illustrate the diffusive effect on the light by the output optical assembly.
[0029] Figures 4A and 4B schematically illustrate cross-sectional views of two example beam delivery apparatuses in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
[0030] Figure 5 schematically illustrates an example fiber alignment mechanism in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
[0031] Figure 6 schematically illustrates an example mirror compatible with certain embodiments described herein.
[0032] Figure 7 schematically illustrates an example first optical path of light emitted from the optical fiber in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
[0033] Figure 8 schematically illustrates an example second optical path of radiation received by the sensor.
[0034] Figure 9A schematically illustrates an example thermoelectric element and Figure 9B schematically illustrates two views of an example thermal conduit in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
[0035] Figure IOA schematically illustrates another example thermoelectric element and Figure IOB schematically illustrates two views of another example thermal conduit in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
[0036] Figure 11A schematically illustrates a cross-sectional view of an example heat sink and Figure 11 B schematically illustrates another example heat sink in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
[0037] Figures 12A and 12B schematically illustrate two example configurations of the window with the thermoelectric assembly.
[0038] Figure 13A schematically illustrates an example chassis for supporting the various components of the beam delivery apparatus within the housing in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
[0039] Figure 13B schematically illustrates another example chassis in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
[0040] Figure 14A schematically illustrates a cross-sectional view of an example configuration of the chassis and the housing in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
[0041] Figures 14B and 14C schematically illustrate another example configuration of the chassis and the housing in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
[0042] Figures 15A and 15B schematically illustrate two states of an example sensor in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
[0043] Figures 15C and 15D schematically illustrate two states of another example sensor in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
[0044] Figures 16A and 16B schematically illustrate two example configurations of the trigger force spring and trigger force adjustment mechanism in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
[0045] Figure 17 schematically illustrates an example lens assembly sensor in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
[0046] Figure 18 is a block diagram of a control circuit comprising a programmable controller for controlling a light source according to embodiments described herein.
[0047] Figure 19A is a graph of the transmittance of light through blood (in arbitrary units) as a function of wavelength.
[0048] Figure 19B is a graph of the absorption of light by brain tissue.
[0049] Figure 19C shows the efficiency of energy delivery as a function of wavelength.
[0050] Figure 20 shows measured absorption of 808 nanometer light through various rat tissues.
[0051] Figures 21A-21D schematically illustrate example pulses in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
[0052] Figures 22A-22C schematically illustrate an embodiment in which the apparatus is placed in thermal communication sequentially with a plurality of treatment sites corresponding to portions of the patient's scalp.
[0053] Figure 23 schematically illustrates an example apparatus which is wearable by a patient for treating the patient's brain.
[0054] Figures 24A and 24B schematically illustrate the left-side and right-side of an example apparatus, respectively, with labels substantially covering the indicators corresponding to the treatment sites.
[0055] Figure 24C schematically illustrates an example labeling configuration from above a flattened view of the apparatus of Figures 24A and 24B.
[0056] Figures 25-28 are flow diagrams of example methods for irradiating a surface with light.
[0057] Figure 29 is a flow diagram of an example method for controllably exposing at least one predetermined area of a patient's scalp to laser light to irradiate the patient's brain.
[0058] Figure 30 is a flow diagram of another example method for treating a patient's brain.
[0059] Figure 31 is a graph of the power density versus the depth from the dura for an input power density of 10 mW/cm2 with the light bars corresponding to predicted values of the power density and dark bars corresponding to an estimated minimum working PD of is 7.5 W/cm2, as described below.
[0060] Figure 32 shows the disposition of patients in the NEST-1 study.
[0061] Figure 33 shows the mean NIHSS over time for each treatment group of the NEST-1 study.
[0062] Figure 34 shows the mean mRS over time for each treatment group of the NEST-1 study.
[0063] Figure 35 shows the disposition of patients for the NEST-2 study.
[0064] Figure 36 shows the distribution of scores on the mRS for the NEST-2 study.
[0065] Figure 37 shows the effects of TLT on the primary end point, on subsets of the data defined by categories of selected baseline characteristics for the NEST-2 study.
[0066] Figure 38 is a flow diagram of an example method of treating brain tissue in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
[0067] Figure 39 is a plot of the neurologic score (NSS) of control/non-laser-treated (light columns) and laser-irradiated (dark columns) mice at different time intervals after induction of brain trauma.
[0068] Figure 40 shows representative micrographs of cross-sections of control non-laser-treated and laser-treated mice brains.
[0069] Figure 41 is a plot of lesion volume of control (light column) and laser-treated (dark column) traumatized brains 28 days after induction of head trauma.
[0070] Figures 42A-42C show the results of a study of stroke in a rabbit model using a 6-hour post-embolization time of treatment.
[0071] Figures 43A and 43B show the results of a study of stroke in a rabbit model using a 12-hour post-embolization time of treatment.
[0072] Figure 44 shows the effect of LLT on A(3 amyloid deposition in the mouse with mean SEM for each group. APP transgenic animals were treated with TLT
and no laser, treatments were administered starting on day 0 (3 months of age) and continued for 26 weeks (3X/week treatment). Animals were sacrificed on the 26th week and processed to determine the amyloid burden.
and no laser, treatments were administered starting on day 0 (3 months of age) and continued for 26 weeks (3X/week treatment). Animals were sacrificed on the 26th week and processed to determine the amyloid burden.
[0073] Figure 45A shows the effects of LLT on latency time to find hidden platform (Morris water maze) with mean SEM for each group. APP transgenic animals were treated with TLT and no laser, treatments were administered starting on day 0 (3 months of age) and continued until day 180 (3X/week treatment), and were subjected to water maze and the time to reach the platform was recorded. Animals were analyzed for day 180 and processed to determine the latency time.
[0074] Figure 45B shows the effects of LLT on distance to find hidden platform (Morris water maze) with mean SEM for each group. APP transgenic animals were treated with TLT and no laser, treatments were administered starting on day 0 (3 months of age) and continued for 26 weeks (3X/week treatment), and were subjected to water maze and the distance to reach the platform was recorded. Animals were analyzed and processed to determine the distance.
[0075] Figures 46A-46C show the effects of LLT on inflammatory mediators in the brain of APP transgenic mice with mean SEM for each group. APP
transgenic animals were treated with TLT and no laser, treatments were administered starting on day 0 (3 months of age) and continued for 26 weeks (3X/week treatment),. Animals were sacrificed on the 26th week and processed to determine the inflammatory markers, interleukin-1 (IL-1), tumor necrosis factor-a (TNF) and transforming growth factor-a (TGF-0). Animals were analyzed and processed to determine the inflammatory markers via immunohistochemical and image analysis.
transgenic animals were treated with TLT and no laser, treatments were administered starting on day 0 (3 months of age) and continued for 26 weeks (3X/week treatment),. Animals were sacrificed on the 26th week and processed to determine the inflammatory markers, interleukin-1 (IL-1), tumor necrosis factor-a (TNF) and transforming growth factor-a (TGF-0). Animals were analyzed and processed to determine the inflammatory markers via immunohistochemical and image analysis.
[0076] Figures 47A and 47B show the effects of LLT on A(3 peptide levels in the brain of APP transgenic mice with mean SEM for each group. APP
transgenic animals were treated with TLT and no laser, treatments were administered starting on day 0 (3 months of age) and continued for 26 weeks (3X/week treatment). Animals were sacrificed on the 26th week, and the brains were subjected to AR peptide analysis and compared to no laser control. Animals were analyzed and processed to determine the brain A(3 peptide levels.
transgenic animals were treated with TLT and no laser, treatments were administered starting on day 0 (3 months of age) and continued for 26 weeks (3X/week treatment). Animals were sacrificed on the 26th week, and the brains were subjected to AR peptide analysis and compared to no laser control. Animals were analyzed and processed to determine the brain A(3 peptide levels.
[0077] Figures 48A and 48B show the effects of LLT on A(3 peptide levels in the plasma of APP transgenic mice at 13 and 26 weeks, respectively, with mean SEM
for each group. APP transgenic animals were treated with TLT and no laser, treatments were administered starting on day 0 (3 months of age) and continued for 26 weeks (3X/week treatment), and the plasma was subjected to A(3 peptide analysis and compared to no laser control. Blood was collected from APP transgenic animals on the 13th and 26th week and processed to determine the plasma A(3 peptide levels.
for each group. APP transgenic animals were treated with TLT and no laser, treatments were administered starting on day 0 (3 months of age) and continued for 26 weeks (3X/week treatment), and the plasma was subjected to A(3 peptide analysis and compared to no laser control. Blood was collected from APP transgenic animals on the 13th and 26th week and processed to determine the plasma A(3 peptide levels.
[0078] Figures 49A and 49B show the effects of LLT on sAPPa and CTF[3 levels, respectively, in the brain of APP transgenic mice with mean SEM for each group. APP transgenic animals were treated with TLT and no laser, treatments were administered starting on day 0 (3 months of age) and continued for 26 weeks (3X/week treatment). Animals were sacrificed on the 26th week, and the brain was subjected to sAPPa and CTF(3 protein analysis by western blot and compared to no laser control.
Animals were analyzed and processed to determine the brain protein levels.
Animals were analyzed and processed to determine the brain protein levels.
[0079] Figure 50 shows the effect of LLT on CSF A(3 peptide levels in APP
transgenic mice with mean SEM for each group. APP transgenic animals were treated with TLT and no laser, treatments were administered starting on day 0 (3 months of age) and continued for 26 weeks (3X/week treatment). Animals were sacrificed on the 26th week, and the CSF was subjected to total A(3 peptide analysis by ELISA and compared to als were analyzed and processed to determine the CSF A[ _ levels.
Detailed Description of the Preferred Embodiment [0080] Low level light therapy ("LLLT") or phototherapy involves therapeutic administration of light energy to a patient at lower irradiances than those used for cutting, cauterizing, or ablating biological tissue, resulting in desirable biostimulatory effects while leaving tissue undamaged. In non-invasive phototherapy, it is desirable to apply an efficacious amount of light energy to the internal tissue to be treated using light sources positioned outside the body. (See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 6,537,304 and 6,918,922, both of which are incorporated in their entireties by reference herein.) [0081] Laser therapy has been shown to be effective in a variety of settings, including treating lymphoedema and muscular trauma, and carpal tunnel syndrome.
Recent studies have shown that laser-generated infrared radiation is able to penetrate various tissues, including the brain, and to modify function. In addition, laser-generated infrared radiation can induce effects including, but not limited to, angiogenesis, modify growth factor (transforming growth factor-(3) signaling pathways, and enhance protein synthesis.
transgenic mice with mean SEM for each group. APP transgenic animals were treated with TLT and no laser, treatments were administered starting on day 0 (3 months of age) and continued for 26 weeks (3X/week treatment). Animals were sacrificed on the 26th week, and the CSF was subjected to total A(3 peptide analysis by ELISA and compared to als were analyzed and processed to determine the CSF A[ _ levels.
Detailed Description of the Preferred Embodiment [0080] Low level light therapy ("LLLT") or phototherapy involves therapeutic administration of light energy to a patient at lower irradiances than those used for cutting, cauterizing, or ablating biological tissue, resulting in desirable biostimulatory effects while leaving tissue undamaged. In non-invasive phototherapy, it is desirable to apply an efficacious amount of light energy to the internal tissue to be treated using light sources positioned outside the body. (See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 6,537,304 and 6,918,922, both of which are incorporated in their entireties by reference herein.) [0081] Laser therapy has been shown to be effective in a variety of settings, including treating lymphoedema and muscular trauma, and carpal tunnel syndrome.
Recent studies have shown that laser-generated infrared radiation is able to penetrate various tissues, including the brain, and to modify function. In addition, laser-generated infrared radiation can induce effects including, but not limited to, angiogenesis, modify growth factor (transforming growth factor-(3) signaling pathways, and enhance protein synthesis.
[0082] However, absorption of the light energy by intervening tissue can limit the amount of light energy delivered to the target tissue site, while heating the intervening tissue. In addition, scattering of the light energy by intervening tissue can limit the irradiance (or power density) or energy density delivered to the target tissue site. Brute force attempts to circumvent these effects by increasing the power and/or irradiance applied to the outside surface of the body can result in damage (e.g., burning) of the intervening tissue. For example, a patient experiencing TBI can have a significant amount of bleeding within the skull (e.g., "blood in the field"), and this blood can absorb the applied light, thereby inhibiting propagation of light energy to brain tissue below the blood-filled region and heating up.
[0083] Non-invasive phototherapy methods are circumscribed by setting selected treatment parameters within specified limits so as to preferably avoid damaging the intervening tissue. A review of the existing scientific literature in this field would cast doubt on whether a set of undamaging, yet efficacious, parameters could be found for treating neurologic conditions. However, certain embodiments, as described herein, provide devices and methods which can achieve this goal.
[0084] Such embodiments may include selecting a wavelength of light at which the absorption by intervening tissue is below a damaging level. Such embodiments may also include setting the power output of the light source at low, yet efficacious, irradiances (e.g., between approximately 100 W/cm2 to approximately 10 W/cm) at the target tissue site, setting the temporal profile of the light applied to the head (e.g., temporal pulsewidths, temporal pulse shapes, duty cycles, pulse frequencies), and time periods of application of the light energy at hundreds of microseconds to minutes to achieve an efficacious energy density at the target tissue site being treated.
Other parameters can also be varied in the use of phototherapy. These other parameters contribute to the light energy that is actually delivered to the treated tissue and may play key roles in the efficacy of phototherapy. In certain embodiments, the irradiated portion of the brain can comprise the entire brain.
Other parameters can also be varied in the use of phototherapy. These other parameters contribute to the light energy that is actually delivered to the treated tissue and may play key roles in the efficacy of phototherapy. In certain embodiments, the irradiated portion of the brain can comprise the entire brain.
[0085] In certain embodiments, the target area of the patient's brain includes the area of injury, e.g., to neurons within the "zone of danger." In other embodiments, the target area includes portions of the brain not within the zone of danger.
Information regarding the biomedical mechanisms or reactions involved in phototherapy is provided by Tiina I. Karu in "Mechanisms of Low-Power Laser Light Action on Cellular Level", Proceedings of SPIE Vol. 4159 (2000), Effects of Low-Power Light on Biological Systems V, Ed. Rachel Lubart, pp. 1-17, and Michael R. Hamblin et al., "Mechanisms of Low Level Light Therapy," Proc. of SPIE, Vol. 6140, 614001 (2006), each of which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.
Information regarding the biomedical mechanisms or reactions involved in phototherapy is provided by Tiina I. Karu in "Mechanisms of Low-Power Laser Light Action on Cellular Level", Proceedings of SPIE Vol. 4159 (2000), Effects of Low-Power Light on Biological Systems V, Ed. Rachel Lubart, pp. 1-17, and Michael R. Hamblin et al., "Mechanisms of Low Level Light Therapy," Proc. of SPIE, Vol. 6140, 614001 (2006), each of which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.
[0086] In certain embodiments, the apparatuses and methods of phototherapy described herein are used to treat physical trauma (e.g., TBI or ischemic stroke) or other sources of neurodegeneration. As used herein, the term "neurodegeneration"
refers to the process of cell destruction resulting from primary destructive events such as stroke or CVA, as well as from secondary, delayed and progressive destructive mechanisms that are invoked by cells due to the occurrence of the primary destructive event.
Primary destructive events include disease processes or physical injury or insult, including stroke, but also include other diseases and conditions such as multiple sclerosis, amylotrophic lateral sclerosis, heat stroke, epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, dementia resulting from other causes such as AIDS, cerebral ischemia including focal cerebral ischemia, and physical trauma such as crush or compression injury in the CNS, including a crush or compression injury of the brain, spinal cord, nerves or retina, or any acute injury or insult producing neurodegeneration. Secondary destructive mechanisms include any mechanism that leads to the generation and release of neurotoxic molecules, including but not limited to, apoptosis, depletion of cellular energy stores because of changes in mitochondrial membrane permeability, release or failure in the reuptake of excessive glutamate, reperfusion injury, and activity of cytokines and inflammation. Both primary and secondary mechanisms contribute to forming a "zone of danger" for neurons, wherein the neurons in the zone have at least temporarily survived the primary destructive event, but are at risk of dying due to processes having delayed effect.
refers to the process of cell destruction resulting from primary destructive events such as stroke or CVA, as well as from secondary, delayed and progressive destructive mechanisms that are invoked by cells due to the occurrence of the primary destructive event.
Primary destructive events include disease processes or physical injury or insult, including stroke, but also include other diseases and conditions such as multiple sclerosis, amylotrophic lateral sclerosis, heat stroke, epilepsy, Alzheimer's disease, dementia resulting from other causes such as AIDS, cerebral ischemia including focal cerebral ischemia, and physical trauma such as crush or compression injury in the CNS, including a crush or compression injury of the brain, spinal cord, nerves or retina, or any acute injury or insult producing neurodegeneration. Secondary destructive mechanisms include any mechanism that leads to the generation and release of neurotoxic molecules, including but not limited to, apoptosis, depletion of cellular energy stores because of changes in mitochondrial membrane permeability, release or failure in the reuptake of excessive glutamate, reperfusion injury, and activity of cytokines and inflammation. Both primary and secondary mechanisms contribute to forming a "zone of danger" for neurons, wherein the neurons in the zone have at least temporarily survived the primary destructive event, but are at risk of dying due to processes having delayed effect.
[0087] In certain embodiments, the apparatuses and methods described herein are used to provide neuroprotection. As used herein, the term "neuroprotection" refers to a therapeutic strategy for slowing or preventing the otherwise irreversible loss of neurons due to neurodegeneration after a primary destructive event, whether the neurodegeneration loss is due to disease mechanisms associated with the primary destructive event or secondary destructive mechanisms.
[0088] In certain embodiments, the apparatuses and methods described herein are used to improve neurologic function, to provide neurologic enhancement, or to regain previously lost neurologic function. The term "neurologic function" as used herein includes both cognitive function and motor function. The term "neurologic enhancement"
as used herein includes both cognitive enhancement and motor enhancement. The terms "cognitive enhancement" and "motor enhancement" as used herein refer to the improving or heightening of cognitive function and motor function, respectively.
as used herein includes both cognitive enhancement and motor enhancement. The terms "cognitive enhancement" and "motor enhancement" as used herein refer to the improving or heightening of cognitive function and motor function, respectively.
[0089] The term "cognitive function" as used herein refers to cognition and cognitive or mental processes or functions, including those relating to knowing, thinking, learning, perception, memory (including immediate, recent, or remote memory), and judging. Symptoms of loss of cognitive function can also include changes in personality, mood, and behavior of the patient. The term "motor function" as used herein refers to those bodily functions relating to muscular movements, primarily conscious muscular movements, including motor coordination, performance of simple and complex motor acts, and the like.
[0090] Diseases or conditions affecting neurologic function include, but are not limited to, Alzheimer's disease, dementia, AIDS or HIV infection, Cruetzfeldt-Jakob disease, head trauma (including single-event trauma and long-term trauma such as multiple concussions or other traumas which may result from athletic injury), Lewy body disease, Pick's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, drug or alcohol abuse, brain tumors, hydrocephalus, kidney or liver disease, stroke, depression, and other mental diseases which cause disruption in cognitive function, and neurodegeneration.
Beam Delivery Apparatus [0091] The phototherapy methods for the treatment of neurologic conditions (e.g., ischemic stroke, Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, depression, or TBI) described herein may be practiced and described using various light delivery systems.
Such light delivery systems may include a low level laser therapy apparatus such as that shown and described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,214,035, 6,267,780, 6,273,905, 6,290,714, and 7,303,578, U.S. Pat. Appl. No. 12/389,294, and U.S. Pat. Appl. Publ. Nos.
Al and 2007/0179571 Al, each of which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein. For example, in certain embodiments, the light delivery apparatus can irradiate a portion of the patient's scalp or skull while cooling the irradiated portion of the scalp or skull. In certain other embodiments, the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull is not cooled while irradiating the portion of the scalp or skull.
Beam Delivery Apparatus [0091] The phototherapy methods for the treatment of neurologic conditions (e.g., ischemic stroke, Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, depression, or TBI) described herein may be practiced and described using various light delivery systems.
Such light delivery systems may include a low level laser therapy apparatus such as that shown and described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,214,035, 6,267,780, 6,273,905, 6,290,714, and 7,303,578, U.S. Pat. Appl. No. 12/389,294, and U.S. Pat. Appl. Publ. Nos.
Al and 2007/0179571 Al, each of which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein. For example, in certain embodiments, the light delivery apparatus can irradiate a portion of the patient's scalp or skull while cooling the irradiated portion of the scalp or skull. In certain other embodiments, the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull is not cooled while irradiating the portion of the scalp or skull.
[0092] These previously-disclosed light delivery apparatuses were described primarily in conjunction with phototherapy treatment of stroke, however in certain embodiments, such light delivery apparatuses can also be used for phototherapy treatment of other neurologic conditions (e.g., Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, depression, TBI). A patient who has experienced a TBI may have a portion of their scalp damaged, thereby exposing a portion of their cranium or skull. In certain such embodiments, the light delivery apparatus can irradiate an exposed portion of the cranium or skull without the light propagating through scalp tissue. Certain embodiments described herein are compatible with irradiation of the brain with light applied to at least a portion of the scalp or with light applied to at least a portion of the cranium or skull without propagating through the scalp.
[0093] Figure 1 schematically illustrates an example beam delivery apparatus in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The apparatus 10 comprises a housing 12, a flexible conduit 14 operatively coupled to the housing 12, and at least one status indicator 16. In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 comprises an output optical assembly 20 comprising an emission surface 22 through which a light beam 30 is emitted.
The output optical assembly 20 is configured to be releasably mechanically coupled to other components of the apparatus 10.
The output optical assembly 20 is configured to be releasably mechanically coupled to other components of the apparatus 10.
[0094] In certain embodiments, the housing 12 is sized to be easily held in one hand (e.g., having a length of approximately 5'/2 inches). The housing 12 of certain embodiments further comprises one or more portions 12a, 12b comprising a biocompatible material since they may contact the operator, the patient, or both. For example, one or more low durometer elastomer materials (e.g., rubber, polymers, thermoplastic resins) can be used in certain embodiments. The portion 12a is configured to be grasped by a user's hand during operation of the apparatus 10. The housing 12 of certain embodiments is configured so that the emission surface 22 can be held in position and sequentially moved by hand to irradiate selected portions of the patient's skin. In certain embodiments, the housing 12 comprises one or more recesses or protrusions which facilitate the housing 12 being gripped by the user. In certain embodiments, the housing 12 is configured to be placed on a testing system to measure or monitor the operative parameters of the apparatus 10. The housing 12 of certain such embodiments comprises an alignment rib 12c configured to provide a registration protrusion which mates with a corresponding registration recess on the testing system to facilitate proper alignment of the emission surface 22 with the testing system. The housing 12 of certain embodiments comprises two or more portions (e.g., 2-piece cast urethane with overmolding or 3-piece Lustran with thermoplastic elastomer overmolding) which fit together to form a shell in which other operative components are held. In certain embodiments, the light used by the apparatus 10 can cause eye damage if viewed by an individual. In such embodiments, the apparatus 10 can be configured to provide eye protection so as to avoid viewing of the light by individuals. For example, opaque materials can be used for the housing 12 and appropriately placed to block the light from being viewed directly. In addition, interlocks can be provided so that the light source is not activated unless the apparatus 10 is in place, or other appropriate safety measures are taken.
[0095] In certain embodiments, the housing 12 further comprises a flexible boot 17 generally surrounding the portion of the apparatus 10 which is releasably mounted to the output optical assembly 20. The boot 17 of certain embodiments provides a barrier to control, inhibit, prevent, minimize, or reduce contaminants from entering the housing 12. Thus, by virtue of the boot 17 providing a barrier, the contamination entering the housing 12 is lower than it would otherwise be if the boot 17 did not provide a barrier.
Example materials for the flexible boot 17 include but are not limited to, rubber or another elastomer.
Example materials for the flexible boot 17 include but are not limited to, rubber or another elastomer.
[0096] In certain embodiments, the conduit 14 is configured to operatively couple the apparatus 10 to various control, power, and cooling systems that are spaced from the housing 12. In certain embodiments, the conduit 14 comprises at least one optical fiber configured to transmit light from a light source to the apparatus 10 to be emitted from the emission surface 22. In certain embodiments, the conduit 14 further comprises one or more electrically conductive wires (e.g., one 20-conductor cable, four 6-conductor cables, ground braid) configured to transmit signals between the apparatus 10 (e.g., trigger switches or temperature sensors within the apparatus 10) and a control system spaced from the apparatus 10 and/or to provide electrical power to the apparatus (e.g., for a thermoelectric cooler) from a power system. In still other embodiments, the apparatus 10 comprises a power source (e.g., a battery). In certain embodiments, the conduit 14 comprises one or more coolant tubes (e.g., 0.125-inch inner diameter) conf g ed to have a coolant (e.g., liquid or gas) flow to the apparatus 10 from a cooling system. In certain embodiments, the conduit 14 comprises one or more connectors which are mechanically coupled to one or more corresponding connectors within the housing 12.
For example, the conduit 14 can comprise an SMA connector at an end of the optical fiber which is mechanically coupled to a corresponding SMA mount within the housing 12.
For example, the conduit 14 can comprise an SMA connector at an end of the optical fiber which is mechanically coupled to a corresponding SMA mount within the housing 12.
[0097] In certain embodiments, the conduit 14 comprises a protective sheath around the one or more fibers, wires, and tubes of the conduit 14. The protective sheath of certain embodiments controls, inhibits, prevents, minimizes, or reduces light from exiting the conduit 14 in the event of a failure of the at least one optical fiber. Thus, by virtue of having the sheath, the light exiting the conduit 14 upon fiber failure is lower than it would otherwise be without the sheath. In certain embodiments, the protective sheath comprises a strain relief apparatus having a plurality of rigid segments (e.g., stainless steel), with each segment having a generally cylindrical tubular shape and a longitudinal axis. Each segment is articulately coupled to neighboring segments such that an angle between the longitudinal axes of neighboring segments is limited to be less than a predetermined angle. In certain embodiments, the protective sheath allows the conduit 14 to be moved and to bend, but advantageously limits the radius of curvature of the bend to be sufficiently large to avoid breaking the one or more fibers, wires, or tubes therein. In certain embodiments, the sheath comprises a flexible compression spring (e.g., 4 inches in length) to provide bend relief and/or a tension line to provide strain relief.
[0098] In certain embodiments, the at least one status indicator 16 comprises one, two, or more light-emitting diodes (LEDs) which are lit to visually provide the user with information regarding the status of the apparatus 10. For example, the at least one status indicator 16 can be used in certain embodiments to indicate when the laser source is ready to lase pending engagement of the trigger. In certain embodiments, the LEDs can be lit to show different colors depending on whether the optical power, electrical power, or coolant flow being provided to the apparatus 10 are sufficient for operation of the apparatus 10. In certain embodiments, the at least one status indicator 16 provides information regarding whether the output optical assembly 20 is properly mounted to the apparatus 10. Other types of status indicators (e.g., flags, sound alarms) are also compatible with certain embodiments described herein.
[0099] Figure 2A schematically illustrates a cross-sectional view of an le output optical assembly 20 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. Figure 2B schematically illustrates another example output optical assembly 20 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The output optical assembly 20 comprises an optical element 23 comprising the emission surface 22 and a surface 24 'aci:ng generally away from the emission surface 22. As used herein, the term "element"
used in its broadest sense, including, but not limited to, as a reference to a constituent or distinct part of a composite device. The output optical assembly 20 further comprises a iermal conduit 25 in thermal communication with the optical element 23 (e.g., with a portion of the surface 24). The thermal conduit 25 comprises at least one surface 26 configured to be in thermal communication with at least one heat dissipating surface of the apparatus 10 (e.g., a surface of a cooling mechanism). The output optical assembly 20 further comprises a coupling portion 27 (e.g., spring-loaded 3-pin bayonet mount or 4-pin bayonet mount) configured to be releasably attached and detached from the housing 12.
In certain embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 comprises one or more springs which provide a sufficient force on the at least one surface 26 towards the at least one heat dissipating surface of the apparatus 10 to have the desired thermal conductivity between the two. Various examples of output optical assemblies 20 compatible with certain embodiments described herein are described more fully in U.S. Patent Appl. No.
E 2/233,498, which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.
used in its broadest sense, including, but not limited to, as a reference to a constituent or distinct part of a composite device. The output optical assembly 20 further comprises a iermal conduit 25 in thermal communication with the optical element 23 (e.g., with a portion of the surface 24). The thermal conduit 25 comprises at least one surface 26 configured to be in thermal communication with at least one heat dissipating surface of the apparatus 10 (e.g., a surface of a cooling mechanism). The output optical assembly 20 further comprises a coupling portion 27 (e.g., spring-loaded 3-pin bayonet mount or 4-pin bayonet mount) configured to be releasably attached and detached from the housing 12.
In certain embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 comprises one or more springs which provide a sufficient force on the at least one surface 26 towards the at least one heat dissipating surface of the apparatus 10 to have the desired thermal conductivity between the two. Various examples of output optical assemblies 20 compatible with certain embodiments described herein are described more fully in U.S. Patent Appl. No.
E 2/233,498, which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.
[0100] In certain embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 is configured to be placed in thermal communication with the patient's scalp or skull (e.g., the optical element 23 is configured to contact the patient's scalp or skull or is configured to be spaced from the patient's scalp or skull but to contact a thermally conductive material in contact with the patient's scalp or skull). In certain embodiments in which the output optical assembly 20 is cooled, the output optical assembly 20 cools at least a portion of the patient's scalp or skull (e.g., the portion of the scalp or skull being irradiated). Thus, in certain embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 is adapted to control, inhibit, prevent, minimize, or reduce temperature increases at the scalp or skull caused by the light. Thus, by virtue of the output optical assembly 20 cooling the portion of the patient's scalp or skull being irradiated, the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull is lower than it would otherwise be if the output optical assembly 20 did not cool the irradiated portion of the scalp or skull. For example, by cooling the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull using the output optical assembly 20, the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull can be higher than the temperature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull if it were not irradiated, but lower than the temperature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull if it were irradiated but not cooled. In certain embodiments, the patient's scalp comprises hair and skin which cover the patient's skull. In other embodiments, at least a portion of the hair is removed prior to the phototherapy treatment, so that the output optical assembly 20 substantially contacts the skin of the scalp.
[0101] The optical element 23 of certain embodiments is thermally conductive, and optically transmissive at wavelengths which are transmitted by skin. For example, in certain embodiments, the thermal conductivity of the optical element 23 is sufficient to remove heat from the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull, and the optical transmissivity of the optical element 23, at wavelengths selected to provide the desired irradiance at a target region of the brain, is sufficient to allow the desired irradiance of light to propagate through the optical element 23 to irradiate the patient's scalp or skull. In certain embodiments, the optical element 23 comprises a rigid material, while in certain other embodiments, the optical element 23 comprises a low durometer, thermally conductive, optically transmissive material (e.g., a flexible bag or container filled with a thermally conductive, optically transmissive liquid such as water). Example rigid materials for the optical element 23 include, but are not limited to, sapphire, diamond, calcium fluoride, and zinc selenide. In certain embodiments, the optical element 23 has an emission surface 22 configured to face generally towards the surface to be irradiated (e.g., the patient's scalp or skull). In certain embodiments, the emission surface 22 is adapted to be placed in contact with either the irradiated surface or with a substantially optically transmissive and substantially thermally conductive material which is in contact with the irradiated surface. The emission surface 22 of certain embodiments is configured to be in thermal communication with the surface to be irradiated by the light beam emitted from the emission surface 22. In certain such embodiments, the thermal conductivity of the optical element 23 is sufficiently high to allow heat to flow from the emission surface 22 to the thermal conduit 25 at a sufficient rate to control, inhibit, prevent, minimize, or reduce damage to the skin or discomfort to the patient from excessive heating of the skin due to the irradiation. Thus, by virtue of the thermal conductivity of the optical element 23, any damage to the skin or discomfort to the patient can be lower than it would otherwise be if the optical element 23 did not have a sufficiently high thermal conductivity. For example, the damage to the skin or discomfort to the patient can be higher than it would be if the portion of the patient's scalp were not irradiated, but the damage to the skin or discomfort to the patient would be lower than it would be if the optical element 23 did not have a sufficiently high thermal conductivity.
[01021 In certain embodiments, the optical element 23 has a thermal conductivity of at least approximately 10 watts/meter-K. In certain other embodiments, the thermal conductivity of the optical element 23 is at least approximately watts/meter-K. Examples of materials for the optical element 23 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, sapphire which has a thermal conductivity of approximately 23.1 watts/meter-K, and diamond which has a thermal conductivity between approximately 895 watts/meter-K and approximately 2300 watts/meter-K.
[01031 In certain embodiments, the emission surface 22 is adapted to conform to the curvature of the scalp or skull. The emission surface 22 of certain embodiments is concave (e.g., generally spherical with a radius of curvature of about 100 millimeters). By fitting to the curvature of the scalp or skull, the emission surface 22 advantageously controls, inhibits, prevents, minimizes, or reduces temperature increases at the scalp or skull that would otherwise result from air-filled gaps between the emission surface 22 and the scalp or skull. Thus, by virtue of the emission surface 22 fitting to the curvature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull being irradiated, the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull is lower than it would otherwise be if the emission surface 22 did not fit to the curvature of the irradiated portion of the scalp or skull. For example, by fitting the emission surface 22 to the curvature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull, the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull can be higher than the temperature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull if it were not irradiated, but lower than the temperature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull if it were irradiated but the emission surface 22 did not fit to the portion of the patient's scalp or skull. The existence of air gaps between the emission surface 22 and the scalp or skull can reduce the thermal conductivity between the emission surface 22 and the scalp or skull, thereby increasing the probability of heating the scalp or skull by the irradiation.
[0104] In addition, the refractive-index mismatches between such an air gap and the emission surface 22 and/or the scalp or skull can cause a portion of the light propagating toward the scalp or skull to be reflected away from the scalp or skull. In certain embodiments, the emission surface 22 is placed in contact with the skin of the scalp or skull so as to advantageously substantially reduce air gaps between the emission surface 22 and the scalp or skull in the optical path of the light. In certain other embodiments in which an intervening material (e.g., a substantially optically transmissive and substantially thermally conductive gel) is in contact with the scalp or skull and with the emission surface 22, the emission surface 22 is placed in contact with the intervening material so as to advantageously avoid creating air gaps between the emission surface 22 and the intervening material or between the intervening material and the scalp or skull. In certain embodiments, the intervening material has a refractive index at a wavelength of light impinging the scalp which substantially matches the refractive index of the scalp (e.g., about 1.3), thereby reducing any index-mismatch-generated back reflections between the emission surface 22 and the scalp. Examples of materials compatible with certain such embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, glycerol, water, and silica gels. Example index-matching gels include, but are not limited to, those available from Nye Lubricants, Inc. of Fairhaven, Massachusetts.
[0105] In certain embodiments, the emission surface 22 comprises one or more optical coatings, films, layers, membranes, etc. in the optical path of the transmitted light which are adapted to reduce back reflections. By reducing back reflections, the emission surface 22 increases the amount of light transmitted to the brain and reduces the need to use higher irradiances which may otherwise create temperature increases at the scalp or skull.
[01061 In certain embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 is adapted to diffuse the light prior to reaching the scalp or skull to advantageously homogenize the light beam prior to reaching the emission surface 22. Generally, intervening tissues of the scalp and skull are highly scattering, which can reduce the impact of non-uniform beam intensity distributions on the illumination of the patient's cerebral cortex.
However, non-uniform beam intensity distributions with substantial inhomogeneities could result in some portions of the patient's scalp or skull being heated more than others (e.g., localized heating where a "hot spot" of the light beam impinges the patient's scalp or skull). In certain embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 advantageously homogenizes the light beam to have a non-uniformity less than approximately 3 millimeters.
Figures 3A
and 3B schematically illustrate the diffusive effect on the light by the output optical assembly 20. An example energy density profile of the light prior to being transmitted through the output optical assembly 20, as illustrated by Figure 3A, is peaked at a particular emission angle. After being diffused by the output optical assembly 20, as illustrated by Figure 3B, the energy density profile of the light does not have a substantial peak at any particular emission angle, but is substantially evenly distributed among a range of emission angles. By diffusing the light, the output optical assembly distributes the light energy substantially evenly over the area to be illuminated, thereby controlling, inhibiting, preventing, minimizing, or reducing "hot spots" which would otherwise create temperature increases at the scalp or skull. Thus, by virtue of the output optical assembly 20 diffusing the light, the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull is lower than it would otherwise be if the output optical assembly 20 did not diffuse the light. For example, by diffusing the light using the output optical assembly 20, the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull can be higher than the temperature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull if it were not irradiated, but lower than the temperature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull if it were irradiated but the light were not diffused by the output optical assembly 20. In addition, by diffusing the light prior to reaching the scalp or skull, the output optical assembly 20 can effectively increase the spot size of the light impinging the scalp or skull, thereby advantageously lowering the irradiance at the scalp or skull, as described in U.S.
Patent No. 7,303,578, which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.
[0107] In certain embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 provides sufficient diffusion of the light such that the irradiance of the light is less than a maximum tolerable level of the scalp, skull, or brain. For example, the maximum tolerable level of certain embodiments is a level at which the patient experiences discomfort or pain, while in certain other embodiments, the maximum level is a level at which the patient's scalp or skull is damaged (e.g., burned). In certain other embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 provides sufficient diffusion of the light such that the irradiance of the light equals a therapeutic value at the subdermal target tissue. The output optical assembly 20 can comprise example diffusers including, but are not limited to, holographic diffusers such as those available from Physical Optics Corp. of Torrance, California and Display Optics P/N SN1333 from Reflexite Corp. of Avon, Connecticut.
[0108] In certain embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 provides a reusable interface between the apparatus 10 and the patient's scalp or skull.
In such embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 can be cleaned or sterilized between uses of the apparatus 10, particularly between uses by different patients. In other embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 provides a disposable and replaceable interface between the apparatus 10 and the patient's scalp or skull. By using pre-sterilized and pre-packaged replaceable interfaces, certain embodiments can advantageously provide sterilized interfaces without undergoing cleaning or sterilization processing immediately before use.
[0109] In certain embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 is adapted to apply pressure to at least an irradiated portion of the scalp. For example, the output optical assembly 20 is capable of applying pressure to at least an irradiated portion of the scalp upon a force being applied to the apparatus 10 (e.g., by an operator of the apparatus pressing the apparatus 10 against the patient's scalp by hand or by mechanical means to generate force, such as weights, springs, tension straps). By applying sufficient pressure, the output optical assembly 20 can blanch the portion of the scalp by forcing at least some blood out the optical path of the light energy. (For a general discussion of skin blanching, see, e.g., A. C. Burton et al., "Relation Between Blood Pressure and Flow in the Human Forearm," J. Appl. Physiology, Vol. 4, No. 5, pp. 329-339 (1951); A.
Matas et al., "Eliminating the Issue of Skin Color in Assessment of the Blanch Response," Adv. in Skin & Wound Care, Vol. 14(4, part 1 of 2), pp. 180-188 (July/August 2001); J.
Niitsuma et al., "Experimental study of decubitus ulcer formation in the rabbit ear lobe," J. of Rehab. Res. and Dev., Vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 67-72 (January/February 2003).) The blood removal resulting from the pressure applied by the output optical assembly 20 to the scalp decreases the corresponding absorption of the light energy by blood in the scalp. As a result, temperature increases due to absorption of the light energy by blood at the scalp are reduced. As a further result, the fraction of the light energy transmitted to the subdermal target tissue of the brain is increased. In certain embodiments, a pressure of at least 0.1 pound per square inch is used to blanch the irradiated portion of the scalp, while in certain other embodiments, a pressure of at least one pound per square inch is used to blanch the irradiated portion of the scalp. In certain embodiments, a pressure of at least about two pounds per square inch is used to blanch the irradiated portion of the scalp.
Other values or ranges of pressures for blanching the irradiated portion of the scalp are also compatible with certain embodiments described herein. The maximum pressure used to blanch the irradiated portion of the scalp is limited in certain embodiments by patient comfort levels and tissue damage levels.
[0110] Figures 4A and 4B schematically illustrate cross-sectional views of two example beam delivery apparatuses 10 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. In Figures 4A and 4B, the apparatus 10 comprises an output optical assembly 20 having an emission surface 22 and releasably operatively coupled to the other components of the apparatus 10. The apparatus 10 comprises an optical fiber 40, a fiber alignment mechanism 50 operatively coupled to the optical fiber 40, a mirror 60 in optical communication with the optical fiber 40, and a window 70 in optical communication with the mirror 60. During operation of the apparatus 10, light 30 from the optical fiber 40 propagates to the mirror 60 and is reflected by the mirror 60 to propagate through the window 70. The light 30 transmitted through the window 70 propagates through the output optical assembly 20 along a first optical path and is emitted from the emission surface 22. In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 comprises additional optical elements (e.g., lenses, diffusers, and/or waveguides) which transmit at least a portion of the light received via the optical fiber 40 to the emission surface 22. In certain such embodiments, the additional optical elements of the apparatus 10 shape, format, or otherwise modify the light such that the light beam emitted from the emission surface 22 has the desired beam intensity profile.
[0111] In certain embodiments, the optical fiber 40 comprises a step-index or graded-index optical fiber. The optical fiber 40 of certain embodiments is single-mode, while in certain other embodiments, the optical fiber is multimode. An example optical fiber 40 compatible with certain embodiments described herein has a 1000-micron diameter and a numerical aperture of approximately 0.22.
[0112] Figure 5 schematically illustrates an example fiber alignment mechanism 50 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. In certain embodiments, the fiber alignment mechanism 50 is mechanically coupled to a portion of the optical fiber 40 and is configured to allow adjustments of the position, tilt, or both of the end of the optical fiber 40 from which the light is emitted. In certain embodiments, the fiber alignment mechanism 50 provides an adjustment range of at least 5 degrees.
The fiber alignment mechanism 50 of Figure 5 comprises a connector 52 (e.g., SMA
connector) mechanically coupled to the optical fiber 40, a plate 54 (e.g., a kinematic tilt stage) mechanically coupled to the connector 52, and a plurality of adjustment screws 56 (e.g., 80 turns per inch or 100 turns per inch) adjustably coupled to the plate 54. By turning the adjustment screws 56, a distance between a portion of the plate 54 and a corresponding portion of a reference structure 58 can be adjusted. In certain embodiments, the fiber alignment mechanism 50 comprises one or more locking screws 59 configured to be tightened so as to fix the plate 54 at a position, orientation, or both relative to the reference structure 58. Other configurations of the fiber alignment mechanism 50 are also compatible with certain embodiments described herein.
[0113] Figure 6 schematically illustrates an example mirror 60 compatible with certain embodiments described herein. In certain embodiments, the mirror 60 is substantially reflective of light emitted from the optical fiber 40 to reflect the light through a non-zero angle (e.g., 90 degrees). The mirror 60 of certain embodiments comprises a glass substrate coated on at least one side by a metal (e.g., gold or aluminum).
Examples of mirrors 60 compatible with certain embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, a flat, generally planar glass mirror (e.g., NT43-886 available from Edmund Optics Inc. of Barrington, New Jersey). The mirror 60 of certain embodiments can be configured to have an optical power (e.g., the mirror 60 can be concave) and be adapted to shape, format, or otherwise modify the light to produce a desired beam intensity profile. In certain embodiments, the mirror 60 is bonded around its perimeter by an adhesive (e.g., OP-29 adhesive available from Dymax Corp. of Torrington, Connecticut) to a support structure 62.
[0114] In certain embodiments, the mirror 60 is partially transmissive of light emitted from the optical fiber 40. In certain such embodiments, the support structure 62 comprises an opening and the apparatus 10 comprises at least one light sensor positioned to receive light transmitted through the mirror 60 and the opening of the support structure 62. The at least one light sensor 64 is configured to generate a signal indicative of the intensity of the received light, thereby providing a measure of the intensity of the light reaching the mirror 60. Examples of light sensors 64 compatible with certain embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, photodiode available from Texas Instruments of Dallas, Texas. In certain embodiments, a plurality of light sensors 64 are used to provide operational redundancy to confirm that light with a sufficient intensity for operation of the apparatus 10 is being provided by the optical fiber 40. In certain embodiments, a diffuser 66 is positioned to diffuse the light >>: rued through the mirror 60 before the light impinges the light sensor 64.
In certain embodiments, the light sensor 64 is protected from stray light by an opaque shroud 68 generally surrounding the light sensor 64.
[0115] In certain embodiments, the window 70 is substantially transmissive to infrared radiation. Example windows 70 compatible with certain embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, a flat, generally planar CaF2 window (e.g., TechSpec calcium fluoride window available from Edmund Optics Inc. of Barrington, New Jersey).
[0116] In certain embodiments, the window 70 at least partially bounds a region within the apparatus 10 which contains the mirror 60. The window 70 of certain such embodiments substantially seals the region against contaminants (e.g., dust, debris) from entering the region from outside the region. For example, when the output optical assembly 20 is decoupled from the apparatus 10, the window 70 controls, inhibits, prevents, minimizes, or reduces contaminants entering the region. Thus, by virtue of the window 70 substantially sealing the region, the contamination of the region is lower than it would otherwise be if the window 70 did not substantially seal the region.
[0117] Figure 7 schematically illustrates an example first optical path 32 of light 30 emitted from the optical fiber 40 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The diverging light 30 exiting the optical fiber 40 propagates along the first optical path 32 towards the mirror 60. The light 30 is reflected by the mirror 60 and propagates along the first optical path 32 through the window 70, impinges or is received by the surface 24 of the optical element 23, and is emitted from the emission surface 22 towards the surface to be irradiated. In certain embodiments, the mirror 60 reflects the light 30 through an angle of about 90 degrees. In certain embodiments, the mirror 60 is about 2.3 inches from the face of the optical fiber 40 and the first optical path 32 is about 4.55 inches in length from the fiber output face to the emission surface 22 of the optical element 23.
[0118] In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 further comprises a sensor 80 spaced from the output optical assembly 20. Figure 8 schematically illustrates an example second optical path 82 of radiation 84 received by the sensor 80. The sensor 80 is positioned to receive the radiation 84 from the output optical assembly 20 propagating through the output optical assembly 20 along the second optical path 82. The first optical path 32 and the second optical path 82 have a non-zero angle therebetween. In certain embodi__lents, the second optical path 82 is co-planar with the first optical path 32, while in certain other embodiments, the first optical path 32 and the second optical path 82 are non-co-planar with one another. The sensor 80 of certain embodiments receives radiation 84 propagating along the second optical path 82 from at least a portion of the surface 24 of the optical element 23 during operation of the apparatus 10.
[0119] The sensor 80 of certain embodiments comprises a temperature sensor (e.g., thermopile) configured to receive infrared radiation from a region and to generate a signal indicative of the temperature of the region. Examples of temperature sensors compatible with certain embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, DX-0496 thermopile available from Dexter Research Center, Inc. of Dexter, Michigan. In certain embodiments, the field-of-view of the sensor 80 comprises an area of about 0.26 square inches of the surface 24 spaced from the thermal conduit 25 (e.g., by a distance between 0.05 inch and 0.3 inch). In certain other embodiments, the field-of-view of the sensor 80 comprises an area of about 0.57 square inches of the surface 24.
[0120] In certain embodiments, the sensor 80 is responsive to the received radiation 84 by generating a signal indicative of a temperature of the skin or of a portion of the output optical assembly 20 (e.g., the optical element 23). In certain such embodiments, the apparatus 10 further comprises a controller configured to receive the signal from the sensor 80 and to cause a warning to be generated, to turn off a source of the light propagating along the first optical path 32, or both in response to the signal indicating that the temperature is above a predetermined threshold temperature (e.g., 42 degrees Celsius).
[0121] The sensor 80 of certain embodiments is not in thermal communication with the output optical assembly 20. As shown in Figure 8, the infrared-transmissive window 70 is between the sensor 80 and the output optical assembly 20. The light 30 propagating along the first optical path 32 and the infrared radiation 84 propagating along the second optical path 82 both propagate through the window 70. In certain embodiments, the sensor 80 is wholly or at least partially within a region of the housing 12 at least partially bound, and substantially sealed by the window 70 against contaminants from entering the region from outside the region.
[0122] In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 is adapted to cool the irradiated portion of the scalp or skull by removing heat from the scalp or skull so as to control, inhibit, prevent, minimize, or reduce temperature increases at the scalp or skull.
Thus., by virtue of the apparatus 10 cooling the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull, the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull is lower than it would otherwise be if the apparatus 10 did not cool the irradiated portion of the scalp or skull. For example, by cooling the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull using the apparatus 10, the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull can be higher than the temperature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull if it were not irradiated, but lower than the temperature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull if it were irradiated but not cooled. Referring to Figures 4A and 4B, in certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 comprises a thermoelectric assembly 90 and a heat sink 100 in thermal communication with the thermoelectric assembly 90. In certain embodiments, the thermoelectric assembly 90 actively cools the patient's scalp or skull via the output optical assembly 20, thereby advantageously avoiding large temperature gradients at the patient's scalp or skull which would otherwise cause discomfort to the patient. In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 further comprises one or more temperature sensors (e.g., thermocouples, thermistors) which generate electrical signals indicative of the temperature of the thermoelectric assembly 90.
[0123] In certain embodiments, the thermoelectric assembly 90 comprises at least one thermoelectric element 91 and a thermal conduit 92. The at least one thermoelectric element 91 of the thermoelectric assembly 90 is responsive to an electric current applied to the thermoelectric assembly 90 by cooling at least a first surface 93 of the thermoelectric assembly 90 and heating at least a second surface 94 of the thermoelectric assembly 90. The thermoelectric assembly 90 is configured to be releasably mechanically coupled to the output optical assembly 20 so as to have the first surface 93 in thermal communication with the output optical assembly 20. In certain embodiments, the first surface 93 comprises a surface of the thermal conduit 92 and the second surface 94 comprises a surface of the thermoelectric element 91.
[0124] Figure 9A schematically illustrates an example thermoelectric element 91 and Figure 9B schematically illustrates two views of an example thermal conduit 92 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. Figure 1OA schematically illustrates another example thermoelectric element 91 and Figure 1OB
schematically I lustrates two views of another example thermal conduit 92 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The thermoelectric element 91 has a surface 95 ofzgured to be in thermal communication with a corresponding surface 96 of the onduit 92 (e.g., by a thermally conductive adhesive). Upon application of an cleetric current to the thermoelectric element 91, the second surface 94 is heated and the face 95 is cooled, thereby cooling the first surface 93. In certain such embodiments, the first surface 93 serves as at least one heat dissipating surface of the apparatus 10 f gored to be in thermal communication with the at least one surface 26 of the thermal conduit 25 of the output optical assembly 20 (e.g., by contacting or mating so as to provide a thermally conductive connection between the thermoelectric assembly 26 and he output optical assembly 20). By having the thermally conductive output optical s ably 20 in thermal communication with the thermoelectric assembly 90, certain embodiments advantageously provide a conduit for heat conduction away from the treatment site (e.g., the skin). In certain embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 is pressed against the patient's skin and transfers heat away from the treatment site.
[0125] Examples of thermoelectric elements 91 compatible with certain embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, DT12-6, Qmaz 60W, square thermoelectric element available from Marlow Industries of Dallas, Texas, and Qr,ax=45W toroidal- or donut-shaped thermoelectric element from Ferrotec Corp.
of Bedford, New Hampshire. In certain embodiments, the thermoelectric element 91 :mnoves heat from the output optical assembly 20 at a rate in a range of about 0.1 Watt to cut 5 Watts or in a range of about 1 Watt to about 3 Watts. Example temperature controllers for operating the thermoelectric assembly 90 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, MPT-5000 available from Wavelength Electronics, Inc. of Bozeman, Montana. Example materials for the thermal conduit 92 compatible with certain embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, aluminum and copper. The thermal conduit 92 of certain embodiments has a thermal mass in a range of about 30 grams to about 70 grams, and has a thermal length between surface 93 and surface 96 in a range of about 0.5 inch to about 3.5 inches.
[0126] In certain embodiments, the thermoelectric assembly 90 generally surrounds a first region 97, wherein, during operation of the apparatus 10, light irradiating a portion of the patient's skin propagates through the first region 97. As shown in Figures 9B and I OB, in certain embodiments, the first region 97 comprises an aperture through the thermal conduit 92. As shown in Figure I OB, the first region 97 in certain embodiments further comprises an aperture through the thermoelectric element 91. In certain embodiments, the thermoelectric assembly 90 comprises a plurality of thermoelectric elements 91 which are spaced from one another and are distributed to generally surround the first region 97. As used herein, the term "generally surrounds" has its broadest reasonable interpretation, including but not limited to, encircles or extends around at least one margin of the region, or being distributed around at least one margin of the region with one or more gaps along the at least one margin.
[0127] Figure 11A schematically illustrates a cross-sectional view of an example heat sink 100 and Figure 11 B schematically illustrates another example heat sink 100 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The heat sink 100 comprises an inlet 101, an outlet 102, and a fluid conduit 103 in fluid communication with the inlet 101 and the outlet 102. The inlet 101 and the outlet 102 of certain embodiments comprise stainless steel barbs configured to be connected to tubes (e.g., using nylon or stainless steel hose barb locks, clamps, or crimps) which provide a coolant (e.g., water, air, glycerol) to flow through the fluid conduit 103 and to remove heat from the fluid conduit 103. In certain embodiments, the coolant is provided by a chiller or other heat transfer device which cools the coolant prior to its being supplied to the heat sink 100.
[0128] The example heat sink 100 of Figure 11A is machined from an aluminum block and has a recess 104 in which the thermoelectric assembly 90 is placed to provide thermal communication between the heat sink 100 and the second surface 94 of the thermoelectric assembly 90. The example heat sink 100 of Figure 11 B
comprises a first portion 105 and a second portion 106 which fit together to form the coolant conduit 103. In certain embodiments, a thermally conductive adhesive (e.g., EP 1200 thermal adhesive available from Resinlab, LLC of Germantown, Wisconsin, with a 0.005-inch stainless steel wire to set the bondline) is used to bond the thermoelectric assembly 90 and the heat sink 100 together in thermal communication with one another.
[01291 The output optical assembly 20 comprises a thermally conductive thermal conduit 25 having at least one surface 26 configured to be in thermal communication with the first surface of the thermoelectric assembly 90. As shown in Figures 2A and 2B, the thermal conduit 25 generally surrounds a second region 28.
During operation of the apparatus 10, the light propagates through the first region 97, the second region 28, and the optical element 23. In certain embodiments, the heat sink 100 generally surrounds a third region 107, as schematically illustrated by Figure 11B. During operation of the apparatus 10 in certain such embodiments, the light propagates through the oi.rd region 107, the first region 97, the second region 28, and the optical element 23.
[01301 Figures 12A and 12B schematically illustrate two example connfigurations of the window 70 with the thermoelectric assembly 90. In certain embodiments, the window 70 is in thermal communication with at least a portion of the thermoelectric assembly 90 (e.g., bonded to a recess in the thermal conduit 92, as shown in Figure 12A, using OP-29 adhesive available from Dymax Corp. of Torrington, Connecticut). In certain embodiments, the window 70 is in thermal communication with at least a portion of the heat sink 100 (e.g., retained by an o-ring in the heat sink 100), as shown in Figure 12B. In certain embodiments, the window 70 is not in thermal communication with either the thermoelectric assembly 90 or the heat sink 100.
[01311 Figure 13A schematically illustrates an example chassis 110 for supporting the various components of the beam delivery apparatus 10 within the housing 12 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The chassis 110 of Figure 13A comprises a single unitary or monolithic piece which is machined to provide various surfaces and holes used to mount the various components of the beam delivery apparatus 10. Figure 13B schematically illustrates another example chassis 110 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The chassis 110 of Figure 13B comprises a plurality of portions which are bolted or pinned together.
[0132] Figure 14A schematically illustrates a cross-sectional view of an example configuration of the chassis 110 and the housing 12 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The chassis 110 of certain embodiments is electrically connected to ground, while in certain other embodiments, the chassis 110 is electrically insulated from ground (e.g., floating). In certain embodiments, the chassis 110 is configured to move relative to the housing 12. For example, the chassis 110 and the housing 12 are mechanically coupled together by a pivot 112, as schematically illustrated by Figure 14A. The optical fiber 40, fiber adjustment apparatus 50, mirror 60, window 70, sensor 80, and heat sink 100 are each mechanically coupled to the chassis 110. The output optical assembly 20 is also mechanically coupled to the chassis 110 via the thermoelectric assembly 90 and the heat sink 100.
[0133] For the configuration of Figure 14A, the emission surface 22 of the output optical assembly 20 is placed in thermal communication (e.g., in contact) with the patient's scalp or skull by a user pressing the housing 12 towards the scalp or skull. The pivot 112 allows the chassis 110 to rotate about the pivot 112 relative to the housing 12 (e.g., by an angle between I and 2 degrees, or about 1.75 degrees) such that the emission surface 22 moves towards the housing 12 (e.g., by a distance of 0.05-0.3 inch, or about 0.1 inch). In certain such embodiments, this movement of the chassis 110, as well as of the fiber adjustment apparatus 50 and the optical fiber 40, results in a flexing of a portion of the optical fiber 40 (e.g., in proximity to the coupling between the housing 12 and the conduit 14).
[0134] This flexing of the optical fiber 40 can be undesirable in certain circumstances, such as when the optical fiber 40 or its connection to the fiber adjustment apparatus 50 is fragile and prone to breakage or failure due to repeated flexing. Figures 14B and 14C schematically illustrate another example configuration of the chassis 110 and the housing 12 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
The chassis 110 comprises a first chassis element 120 and a second chassis element mechanically coupled to the first chassis element 120 such that the first chassis element 120 and the second chassis element 122 can move relative to one another. For example, in certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 further comprises a hinge 124 (e.g., a pivot or flexible portion) about which the first chassis element 120 and the second chassis element 122 are configured to deflect relative to one another.
[0135] In certain embodiments, the first chassis element 120 is mechanically coupled to the housing 12, and the optical fiber 40, fiber adjustment apparatus 50, mirror 60, and sensor 80 (each shown in dotted lines in Figure 14C) are mechanically coupled to the first chassis element 120. The second chassis element 122 is mechanically coupled to the window 70, thermoelectric assembly 90, and the heat sink 100 (each shown in dotted lines in Figure 14C). The output optical assembly 20 is also mechanically coupled to the second chassis element 122 via the thermoelectric assembly 90 and the heat sink 100.
Thus, in certain such embodiments, a first portion of the apparatus 10 comprises the housing 12, first chassis element 120, optical fiber 40, fiber adjustment apparatus 50, mirror 60, and sensor 80, and a second portion of the apparatus 10 comprises the second chassis element 122, window 70, thermoelectric assembly 90, heat sink 100, and output optical assembly 20. The second portion is mechanically coupled to the first portion and is in optical communication with the first portion. The second portion is configured to be placed in thermal communication with the patient's skin such that the light from the first portion propagates through the second portion during operation of the apparatus 10. The first portion and the second portion are configured to move relative to one another in response to the second portion being placed in thermal communication with the patient's skin.
[0136] In certain embodiments, the second portion comprises the output optical assembly 20 and the first portion and the second portion are configured to deflect relative to one another by a non-zero angle. In certain embodiments, this deflection occurs upon the output optical assembly 20 applying a pressure to a portion of the patient's scalp sufficient to at least partially blanch the portion of the patient's scalp. In certain embodiments, this deflection occurs upon the output optical assembly 20 being placed in thermal communication with the patient's scalp or skull. In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 further comprises a spring mechanically coupled to the first portion and the second portion. The spring provides a restoring force in response to movement of the first portion and the second portion relative to one another.
[0137] For the configuration of Figures 14B and 14C, the emission surface 22 of the output optical assembly 20 is placed in thermal communication (e.g., in contact) with the patient's scalp or skull by a user pressing the housing 12 towards the scalp or skull. The hinge 124 allows the second portion (e.g., including the second chassis element 122) to rotate about the hinge 124 relative to the first portion (e.g., including the first chassis element 120). This rotation can be by an angle between 1 and 3 degrees, or about 2.3 degrees) such that the emission surface 22 moves towards the housing 12 (e.g., by a distance of 0.05-0.3 inch, or about 0.08 inch). In certain such embodiments in which the first portion comprises the optical fiber 40, deflection of the first portion and the second portion relative to one another controls, inhibits, prevents, minimizes, or reduces flexing or movement of the optical fiber 40 (e.g., to control, inhibit, prevent, minimize, or reduce damage to the optical fiber 40). Thus, by virtue of the movement of the first and second portions relative to one another, the flexing, movement, or damage of the optical fiber 40 is lower than it would otherwise be if the first and second portions did not move relative to one another.
[0138] In certain embodiments, the relative movement of the output optical assembly 20 and the mirror 60 can result in the light beam 30 being at least partially occluded or "clipped" by the thermal conduit 25 of the output optical assembly 20. For example, for a light beam diameter of 30 millimeters, the light beam 30 is not clipped by the thermal conduit 25. For larger light beam diameters, the light beam 30 is partially occluded by the thermal conduit 25. For a light beam diameter of 31 millimeters, about 0.02% of the light beam area is occluded, and for 32 millimeters, about 1.56%
of the light beam area is occluded, resulting in an estimated power loss of less than about 0.08%.
[0139] In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 further comprises a sensor 130 configured to detect movement of the first portion and the second portion relative to one another (e.g., movement of the first chassis element 120 and the second chassis element 122 relative to one another). The sensor 130 is configured to transmit a signal to a controller configured to receive the signal and to control a light source in response to the signal, where the light source is configured to generate the light used by the apparatus 10 irradiate the patient's scalp or skull. In certain embodiments, the sensor 130 transmits the signal to the controller upon detecting that the movement between the first portion and the second portion is larger than a predetermined threshold value. In this way, the sensor 130 serves as a trigger switch which is used to trigger the apparatus 10 (e.g., providing the apparatus 10 with light upon the sensor 130 detecting the predetermined amount of movement between the first portion and the second portion indicative of the apparatus 10 being in a condition for use). The trigger switch of certain embodiments is actuated by pressing the output optical assembly 20 against a surface. The light source providing light to the apparatus 10 is responsive to the trigger switch by emitting light only when the trigger switch is actuated. Therefore, in certain such embodiments, to utilize the apparatus 10, the output optical assembly 20 is pressed against the patient's skin, such as described above.
[01401 Figures 15A and 15B schematically illustrate two states of an example sensor 130 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The sensor comprises at least one trigger flag 132 mechanically coupled to the first portion (e.g., the housing 12) and at least one optical switch 134 mechanically coupled to the second portion (e.g., the second chassis element 122). For example, the at least one optical switch 134 of certain embodiments comprises one, two, or more EE-SX-1035 optical switches available from Omron Electronics Components LLC of Schaumburg, Illinois. In a first state, the trigger flag 132 is displaced away from a sensor light beam which is detected by the optical switch 134. Upon pressing the output optical assembly 20 in thermal communication with the patient's scalp or skull, the optical switch 134 moves relative to the trigger flag 132 (e.g., by a distance of about 0.07 inch) such that the trigger flag 132 intercepts the sensor light beam such that it is no longer detected by the optical switch 134. In response to this second state, the sensor 130 generates a corresponding signal. In certain other embodiments, the trigger flag 132 can be positioned to intercept the sensor light beam in the first state and to not intercept the sensor light beam in the second state.
[01411 Figures 15C and 15D schematically illustrate two states of another example sensor 130 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
The sensor 130 comprises a reflective element 135 mechanically coupled to the first portion (e.g., the first chassis element 120) and at least one light source/detector pair 136 mechanically coupled to the second portion (e.g., the second chassis element 122). For example, the at least one light source/detector pair 136a, 136b of certain embodiments comprises one, two, or more QRE1113GR reflective sensors available from Fairchild Semiconductor Corp. of San Jose, California. In a first state, the reflective surface 135 is a first distance away from the light source/detector pair 136a, 136b such that a sensor light beam from the source 136a is reflected from the surface 135 but is not detected by the detector 136b. Upon pressing the output optical assembly 20 in thermal communication with the patient's scalp or skull, the reflective surface 135 moves (e.g., by a distance of about 0.04 inch) to be a second distance away from the light source/detector pair 136a, 136b such that the sensor light beam from the source 136a is reflected from the surface 135 and is detected by the detector 136b. In response to this second state, the sensor 130 generates a corresponding signal. In certain embodiments, the sensor 130 further comprises a shroud 137 configured to protect the detector 136b from stray light. In certain other embodiments, the reflective surface 135 can be positioned to reflect the sensor light beam to the detector 136b in the first state and to not reflect the sensor light beam to the detector 136b in the second state.
[0142] In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 further comprises an adjustment mechanism configured to set the predetermined threshold value, to change the predetermined threshold value, or both. In certain such embodiments, the adjustment mechanism comprises a set screw which changes the relative positions of the two portions of the sensor 130 which move relative to one another. Certain embodiments further comprise a stop configured to limit a range of movement of the first portion and the second portion relative to one another.
[0143] In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 comprises a trigger force spring 140 and a trigger force adjustment mechanism 142. Figures 16A and 16B
schematically illustrate two example configurations of the trigger force spring 140 and trigger force adjustment mechanism 142 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The trigger force spring 140 is mechanically coupled to the first portion (e.g., the first chassis element 120) and the second portion (e.g., the second chassis element 122) and provides a restoring force when the first portion and the second portion are moved relative to one another. The trigger force adjustment mechanism 142 of Figure 16A comprises one or more shims (e.g., each shim providing about 100 grams of adjustment) placed between the spring 140 and at least one of the first portion and the second portion. The trigger force adjustment mechanism 142 of Figure 16B
comprises one, two, or more adjustment set screws. In either configuration, the trigger force adjustment mechanism 142 compresses the spring 140 to adjust the amount of force which will move the first and second portions relative to one another by a sufficient amount to trigger the apparatus 10. In certain embodiments, the trigger force adjustment mechanism 142 is set such that the apparatus 10 is triggered by a pressure applied to the emission surface 22 towards the housing 12 of at least 0.1 pound per square inch, at least one pound per square inch, or at least about two pounds per square inch.
[0144] In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 further comprises a lens assembly sensor 150 configured to detect the presence of the output optical assembly 20 mounted on the apparatus 10. Figure 17 schematically illustrates an example lens assembly sensor 150 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
For example, the lens assembly sensor 150 of certain embodiments comprises at least one reflective surface 152 and at least one light source/detector pair 154a, 154b (e.g., one, two, or more QRE1113GR reflective sensors available from Fairchild Semiconductor Corp. of San Jose, California). The reflective surface 152 moves relative to the light source/detector pair 154a, 154b upon mounting the output optical assembly 20 to be in thermal communication with the thermal conduit 92. For example, when the output optical assembly 20 is mounted, the bayonet is pulled downward. In response to this movement, the sensor 150 generates a corresponding signal. In certain embodiments, the sensor 150 further comprises a shroud 156 configured to protect the detector 154b from stray light.
Control Circuit [0145] Figure 18 is a block diagram of a control circuit 200 comprising a e=nable controller 205 for controlling a light source 207 according to embodiments described herein. The control circuit 200 is configured to adjust the power of the light energy generated by the light source 207 such that the light emitted from the emission surface 22 generates a predetermined surface irradiance at the scalp or skull tir eshonding to a predetermined energy delivery profile, such as a predetermined >absurface irradiance, to the target area of the brain.
[0146] In certain embodiments, the programmable controller 205 comprises a case circuit 210, a clock 212 coupled to the logic circuit 210, and an interface 214 ,pled to the logic circuit 210. The clock 212 of certain embodiments provides a timing signal to the logic circuit 210 so that the logic circuit 210 can monitor and control timing intervals of the applied light. Examples of timing intervals include, but are not limited to, total treatment times, pulsewidth times for pulses of applied light, and time intervals between pulses of applied light. In certain embodiments, the light source 207 can be selectively turned on and off to reduce the thermal load on the scalp or skull and to deliver a selected irradiance to particular areas of the brain.
[0147] The interface 214 of certain embodiments provides signals to the logic ircuit 210 which the logic circuit 210 uses to control the applied light. The interface 214 ,an comprise a user interface or an interface to a sensor monitoring at least one parameter the treatment. In certain such embodiments, the programmable controller 126 is responsive to signals from the sensor to preferably adjust the treatment parameters to optimize the measured response. The programmable controller 126 can thus provide closed-loop monitoring and adjustment of various treatment parameters to optimize the phototherapy. The signals provided by the interface 214 from a user are indicative of parameters that may include, but are not limited to, patient characteristics (e.g., skin type, fat percentage), selected applied irradiances, target time intervals, and irradiance /timing profiles for the applied light.
[0148] In certain embodiments, the logic circuit 210 is coupled to a light source driver 220. The light source driver 220 is coupled to a power supply 230, which in certain embodiments comprises a battery and in other embodiments comprises an alternating current source. The light source driver 220 is also coupled to the light source 207. The logic circuit 210 is responsive to the signal from the clock 212 and to user input from the user interface 214 to transmit a control signal to the light source driver 220. In response to the control signal from the logic circuit 210, the light source driver 220 adjust and controls the power applied to the light source. Other control circuits besides the control circuit 200 of Figure 18 are compatible with embodiments described herein.
[0149] In certain embodiments, the logic circuit 110 is responsive to signals from a sensor monitoring at least one parameter of the treatment to control the applied light. For example, certain embodiments comprise a temperature sensor in thermal communication with the scalp or skull to provide information regarding the temperature of the scalp or skull to the logic circuit 210. In such embodiments, the logic circuit 210 is responsive to the information from the temperature sensor to transmit a control signal to the light source driver 220 so as to adjust the parameters of the applied light to maintain the scalp or skull temperature below a predetermined level. Other embodiments include example biomedical sensors including, but not limited to, a blood flow sensor, a blood gas (e.g., oxygenation) sensor, an ATP production sensor, or a cellular activity sensor. Such biomedical sensors can provide real-time feedback information to the logic circuit 210. In certain such embodiments, the logic circuit 110 is responsive to signals from the sensors to preferably adjust the parameters of the applied light to optimize the measured response.
The logic circuit 110 can thus provide closed-loop monitoring and adjustment of various parameters of the applied light to optimize the phototherapy.
Light Parameters [0150] The various parameters of the light beam emitted from the emission surface 22 are advantageously selected to provide treatment while controlling, inhibiting, preventing, minimizing, or reducing injury or discomfort to the patient due to heating of the scalp or skull by the light. While discussed separately, these various parameters below can be combined with one another within the disclosed values in accordance with embodiments described herein.
Wavelength [0151] In certain embodiments, light in the visible to near-infrared wavelength range is used to irradiate the patient's scalp or skull. In certain embodiments, the light is substantially monochromatic (i.e., light having one wavelength, or light having a narrow band of wavelengths). So that the amount of light transmitted to the brain is maximized, the wavelength of the light is selected in certain embodiments to be at or near a transmission peak (or at or near an absorption minimum) for the intervening tissue. In certain such embodiments, the wavelength corresponds to a peak in the transmission spectrum of tissue at about 820 nanometers. In certain other embodiments, the light comprises one or more wavelengths between about 630 nanometers and about 1064 nanometers, between about 600 nanometers and about 980 nanometers, between about 780 nanometers and about 840 nanometers, between about 805 nanometers and about 820 nanometers, or includes wavelengths of about 785, 790, 795, 800, 805, 810, 815, 820, 825, or 830 nanometers. An intermediate wavelength in a range between approximately 730 nanometers and approximately 750 nanometers (e.g., about 739 nanometers) appears to be suitable for penetrating the skull, although other wavelengths are also suitable and may be used. In other embodiments, a plurality of wavelengths is used (e.g. applied concurrently or sequentially). In certain embodiments, the light has a wavelength distribution peaked at a peak wavelength and has a linewidth less than 10 nanometers from the peak wavelength. In certain such embodiments, the light has a linewidth less than 4 nanometers, full width at 90% of energy. In certain embodiments, the center wavelength is (808 10) nanometers with a spectral linewidth les than 4 nanometers, full width at 90% of energy.
[0152] In certain embodiments, the light is generated by a light source comprising one or more laser diodes, which each provide coherent light. In embodiments in which the light from the light source is coherent, the emitted light may produce "speckling" due to coherent interference of the light. This speckling comprises intensity spikes which are created by wavefront interference effects and can occur in proximity to the target tissue being treated. For example, while the average irradiance or power density may be approximately 10 mW/cm2, the power density of one such intensity spike in proximity to the brain tissue to be treated may be approximately 300 mW/cm2. In certain embodiments, this increased power density due to speckling can improve the efficacy of treatments using coherent light over those using incoherent light for illumination of deeper tissues. In addition, the speckling can provide the increased power density without overheating the tissue being irradiated. The light within the speckle fields or islands containing these intensity spikes is polarized, and in certain embodiments, this polarized light provides enhanced efficacy beyond that for unpolarized light of the same intensity or irradiance.
[0153] In certain embodiments, the light source includes at least one continuously emitting GaAIAs laser diode having a wavelength of about 830 nanometers.
In another embodiment, the light source comprises a laser source having a wavelength of about 808 nanometers. In still other embodiments, the light source includes at least one vertical cavity surface-emitting laser (VCSEL) diode. Other light sources compatible with embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, light-emitting diodes (LEDs) and filtered lamps.
[0154] In certain embodiments, the one or more wavelengths are selected so as to work with one or more chromophores within the target tissue. Without being bound by theory or by a specific mechanism, it is believed that irradiation of chromophores increases the production of ATP in the target tissue and/or controls, inhibits, prevents, minimizes, or reduces apoptosis of the injured tissues, thereby producing beneficial effects, as described more fully below.
[0155] Some chromophores, such as water or hemoglobin, are ubiquitous and absorb light to such a degree that little or no penetration of light energy into a tissue occurs. For example, water absorbs light above approximately 1300 nanometers.
Thus energy in this range has little ability to penetrate tissue due to the water content.
However, water is transparent or nearly transparent in wavelengths between 300 and 1300 nanometers. Another example is hemoglobin, which absorbs heavily in the region between 300 and 670 nanometers, but is reasonably transparent above 670 nanometers.
[0156] Based on these broad assumptions, one can define an "IR window" into the body. Within the window, there are certain wavelengths that are more or less likely to penetrate. This discussion does not include wavelength dependent scattering effects of intervening tissues.
[0157] The absorption/transmittance of various tissues have been directly measured to determine the utility of various wavelengths. Figure 19A is a graph of the transmittance of light through blood (in arbitrary units) as a function of wavelength.
Blood absorbs less in the region above 700 nanometers, and is particularly transparent at wavelengths above 780 nanometers. Wavelengths below 700 nanometers are heavily absorbed, and are not likely to be useful therapeutically (except for topical indications).
[0158] Figure l9B is a graph of the absorption of light by brain tissue.
Absorption in the brain is strong for wavelengths between 620 and 980 nanometers. This range is also where the copper centers in mitochondria absorb. The brain is particularly rich in mitochondria as it is a very active tissue metabolically (the brain accounts for 20%
of blood flow and oxygen consumption). As such, the absorption of light in the 620 to 980 nanometer range is expected if a photostimulative effect is to take place.
[0159] By combining Figures 19A and 19B, the efficiency of energy delivery as a function of wavelength can be calculated, as shown in Figure 19C.
Wavelengths between 780 and 880 nanometers are preferable (efficiency of 0.6 or greater) for targeting the brain. The peak efficiency is about 800 to 830 nanometers (efficiency of 1.0 or greater). These wavelengths are not absorbed by water or hemoglobin, and are likely to penetrate to the brain. Once these wavelengths reach the brain, they will be absorbed by the brain and converted to useful energy.
[0160] These effects have been directly demonstrated in rat tissues. The absorption of 808 nanometer light was measured through various rat tissues, as shown in Figure 20. Soft tissues such as skin and fat absorb little light. Muscle, richer in mitochondria, absorbs more light. Even bone is fairly transparent. However, as noted above, brain tissue, as well as spinal cord tissue, absorb 808 nanometer light well.
Irradiance or Power Density [0161] In certain embodiments, the light beam has a time-averaged irradiance or power density at the emission surface 22 of the output optical assembly 20 between about 10 mW/cm2 to about 10 W/cm2, between about 100 mW/cm2 to about 1000 mW/cm2, between about 500 mW/cm2 to about 1 W/cm2, or between about 650 mW/cm2 to about 750 mW/cm2 across the cross-sectional area of the light beam. For a pulsed light beam, the time-averaged irradiance is averaged over a time period long compared to the temporal pulse widths of the pulses (e.g., averaged over a fraction of a second longer than the temporal pulse width, over 1 second, or over multiple seconds). For a continuous-wave (CW) light beam with time-varying irradiance, the time-averaged irradiance can be an average of the instantaneous irradiance averaged over a time period longer than a characteristic time period of fluctuations of the light beam. In certain embodiments, a duty cycle in a range between 1% and 80%, between 10% and 30%, or about 20%
can be used with a peak irradiance at the emission surface 22 of the output optical assembly 20 between about 12.5 mW/cm2 to about 1000 W/cm2, between about 50 mW/cm2 to about 50 W/cm2, between about 500 mW/cm2 to about 5000 mW/cm2, between about 2500 mW/cm2 to about 5 W/cm2, or between about 3.25 W/cm2 to about 3.75 W/cm2 across the cross-sectional area of the light beam. In certain embodiments, the pulsed light beam has an energy or fluence (e.g., peak irradiance multiplied by the temporal pulsewidth) at the emission surface 22 of the output optical assembly 20 between about 12.5 J/cm2 to about 1 J/cm2, between about 50 J/cm2 to about 50 mJ/cm2, between about 500 J/cm2 to about 5 mJ/cm2, between about 2.5 mJ/cm2 to about 5 mJ/cm2, or between about 3.25 mJ/cm2 to about 3.75 mJ/cm2.
[0162] The cross-sectional area of the light beam of certain embodiments (e.g., multimode beams) can be approximated using an approximation of the beam intensity distribution. For example, as described more fully below, measurements of the beam intensity distribution can be approximated by a Gaussian (1/e2 measurements) or by a "top hat" distribution and a selected perimeter of the beam intensity distribution can be used to define a bound of the area of the light beam. In certain embodiments, the irradiance at the emission surface 22 is selected to provide the desired irradiances at the subdermal target tissue. The irradiance of the light beam is preferably controllably variable so that the emitted light energy can be adjusted to provide a selected irradiance at the subdermal tissue being treated. In certain embodiments, the light beam emitted from the emission surface 22 is continuous with a total radiant power in a range of about 4 Watts to about 6 Watts. In certain embodiments, the radiant power of the light beam is 5 Watts 20%
(CW). In certain embodiments, the peak power for pulsed light is in a range of about 10 Watts to about 30 Watts (e.g., 20 Watts). In certain embodiments, the peak power for pulsed light multiplied by the duty cycle of the pulsed light yields an average radiant power in a range of about 4 Watts to about 6 Watts (e.g., 5 Watts).
[0163] In certain embodiments, the time-averaged irradiance at the subdermal target tissue (e.g., at a depth of approximately 2 centimeters below the dura) is at least about 0.01 mW/cm2 and up to about I W/cm2 at the level of the tissue. In various embodiments, the time-averaged subsurface irradiance at the target tissue is at least about 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, or 90 mW/cm2, depending on the desired clinical performance. In certain embodiments, the time-averaged subsurface irradiance at the target tissue is about 0.01 mW/cm2 to about 100 mW/cm2, about 0.01 mW/cm2 to about 50 mW/cm2, about 2 mW/cm2 to about 20 mW/cm2, or about 5 mW/cm2 to about 25 mW/cm2. In certain embodiments, a duty cycle in a range between I% and 80%, between 10% and 30%, or about 20% can be used with a peak irradiance at the target tissue of 0.05 mW/cm2 to about 500 mW/cm2, about 0.05 mW/cm2 to about 250 mW/cm2, about 10 mW/cm2 to about 100 mW/cm2, or about 25 mW/cm2 to about 125 mW/cm2.
[0164] In certain embodiments, the irradiance of the light beam is selected to provide a predetermined irradiance at the subdermal target tissue (e.g., at a depth of approximately 2 centimeters from the dura). The selection of the appropriate irradiance of the light beam emitted from the emission surface to use to achieve a desired subdermal irradiance preferably includes consideration of scattering by intervening tissue. Further information regarding the scattering of light by tissue is provided by U.S.
Patent No.
7,303,578, which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein, and V.
Tuchin in "Tissue Optics: Light Scattering Methods and Instruments for Medical Diagnosis," SPIE
Press (2000), Bellingham, WA, pp. 3-11, which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.
[0165] Phototherapy for the treatment of neurologic conditions (e.g., ischemic stroke, Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, depression, or TBI) is based in part on the discovery that irradiance or power density (i.e., power per unit area or number of photons per unit area per unit time) and energy density (i.e., energy per unit area or number of photons per unit area) of the light energy applied to tissue appear to be significant factors in determining the relative efficacy of low level phototherapy. This discovery is particularly applicable with respect to treating and saving surviving but endangered neurons in a zone of danger surrounding the primary injury. Certain embodiments described herein are based at least in part on the finding that, given a selected wavelength of light energy, it is the irradiance and/or the energy density of the light delivered to tissue (as opposed to the total power or total energy delivered to the tissue) that appears to be important factors in determining the relative efficacy of phototherapy.
[0166] Without being bound by theory or by a specific mechanism, it is believed that light energy delivered within a certain range of irradiances and energy densities provides the desired biostimulative effect on the intracellular environment, such that proper function is returned to previously nonfunctioning or poorly functioning mitochondria in at-risk neurons. The biostimulative effect may include interactions with chromophores within the target tissue, which facilitate production of ATP
and/or controls, inhibits, prevents, minimizes, or reduces apoptosis of the injured cells which have experienced decreased blood flow (e.g., due to the stroke or TBI). Because strokes and TBI correspond to interruptions of blood flow to portions of the brain, it is thought that any effects of increasing blood flow by phototherapy are of less importance in the efficacy of phototherapy for stroke or TBI victims. Further information regarding the role of i -radiance and exposure time is described by Hans H.F.I. van Breugel and P.R.
Dop Bar in "Power Density and Exposure Time of He-Ne Laser Irradiation Are More Important Than Total Energy Dose in Photo-Biomodulation of Human Fibroblasts In Vitro,"
Lasers in Surgery and Medicine, Volume 12, pp. 528-537 (1992), which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein. In addition, the significance of the irradiance used in phototherapy with regard to the devices and methods used in phototherapy of brain tissue, are described more fully in U.S. Patent No. 7,303,578, U.S. Patent Appl. Publ.
Nos.
2005/0107851 Al, 2007/0179570 Al, and 2007/0179571 Al, each of which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein. While these previous discussions of irradiance were primarily in conjunction with phototherapy of stroke, they apply as well to phototherapy of TBI. For example, in certain embodiments, to obtain a desired average power density at the brain for treating TBI, higher total power at the scalp or skull can be used in conjunction with a larger spot size at the scalp or skull. Thus, by increasing the spot size at the scalp or skull, a desired average power density at the brain can be achieved with lower power densities at the scalp or skull which can reduce the possibility of overheating the scalp, skull, or brain.
[0167] In certain embodiments, delivering the neuroprotective amount of light energy includes selecting a surface irradiance of the light energy at the scalp or skull corresponding to the predetermined irradiance at the target area of the brain.
As described above, light propagating through tissue is scattered and absorbed by the tissue.
Calculations of the irradiance to be applied to the scalp or skull so as to deliver a predetermined irradiance to the selected target area of the brain preferably take into account the attenuation of the light energy as it propagates through the skin and other tissues, such as bone and brain tissue. Factors known to affect the attenuation of light propagating to the brain from the scalp or skull include, but are not limited to, skin pigmentation, the presence, type, and color of hair over the area to be treated, amount of fat tissue, the presence of bruised tissue, skull thickness, patient's age and gender, and the location of the target area of the brain, particularly the depth of the area relative to the surface of the scalp or skull. (For a general discussion of the absorption of light by melanins in the body, see, e.g., "Optical Absorption Spectra of Melanins - a Comparison of Theoretical and Experimental Results," accelrys.com/references/case-studies/melanins_partII.pdf.) The higher the level of skin pigmentation, the higher the irradiance applied to the scalp to deliver a predetermined irradiance of light energy to a subsurface site of the brain. The target area of the patient's brain can be previously identified such as by using standard medical imaging techniques.
[0168] The irradiance selected to be applied to the target area of the patient's brain depends on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the wavelength of the applied light, the type of CVA (ischemic or hemorrhagic), and the patient's clinical condition, including the extent of the affected brain area. The irradiance or power density of light energy to be delivered to the target area of the patient's brain may also be adjusted to be combined with any other therapeutic agent or agents, especially pharmaceutical neuroprotective agents, to achieve the desired biological effect. In such embodiments, the selected irradiance can also depend on the additional therapeutic agent or agents chosen.
Temporal Pulsewidth, Temporal Pulseshape, Duty Cycle Repetition Rate, and Irradiance per Pulse [0169] Figure 21A schematically illustrates a generalized temporal profile of a pulsed light beam in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The temporal profile comprises a plurality of pulses (P1, P2, ..., P;), each pulse having a temporal pulsewidth during which the instantaneous intensity or irradiance I(t) of the pulse is substantially non-zero. For example, for the pulsed light beam of Figure 21A, pulse P1 has a temporal pulsewidth from time t=0 to time t=T1, pulse P2 has a temporal pulsewidth from time t=T2 to time t=T3, and pulse P; has a temporal pulsewidth from time t=T; to time t=T;+1. The temporal pulsewidth can also be referred to as the "pulse ON
time." The pulses are temporally spaced from one another by periods of time during which the intensity or irradiance of the beam is substantially zero. For example, pulse P1 is spaced in time from pulse P2 by a time t=T2-T1. The time between pulses can also be referred to as the "pulse OFF time." In certain embodiments, the pulse ON
times of the pulses are substantially equal to one another, while in certain other embodiments, the pulse ON times differ from one another. In certain embodiments, the pulse OFF
times between the pulses are substantially equal to one another, while in certain other embodiments, the pulse OFF times between the pulses differ from one another.
As used herein, the term "duty cycle" has its broadest reasonable interpretation, including but not limited to, the pulse ON time divided by the sum of the pulse ON time and the pulse OFF
t imne. For a pulsed light beam, the duty cycle is less than one. The values of the duty cycle and the temporal pulsewidth fully define the repetition rate of the pulsed light beam.
[0170] Each of the pulses can have a temporal pulseshape which describes the a~ ~neous intensity or irradiance of the pulse I(t) as a function of time. For example, t3s shown in Figure 21A, the temporal pulseshapes of the pulsed light beam are irregular, al_d are not the same among the various pulses. In certain embodiments, the temporal pulseshapes of the pulsed light beam are substantially the same among the various pulses.
For example, as schematically shown in Figure 21B, the pulses can have a square icmporal pulseshape, with each pulse having a substantially constant instantaneous irradiance over the pulse ON time. In certain embodiments, the peak irradiances of the `u i ses differ from one another (see, e.g., Figures 21A and 2113), while in certain other xbcdiments, the peak irradiances of the pulses are substantially equal to one another (see, e.g., Figures 21C and 21D). Various other temporal pulseshapes (e.g., triangular, trapezoidal) are also compatible with certain embodiments described herein.
Figure 21C
schematically illustrates a plurality of trapezoidal pulses in which each pulse has a rise iime (e.g., corresponding to the time between an instantaneous irradiance of zero and a peak irradiance of the pulse) and a fall time (e.g., corresponding to the time between the peak irradiance of the pulse and an instantaneous irradiance of zero). In certain embodiments, the rise time and the fall time can be expressed relative to a specified action of the peak irradiance of the pulse (e.g., time to rise/fall to 50% of the peak irradiance of the pulse).
[0171] As used herein, the term "peak irradiance" of a pulse P; has its broadest reasonable interpretation, including but not limited to, the maximum value of the instantaneous irradiance I(t) during the temporal pulsewidth of the pulse. In certain embodiments, the instantaneous irradiance is changing during the temporal pulsewidth of the pulse (see, e.g., Figures 21A and 21C), while in certain other embodiments, the instantaneous irradiance is substantially constant during the temporal pulsewidth of the pulse (see, e.g., Figures 21 B and 21 D).
[0172] As used herein, the term "pulse irradiance" I,, of a pulse P; has its broadest reasonable interpretation, including but not limited to, the integral of the instantaneous irradiance l(t) of the pulse P; over the temporal pulsewidth of the pulse:
Till I;; = fI(t)=dt/(T.+, -Ti). As used herein, the term "total irradiance" ITOTAL
has its Ti broadest reasonable interpretation, including but not limited to, the sum of the pulse N
f " an_ces of the pulses: ITO,AL _ J Ip . As used herein, the term "time-averaged irradiance" IAVE has its broadest reasonable interpretation, including but not limited to, the i ltegral of the instantaneous irradiance I(t) over a period of time T large compared to the T
temporal pulsewidths of the pulses: IA,c = f 1(t) = dt/T . The integral fl(t) = dt provides the energy of the pulsed light beam.
[0173] For example, for a plurality of square pulses with different pulse alliances I. and different temporal pulsewidths AT,., the time-averaged irradiance over a time T equals 'AVE = T I,> = AT,.. For another example, for a plurality of square pulses with equal pulse irradiances I,, , with equal temporal pulsewidths, and equal pulse OFF
times (having a duty cycle D), the time-averaged irradiance equals IA,1,; =1P
= D. For example, as shown in Figure 21D, the time-averaged irradiance (shown as a dashed line) is less than the pulse irradiance of the pulses.
[0174] The pulse irradiances and the duty cycle can be selected to provide a predetermined time-averaged irradiance. In certain embodiments in which the time-averaged irradiance is equal to the irradiance of a continuous-wave (CW) light beam, the pulsed light beam and the CW light beam have the same number of photons or flux as one another. For example, a pulsed light beam with a pulse irradiance of 5 mW/cm2 and a duty cycle of 20% provides the same number of photons as a CW light beam having an irradiance of 1 mW/cm2. However, in contrast to a CW light beam, the parameters of the pulsed light beam can be selected to deliver the photons in a manner which achieve results which are not obtainable using CW light beams.
[0175] For example, for hair removal, tattoo removal, or wrinkle smoothing, pulsed light beams have previously been used to achieve selective photothermolysis in which a selected portion of the skin is exposed to sufficiently high temperatures to damage the hair follicles (e.g., temperatures greater than 60 degrees Celsius), to ablate the tattoo ink (e.g., temperatures much greater than 60 degrees Celsius), or to shrink the collagen molecules (e.g., temperatures between 60-70 degrees Celsius), respectively, while keeping the other portions of skin at sufficiently low temperatures to avoid unwanted damage or discomfort. The parameters of these pulsed light beams are selected to achieve the desired elevated temperature at the selected portion of the skin by absorption of the light by the selected chromophore while allowing heat to dissipate (characterized by a thermal relaxation time) during the pulse OFF times to keep other areas of skin at lower temperatures. As described by J. Lepselter et al., "Biological and clinical aspects in laser hair removal," J. Dermatological Treatment, Vol. 15, pp. 72-83 (2004), the pulse ON time for hair removal is selected to be between the thermal relaxation time for the epidermis (about 3 - 10 milliseconds) and the thermal relaxation time for the hair follicle (about 40 - 100 milliseconds). In this way, the hair follicle can be heated to sufficiently high temperatures to damage the follicle without causing excessive damage to the surrounding skin.
[0176] In contrast to these treatments which are based on creating thermal damage to at least a portion of the skin, certain embodiments described herein utilize pulse parameters which do not create thermal damage to at least a portion of the skin. In certain embodiments, one or more of the temporal pulsewidth, temporal pulseshape, duty cycle, repetition rate, and pulse irradiance of the pulsed light beam are selected such that no portion of the skin is heated to a temperature greater than 60 degrees Celsius, greater than 55 degrees Celsius, greater than 50 degrees Celsius, or greater than 45 degrees Celsius. In certain embodiments, one or more of the temporal pulsewidth, temporal pulseshape, duty cycle, repetition rate, and pulse irradiance of the pulsed light beam are selected such that no portion of the skin is heated to a temperature greater than 30 degrees Celsius above its baseline temperature, greater than 20 degrees Celsius above its baseline temperature, or greater than 10 degrees Celsius above its baseline temperature. In certain embodiments, one or more of the temporal pulsewidth, temporal pulseshape, duty cycle, repetition rate, and pulse irradiance of the pulsed light beam are selected such that no portion of the brain is heated to a temperature greater than 5 degrees Celsius above its baseline temperature, greater than 3 degrees Celsius above its baseline temperature, or greater than 1 degree Celsius above its baseline temperature. As used herein, the term "baseline temperature" has its broadest reasonable interpretation, including but not limited to, the temperature at which the tissue would have if it were not irradiated by the light. In contrast to previous low-light level therapies, the pulsed light beam has an average radiant power in the range of about 1 Watt to about 6 Watts or in a range of about 4 Watt to about 6 Watts.
[0177] In certain embodiments, the pulse parameters are selected to achieve other effects beyond those which are achievable using CW light beams. For example, while CW irradiation of brain cells in vivo provides an efficacious treatment of stroke, the use of CW irradiation for the treatment of TBI is more difficult, owing in part to the excess blood within the region of the scalp, skull, or cranium to be irradiated (e.g., due to intercranial bleeding). This excess blood may be between the light source and the target brain tissue to be irradiated, resulting in higher absorption of the light applied to the scalp or skull before it can propagate to the target tissue. This absorption can reduce the amount of light reaching the target tissue and can unduly heat the intervening tissue to an undesirable level.
[0178] In certain embodiments described herein, pulsed irradiation may provide a more efficacious treatment. The pulsed irradiation can provide higher peak irradiances for shorter times, thereby providing more power to propagate to the target tissue while allowing thermal relaxation of the intervening tissue and blood between pulses to avoid unduly heating the intervening tissue. The time scale for the thermal relaxation is typically in the range of a few milliseconds. For example, the thermal relaxation time constant (e.g., the time for tissue to cool from an elevated temperature to one-half the elevated temperature) of human skin is about 3-10 milliseconds, while the thermal relaxation time constant of human hair follicles is about 40-100 milliseconds.
Thus, previous applications of pulsed light to the body for hair removal have optimized temporal pulsewidths of greater than 40 milliseconds with time between pulses of hundreds of milliseconds.
[0179] However, while pulsed light of this time scale advantageously reduces the heating of intervening tissue and blood, it does not provide an optimum amount of efficaciousness as compared to other time scales. In certain embodiments described herein, the patient's scalp or skull is irradiated with pulsed light having parameters which are not optimized to reduce thermal effects, but instead are optimized to stimulate, to excite, to induce, or to otherwise support one or more intercellular or intracellular biological processes which are involved in the survival, regeneration, or restoration of performance or viability of brain cells. Thus, in certain such embodiments, the selected temporal profile can result in temperatures of the irradiated tissue which are higher than those resulting from other temporal profiles, but which are more efficacious than these other temporal profiles. In certain embodiments, the pulsing parameters are selected to utilize the kinetics of the biological processes rather than optimizing the thermal relaxation of the tissue. In certain embodiments, the pulsed light beam has a temporal profile (e.g., peak irradiance per pulse, a temporal pulse width, and a pulse duty cycle) selected to modulate membrane potentials in order to enhance, restore, or promote cell survival, cell function, or both of the irradiated brain cells following the traumatic brain injury. For example, in certain embodiments, the pulsed light has a temporal profile which supports one or more intercellular or intracellular biological processes involved in the survival or regeneration of brain cells, but does not optimize the thermal relaxation of the irradiated tissue. In certain embodiments, the brain cells survive longer after the irradiation as compared to their survival if the irradiation did not occur.
For example, the light of certain embodiments can have a protective effect on the brain cells, or can cause a regeneration process in the brain cells.
[0180] In certain embodiments, the temporal profile (e.g., peak irradiance, temporal pulse width, and duty cycle) are selected to utilize the kinetics of the biological processes while maintaining the irradiated portion of the scalp or skull at or below a predetermined temperature. This predetermined temperature is higher than the optimized temperature which could be achieved for other temporal profiles (e.g., other values of the peak irradiance, temporal pulse width, and duty cycle) which are optimized to minimize the temperature increase of surrounding tissue due to the irradiation. For example, a temporal profile having a peak irradiance of 10 W/cm2 and a duty cycle of 20%
has a time-averaged irradiance of 2 W/cm2. Such a pulsed light beam provides the same number of photons to the irradiated surface as does a continuous-wave (CW) light beam with an irradiance of 2 W/cm2. However, because of the "dark time" between pulses, the pulsed light beam can result in a lower temperature increase than does the CW
light beam.
To minimize the temperature increase of the irradiated portion of the scalp or skull, the temporal pulse width and the duty cycle can be selected to allow a significant portion of the heat generated per pulse to dissipate before the next pulse reaches the irradiated portion. In certain embodiments described herein, rather than optimizing the beam temporal parameters to minimize the temperature increase, the temporal parameters are selected to effectively correspond to or to be sufficiently close to the timing of the biomolecular processes involved in the absorption of the photons to provide an increased efficacy. Rather than having a temporal pulse width on the order of hundreds of microseconds, certain embodiments described herein utilize a temporal pulse width which does not optimize the thermal relaxation of the irradiated tissue (e.g., milliseconds, tens of Teri' ;seconds, humdreds of milliseconds). Since these pulse widths are significantly longer than the thermal relaxation time scale, the resulting temperature increases are larger than those of smaller pulse widths, but still less than that of CW
light beams due to the heat dissipation the time between the pulses.
[01811 A number of studies have investigated the effects of in vitro irradiation of cells using pulsed light on various aspects of the cells. A study of the action mechanisms of incoherent pulsed radiation at a wavelength of 820 nanometers (pulse repetition frequency of 10 Hz, pulse width of 20 milliseconds, dark period between pulses of 80 milliseconds, and duty factor (pulse duration to pulse period ratio) of 20%) on in vitro cellular adhesion has found that pulsed infrared radiation at 820 nanometers increases the cell-matrix attachment. (T.I. Karu et al., "Cell Attachment to Extracellular Matrices is Modulated by Pulsed Radiation at 820 nm and Chemicals that Modify the Activity of Enzymes in the Plasma Membrane," Lasers in Surgery and Medicine, Vol. 29, pp. 274-281 (2001) which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.) It was hypothesized in this study that the modulation of the monovalent ion fluxes through the plasma membrane, and not the release of arachidonic acid, is involved in the cellular signaling pathways activated by irradiation at 820 nanometers. A study of light-induced changes to the membrane conductance of ventral photoreceptor cells found behavior which was dependent on the pulse parameters, indicative of two light-induced membrane processes. (J.E. Lisman et al., "Two Light-Induced Processes in the Photoreceptor Cells of Limulus Ventral Eye," J. Gen. Physiology, Vol. 58, pp. 544-561 (1971), which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.) Studies of laser-activated electron injection into oxidized cytochrome c oxidase observed kinetics which establish the reaction sequence of the proton pump mechanism and some of its thermodynamic properties have time constants on the order of a few milliseconds. (I.
Belevich et al., "Exploring the proton pump mechanism of cytochrome c oxidase in real time,"
Proc.
Nat'l Acad. Sci., Vol. 104, pp. 2685-2690 (2007); I. Belevich et al., "Proton-coupled electron transfer drives the proton pump of cytochrome c oxidase," Nature, Vol. 440, pp.
829-832 (2006), both of which are incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.) An in vivo study of neural activation based on pulsed infrared light proposed a photo-thermal effect from transient tissue temperature changes resulting in direct or indirect activation of transmembrane ion channels causing propagation of the action potential. (J.
Wells et al., "Biophysical mechanisms responsible for pulsed low-level laser excitation of neural Proc. SPIE, Vol. 6084, pp. 60840X (2006), which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.) [0182] In certain embodiments, the temporal profile of the pulsed light beam comprises a peak irradiance, a temporal pulse width, a temporal pulse shape, a duty cycle, _ind a pulse repetition rate or frequency. In certain embodiments in which the pulsed light beam is transmitted through a region of the scalp or skull containing an excess amount of hemorrhagic blood due to the at least one physical trauma (e.g., due to intercranial bleeding), at least one of the peak irradiance, temporal pulse width, temporal pulse shape, c ty cycle, and pulse repetition rate or frequency is selected to provide a time-averaged irradiance (averaged over a time period including a plurality of pulses) at the emission surface 22 of the output optical assembly 20 between about 10 mW/cm2 to about W/cm2, between about 100 mW/cmZ to about 1000 mW/cm2, between about 500 mW/cm2 to about 1 W/cm2, or between about 650 mW/cm2 to about 750 mW/cm2 across the cross-sectional area of the light beam. In certain such embodiments, the time-averaged irradiance at the brain cells being treated (e.g., at a depth of approximately 2 centimeters below the dura) is greater than 0.01 mW/cm2.
[0183] In certain embodiments, the peak irradiance per pulse across the cross-sectional area of the light beam at the emission surface 22 of the output optical assembly is in a range between about 10 mW/cm2 to about 10 W/cm2, between about 100 mW/cm2 to about 1000 mW/cm2, between about 500 mW/cm2 to about 1 W/cm2, between about 650 mW/cm2 to about 750 mW/cm2, between about 20 mW/cm2 to about 20 W/cm2, between about 200 mW/cm2 to about 2000 mW/cm2, between about 1 W/cm2 to about 2 W/cm2, between about 1300 mW/cm2 to about 1500 mW/cm2, between about 1 W/cm2 to about 1000 W/cm2, between about 10 W/cm2 to about 100 W/cm2, between about 50 W/cm2 to about 100 W/cm2, or between about 65 W/cm2 to about 75 W/cm2. In certain embodiments, the temporal pulse shape is generally rectangular, generally triangular, or any other shape. In certain embodiments, the pulses have a rise time (e.g., from 10% of the peak irradiance to 90% of the peak irradiance) less than I% of the pulse ON time, or a fall time (e.g., from 90% of the peak irradiance to 10% of the peak irradiance) less than I% of the pulse ON time.
[0184] In certain embodiments, the pulses have a temporal pulsewidth (e.g., pulse ON time) in a range between about 0.001 millisecond and about 150 seconds, between about 0.01 millisecond and about 10 seconds, between about 0.1 millisecond and about 1 second, between about 0.5 millisecond and about 100 milliseconds, between about 2 milliseconds and about 20 milliseconds, or between about 1 millisecond and about 10 milliseconds. In certain embodiments, the pulse width is about 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 120, 140, 160, 180, 200, 220, 240, 260, 280, or 300 milliseconds. In certain embodiments, the temporal pulsewidth is in a range between about 0.1 millisecond and 150 seconds.
[0185] In certain embodiments, the time between pulses (e.g., pulse OFF time) is in a range between about 0.01 millisecond and about 150 seconds, between about 0.1 millisecond and about 100 millisecond, between about 4 milliseconds and about 1 second, between about 8 milliseconds and about 500 milliseconds, between about 8 milliseconds and about 80 milliseconds, or between about 10 milliseconds and about 200 milliseconds.
In certain embodiments, the time between pulses is about 4, 8, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 700, or 1000 milliseconds.
[0186] In certain embodiments, the pulse duty cycle is in a range between about 1% and about 80% or in a range between about 10% and about 30%. In certain embodiments, the pulse duty cycle is about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%.
Beam Size and Beam Profile [0187] In certain embodiments, the light beam emitted from the output optical assembly 20 has a nominal diameter in a range of about 10 millimeters to about millimeters, in a range of about 20 millimeters to about 35 millimeters, or equal to about 30 millimeters. In certain embodiments, the cross-sectional area is generally circular with a radius in a range of about 1 centimeter to about 2 centimeters. In certain embodiments, the light beam emitted from the emission surface 22 has a cross-sectional area greater than about 2 cm2 or in a range of about 2 cm2 to about 20 cm2 at the emission surface 22 of the optical element 23. In certain embodiments, the output optical element 23 has an aperture diameter of less than 33 millimeters.
[0188] As used herein, the beam diameter is defined to be the largest chord of the perimeter of the area of the scalp or skull irradiated by the light beam at an intensity of least l/e2 of the maximum intensity of the light beam. The perimeter of the light beam used to determine the diameter of the beam is defined in certain embodiments to be those points at which the intensity of the light beam is 1/e2 of the maximum intensity of the abeam. The maximum-useful diameter of certain embodiments is limited by the size of the patient's head and by the heating of the . patient's head by the irradiation. The mini num-useful diameter of certain embodiments is limited by heating and by the total number of treatment sites that could be practically implemented. For example, to cover `45 patient's skull with a beam having a small beam diameter would correspondingly use a large number of treatment sites. In certain embodiments, the time of irradiation per treatment site can be adjusted accordingly to achieve a desired exposure dose.
[0189] Specifying the total flux inside a circular aperture with a specified radius centered on the exit aperture ("encircled energy") is a method of specifying the power (irradiance) distribution over the light beam emitted from the emission surface 22.
The "encircled energy" can be used to ensure that the light beam is not too concentrated, too large, or too small. In certain embodiments, the light beam emitted from the emission surface has a total radiant power, and the light beam has a total flux inside a 20-millimeter diameter cross-sectional circle centered on the light beam at the emission surface 22 which is no more than 75% of the total radiant power. In certain such embodiments, the light beam has a total flux inside a 26-millimeter diameter cross-sectional circle centered on the light beam at the emission surface 22 which is no less than 50% of the total radiant power.
[0190] In certain embodiments, the beam intensity profile has a semi-Gaussian profile, while in certain other embodiments, the beam intensity profile has a "top hat"
profile. In certain embodiments, the light beam is substantially without high flux regions or "hot spots" in the beam intensity profile in which the local flux, averaged over a 3 millimeter by 3 millimeter area, is more than 10% larger than the average flux. Certain embodiments of the apparatus 10 advantageously generate a light beam substantially without hot spots, thereby avoiding large temperature gradients at the patient's skin which would otherwise cause discomfort to the patient.
Divergence [0191] In certain embodiments, the beam divergence emitted from the emission surface 22 is significantly less than the scattering angle of light inside the body tissue being irradiated, which is typically several degrees. In certain embodiments, the light beam has a divergence angle greater than zero and less than 35 degrees.
[0192] As the distance between a light source and an observer increases, the diameter of the source becomes less relevant to considerations of the beam divergence.
For example, an end of the optical fiber 40 providing the light has a diameter of about I
millimeter. At a close distance, observing from a specific location, light rays from the edges of the optical fiber end can arrive at the observation point with significantly different angles. However, as the observation point moves away from the light source, this angular discrepancy is reduced and the source appears more like a point source.
[0193] In certain embodiments, with the output optical assembly 20 mounted onto the apparatus 10, the optical distance between the emission surface 22 and the end of the optical fiber 40 is about 82.7 millimeters. The beam divergence dictated by the numerical aperture of the optical fiber 40 and the exit aperture of the optical element 23 is about 23 degrees. In certain embodiments, with the output optical assembly 20 not mounted onto the apparatus 10, the optical distance between the window 70 and the end of the optical fiber is about 57.5 millimeters, and the beam divergence dictated by the numerical aperture of the optical fiber 40 and the exit aperture of the window 70 is about 16 degrees. With a source diameter of about 1 millimeter, the angular ambiguity in the beam divergence is about 0.35 degree. Thus, the angular ambiguity is much less than the beam divergence angle regardless of whether the output optical assembly 20 is mounted or not onto the apparatus 10, so the optical fiber 40 can be treated as a point source. In certain such embodiments, the beam divergence or radiant intensity (e.g., measured in Watts/steradian) can be calculated directly from the beam profile or from the irradiance.
Treatment time [0194] In certain embodiments, the treatment per treatment site proceeds continuously for a period of about 10 seconds to about 2 hours, for a period of about 1 to about 10 minutes, or for a period of about I to 5 minutes. For example, the treatment time per treatment site in certain embodiments is about two minutes. In other embodiments, the light energy is delivered for at least one treatment period of at least about five minutes, or for at least one treatment period of at least ten minutes. The minimum treatment time of certain embodiments is limited by the biological response time (which is on the order of microseconds). The maximum treatment time of certain embodiments is limited by heating and by practical treatment times (e.g., completing treatment within about 24 hours of stroke onset). The light energy can be pulsed during the treatment period or the light energy can be continuously applied during the treatment pe-od. If the light is pulsed, the pulses can be 2 milliseconds long and occur at a frequency of 100 Hz, although longer pulselengths and lower frequencies can be used, or at least about 10 nanosecond long and occur at a frequency of up to about 100 kHz.
[0195] In certain embodiments, the treatment may be terminated after one treatment period, while in other embodiments, the treatment may be repeated for at least two treatment periods. The time between subsequent treatment periods can be at least about five minutes, at least two in a 24-hour period, at least about 1 to 2 days, or at least about one week. The length of treatment time and frequency of treatment periods can depend on several factors, including the functional recovery of the patient and the results of imaging analysis of the injury (e.g., infarct). In certain embodiments, one or more treatment parameters can be adjusted in response to a feedback signal from a device (e.g., magnetic resonance imaging) monitoring the patient.
Cooling Parameters [0196] In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 comprises an output optical element 23 in optical communication with a source of light. The output optical element 23 comprises an emission surface 22 configured to emit a light beam in accordance with the light parameters disclosed above. In certain embodiments the apparatus 10 further comprises a thermally conductive portion configured to be placed in thermal communication with the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull and to remove heat from the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull. In certain embodiments, the thermally conductive portion comprises the output optical element 23. The thermally conductive portion of certain embodiments is releasably coupled to the output optical element 23.
[0197] In certain embodiments, the thermally conductive portion removes heat from the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull. This cooling of the scalp or skull can to improve the comfort of the patient, by controlling, inhibiting, preventing, minimizing, or reducing temperature increases at the scalp or skull due to the irradiation.
Thus, by virtue of the cooling of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull being irradiated, the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull is lower than it would otherwise be if the irradiated portion of the scalp or skull were not cooled.
For example, by cooling the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull, the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull can be higher than the temperature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull if it were not irradiated, but lower the temperature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull if it were irradiated but not cooled. In addition, this cooling of the scalp or skull can be to perform double-blind studies of the efficacy of the phototherapy treatment by masking any heating of the scalp or skull due to the irradiation. (See, e.g., B. Catanzaro et al., "Managing Tissue Heating ~r Laser Therapy to Enable Double-Blind Clinical Study," Mechanisms for Low-Light Therapy, Proc. of the SPIE, Vol. 6140, pp. 199-208 (2006).) [0198] In certain embodiments, heat is removed from the irradiated portion of he patient's scalp or skull by the thermally conductive portion at a rate in a range of about Watt to about 5 Watts or in a range of about 1 Watt to about 3 Watts. In certain embodiments, the thermally conductive portion is configured to maintain the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull to be less than 42 degrees Celsius.
The thermally conductive portion of certain embodiments is in thermal communication with the emission surface 22 and is configured to maintain the temperature of the emission surface to be in a range of 18 degrees Celsius to 25 degrees Celsius under a heat load of 2 Watts. For a general description of cooling of the scalp, see, e.g., F.E.M.
Janssen et al., "Modeling of temperature and perfusion during scalp cooling,"
Phys. Med.
Biol., Vol. 50, pp. 4065-4073 (2005). In certain embodiments in which pulsed light is used, the rate of heat removal can be less, or cooling may not be utilized for certain ranges of pulsed dosimetries and timing.
Pressure Parameters [0199] In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 is configured to have the thermally conductive portion move relative to a second portion of the apparatus 10 upon a pressure being applied to the thermally conductive portion above a predetermined threshold pressure in a direction of movement of the thermally conductive portion relative to the second portion of the apparatus 10. The predetermined threshold pressure is sufficient to have the thermally conductive portion in thermal communication with the portion of the patient's scalp or skull. In certain such embodiments, the apparatus 10 comprises a sensor configured to be responsive to the movement of the thermally conductive portion relative to the second portion by generating a signal (e.g., binary, analog, or digital) indicative of the movement.
[0200] In certain such embodiments, the sensor 130 in conjunction with the trigger force spring 140 and the trigger force adjustment mechanism 142 provides a mechanism for detecting whether the apparatus 10 is being applied to the patient's scalp or skull with a pressure above the predetermined threshold pressure. In certain such embodiments, the sensor 130 detects movement between the first portion of the apparatus and the second portion of the apparatus 10 upon placing the emission surface 22 in thermal communication with the patient's scalp or skull with sufficient pressure to overcome the restoring force of the trigger force spring 140. Upon applying the threshold pressure to the emission surface 22 move the first and second portions relative to one another, the sensor 130 detects the movement and generates a corresponding signal. In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 further comprises a controller operatively coupled to the light source and to the sensor 130. The controller is configured to receive the signal from the sensor 130 and to turn on the light source in response to the signal being indicative of the pressure being above the predetermined threshold pressure.
[0201] In certain embodiments, the threshold pressure is set to be a pressure which results in blanching of the portion of the patient's scalp to be irradiated. In certain embodiments, the threshold pressure is 0.1 pound per square inch, while in certain other embodiments, the threshold pressure is one pound per square inch or about two pounds per square inch.
[0202] In certain embodiments in which pulsed light is used, the amount of blanching can be less, or blanching may not be utilized for certain ranges of pulsed dosimetries and timing. For example, in certain embodiments, the patient may have a heightened sensitivity to pressure applied to the scalp or skull (e.g., a TBI
patient). Thus, in certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 does not apply sufficient pressure to the scalp of the patient (e.g., applies no pressure to the patient's scalp) to blanch the irradiated portion of the scalp during the irradiation. In certain other embodiments in which some amount of blanching of the irradiated portion of the scalp is desired, the maximum pressure used to blanch the irradiated portion of the scalp is limited by patient comfort levels and tissue damage levels. For example, the cranium or skull of a TBI patient may have cracks or breaks such that the brain would be adversely affected if pressure were applied to the scalp. The amount of pressure used, if any, is determined at least in part, on the amount of pressure that the patient can withstand without additional damage being done by the application of pressure.
Irradiating multiple portions of the scalp or skull [0203] Figures 22A-22C schematically illustrate an embodiment in which the apparatus 10 is placed in thermal communication sequentially with a plurality of treatment sites corresponding to portions of the patient's scalp. In certain such embodiments, the light emitted from the emission surface 22 propagates through the scalp to the brain and disperses in a direction generally parallel to the scalp, as shown in Figure 22A. In certain embodiments in which the patient is suffering from a TBI, one or more of the treatment sites has a portion of the skull is exposed and at least a portion of the light is applied to the exposed portion of the skull without propagating through scalp tissue. In certain embodiments, the treatment sites of the patient's scalp do not overlap one another. The treatment sites (e.g., twenty treatment sites) are preferably spaced sufficiently far apart from one another such that the light emitted from the emission surface 22 to irradiate a treatment site of the patient's scalp is transmitted through intervening tissue to irradiate an area of the patient's brain which overlaps one or more areas of the target tissue of the patient's brain irradiated by the light emitted from the emission surface 22 when a neighboring treatment site of the patient's scalp is irradiated. Figure 22B
schematically illustrates this overlap as the overlap of circular spots 160 across the target tissue at a reference depth at or below the surface of the brain. Figure 22C schematically illustrates this overlap as a graph of the irradiance at the reference depth of the brain along the line L-L of Figures 22A and 22B. Summing the irradiances from the neighboring treatment sites (shown as a dashed line in Figure 22C) serves to provide a more uniform light distribution at the target tissue to be treated. In such embodiments, the summed irradiance is preferably less than a damage threshold of the brain and above an efficacy threshold. In certain embodiments, portions of the brain irradiated by irradiating the treatment sites at the scalp do not overlap one another. In certain such embodiments, the treatment sites at the scalp are positioned so as to irradiate as much of the cortex as possible.
Example wearable apparatus [0204] Figure 23 schematically illustrates an example apparatus 500 which is wearable by a patient for treating the patient's brain. The apparatus 500 comprises a body 510 and a plurality of indicators 520. The body 510 is adapted to be worn over at least a portion of the patient's scalp when the apparatus 500 is worn by the patient.
The plurality of indicators 520 correspond to a plurality of treatment site location at the patient's scalp where light is to be applied to irradiate at least a portion of the patient's brain. At least one indicator 520 comprises a portion of the body which is substantially transmissive (e.g., substantially transparent or substantially translucent) to light emitted from the emission surface 22 to irradiate at least a portion of the patient's brain.
[0205] In certain embodiments, at least one of the indicators 520 denotes a position within an area of the patient's scalp corresponding to a treatment site location. In certain such embodiments, the position is the center of the area of the patient's scalp. The adjacent treatment sites of certain embodiments have areas which do not overlap one another or have perimeters which are spaced from one another. In certain such embodiments, the perimeters are spaced from one another by at least 10 millimeters or at least 25 millimeters.
[0206] In certain embodiments, each indicator 520 comprises an opening or aperture through the body 510 at which the beam delivery apparatus 10 can be placed to irradiate the portion of the patient's scalp exposed by the hole or aperture.
In certain embodiments, the aperture has a substantially circular perimeter and a diameter in a range between 20 millimeters and 50 millimeters or in a range between 25 millimeters and 35 millimeters. In certain embodiments, the aperture has a substantially elliptical perimeter with a minor axis greater than 20 millimeters and a major axis less than 50 millimeters.
Other shapes of the aperture are also compatible with certain embodiments described herein.
[0207] In certain embodiments, the plurality of indicators 520 comprises at least about 10 indicators 520 distributed across the patient's scalp, while in certain other embodiments, the plurality of indicators 520 comprises 20 indicators 520. In certain other embodiments, the plurality of indicators 520 comprises between 15 and 25 indicators 520.
In certain embodiments, the optically transmissive portion of each indicator 520 has an area of at least 1 cm2, in a range between 1 cm2 and 20 cm2, or in a range between 5 cm2 and 10 cm2.
[0208] In certain embodiments, the body 510 comprises a hood, while in other embodiments, the body 510 comprises a cap or has another configuration which is wearable on the patient's head and serves as a support for orienting the indicators 520 on the patient's head. In certain embodiments, the body 510 comprises a stretchable or pliant material which generally conforms to the patient's scalp. In certain embodiments, the body 510 comprises nylon-backed polychloroprene or Tyvek . In certain embodiments, the body 510 is available in different sizes (e.g., small, medium, large) to accommodate different sizes of heads. In certain embodiments, the body 510 is disposable after a single use to advantageously avoid spreading infection or disease between subsequent patients.
[0209] The indicators 520 of certain embodiments are configured to guide an operator to irradiate the patient's scalp at the corresponding treatment site locations sequentially one at a time in a predetermined order. In certain embodiments, the wearable apparatus 500 further comprises a plurality of labels 522 with each label in proximity to a corresponding indicator. The labels 522 advantageously provide one or more numbers, letters, or symbols (e.g., bar codes) to each of the indicators 520 to distinguish the various indicators 520 from one another. In certain such embodiments, the labels 522 are mechanically coupled to the corresponding indicators so as to be visible to users of the beam delivery apparatus 10.
[0210] Figures 24A and 24B schematically illustrate the left-side and right-side of an example apparatus 500, respectively, with labels 522 substantially covering the indicators 520 corresponding to the treatment sites. In certain embodiments, the labels 522 are advantageously used to keep track of which treatment sites have been irradiated and which treatment sites are yet to be irradiated. In certain such embodiments, at least a portion of each label 522 comprises a portion of the body (e.g., a pull-off tab or flap) which is configured to be removed from the apparatus 500 when the treatment site corresponding to the indicator 520 has been irradiated. In certain embodiments, the labels 522 comprise removable portions of the body 510 which cover the corresponding indicator 520. In certain such embodiments, prior to irradiating the treatment site location corresponding to the indicator 520, the corresponding label 522 can be removed to allow access to the underlying portion of the patient's scalp.
[0211] In certain embodiments, the label 522 has a code sequence which the operator enters into the controller prior to irradiation so as to inform the controller of which treatment site is next to be irradiated. In certain other embodiments, each label 522 comprises a bar code or a radio-frequency identification device (RFID) which is readable by a sensor electrically coupled to the controller. The controller of such embodiments keeps track of which treatment sites have been irradiated, and in certain such embodiments, the controller only actuates the light source when the beam delivery apparatus 10 is in optical and thermal communication with the proper treatment site of the patient's scalp.
[0212] Figure 24C schematically illustrates an example labeling configuration from above a flattened view of the apparatus 500 of Figures 24A and 24B. The labeling convention of Figure 24C is compatible with irradiation of both halves or hemispheres of i, patient's brain. Other labeling conventions are also compatible with embodiments described herein.
[0213] In certain embodiments, the labels 522 are advantageously used to guide an operator to irradiate the patient's brain at the various treatment sites sequentially at each of the treatment sites one at a time through the indicators 520 in a predetermined order by optically and thermally coupling the beam delivery apparatus 10 to sequential treatment sites corresponding to the indicators 520. For example, for the labeling ;onfiguration of Figure 24C, the operator can first irradiate treatment site "1," followed by I r eatment sites "2," "3," "4," etc. to sequentially irradiate each of the twenty treatment sites one at a time. In certain such embodiments, the predetermined order of the treatment sites is selected to advantageously reduce temperature increases which would result from sequentially irradiating treatment sites in proximity to one another.
[0214] In certain embodiments, the predetermined order comprises irradiation of a first treatment site location on a first side of the patient's scalp (e.g., site "2" of Figure 24C), then irradiation of a second treatment site location on a second side of the patient's scalp (e.g., site "3" of Figure 24C), then irradiation of a third treatment site location on the first side of the patient's scalp (e.g., site "4" of Figure 24C). In certain such embodiments, the predetermined order further comprises irradiation of a fourth treatment site location on the second side of the patient's scalp after irradiation of the third treatment site location. In certain embodiments, two sequentially irradiated treatment site locations are separated from one another by at least 25 millimeters.
[0215] For example, in certain embodiments, the predetermined order comprises at least a portion of the following sequence of treatment sites:
1. Right anterior frontal 2. Left lateral frontal 3. Right anteroinferior parietal 4. Left posterior mid-parietal 5. Right superior parietal 6. Right lateral frontal 7. Left anterior frontal 8. Left posterior superior parietal 9. Left posteroinferior parietal 10. Right posteroinferior parietal 11. Right posterior superior parietal 12. Right anterior mid-parietal 13. Left anteroinferior parietal 14. Left anterosuperior frontal 15. Left superior occipital 16. Left anterior mid-parietal 17. Right posterior mid-parietal 18. Right anterosuperior frontal 19. Right superior occipital 20. Left superior parietal [0216] For example, the predetermined order of certain embodiments comprises two, three, four, or more of these treatment sites in the relative order listed above. The sequence of treatment sites of certain embodiments comprises two, three, four, or more of these treatment sites in a relative order which is the reverse of the sequence listed above. While certain embodiments utilize at least a portion the relative order listed above without irradiation at an additional treatment site between two sequentially listed treatment sites, certain other embodiments utilize at least a portion of the relative order listed above with one or more additional treatment sites between two of the sequentially listed treatment sites. In certain embodiments, the exact anatomic locations of each treatment site may be adjusted from those listed above to account for variations among the sizes of the heads of the patients (e.g., very large or very small).
Thus, in certain embodiments, there is some variability regarding the locations of the treatment sites for any given individual.
[0217] In certain embodiments, the apparatus 500 serves as a template for marking the patient's scalp to indicate the treatment site locations. The apertures of the apparatus 500 can be used to guide a user place marks on the patient's scalp, and the apparatus 500 can then be removed from the patient's scalp before the beam delivery apparatus 10 is applied to the scalp for irradiating the patient's brain. The marks remain on the patient's scalp to guide the operator while the patient's brain is irradiated.
Methods of Light Delivery [0218] Figures 25-28 are flow diagrams of example methods for irradiating a surface with light. As described more fully below, the methods are described by referring to the beam delivery apparatus 10 and components thereof, as described herein.
Other configurations of a beam delivery apparatus are also compatible with the methods in accordance with embodiments described herein.
[0219] The method 610 of Figure 25 comprises providing a beam delivery apparatus 10 in an operational block 612. The beam delivery apparatus 10 comprises a first portion and a second portion mechanically coupled to the first portion and in optical communication with the first portion, wherein the first portion and the second portion are configured to move relative to one another, as described more fully above. The method 610 further comprises placing the second portion in thermal communication with the surface in an operational block 614 (e.g., releasably operatively coupling the second portion to the surface). The method 610 further comprises irradiating the surface such that the light from the first portion propagates through the second portion in an operational block 616. The method 610 further comprises moving the first portion and the second portion relative to one another in response to the second portion being placed in thermal communication with the surface in an operational block 618.
[0220] The method 620 of Figure 26 comprises providing an optical element 23 in an operational block 622. The optical element 23 comprises a substantially optically transmissive and substantially thermally conductive material, and the optical element 23 has a first surface 22 and a second surface 24, as described more fully above.
The method 620 further comprises placing the first surface 22 in thermal communication with the irradiated surface in an operational block 624 (e.g., releasably operatively coupling the first surface 22 to the irradiated surface). The method 620 further comprises propagating the light along a first optical path 32 through the second surface 24 and through the first surface 22 to the irradiated surface in an operational block 626. The method 620 further comprises detecting radiation propagating along a second optical path 82 from at least a portion of the second surface 24, wherein the first optical path 32 and the second optical path 82 have a non-zero angle therebetween in an operational block 628. In certain embodiments, the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 face in generally opposite directions, and the first surface 22 is not along the second optical path 82.
[0221] The method 630 of Figure 27 comprises providing a thermoelectric assembly 90 in an operational block 632. The thermoelectric assembly 90 comprises a first surface 93 and a second surface 94, and the thermoelectric assembly 90 generally surrounds a first region 97, as described more fully above. The method 630 further comprises providing an output optical assembly 20 in an operational block 633.
The method 630 further comprises releasably mechanically coupling the first surface 93 of the thermoelectric assembly 90 to the output optical assembly 20 so that the first surface 93 is in thermal communication with the output optical assembly 20 in an operational block 634. The method 630 further comprises cooling the first surface 93 and heating the second surface 94 in an operational block 636. The method 630 further comprises propagating light through the first region 97 to impinge the irradiated surface in an operational block 638. In certain embodiments, the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 face in generally opposite directions, and the first surface 22 is not along the second optical path 82.
[0222] In certain embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 comprises an optical element 23 and a thermally conductive portion 25 generally surrounding a second region 28. The thermally conductive portion 25 is in thermal communication with the optical element 23. In certain such embodiments, releasably mechanically coupling the first surface 93 to the output optical assembly 20 comprises releasably mechanically coupling the first surface 93 to the thermally conductive portion 25. In certain such embodiments, the method 630 further comprises placing the optical element 23 in thermal communication with the irradiated surface and propagating the light comprises transmitting the light through the first region 97, the second region 28, and the optical element 23 to impinge the irradiated surface. In certain embodiments, the method 630 further comprises providing a heat sink 100 in thermal communication with the second surface 94 of the thermoelectric assembly 90. The heat sink 100 generally surrounds a third region 107, and propagating the light comprises transmitting the light through the third region 107, the first region 97, the second region 28, and the optical element 23.
[0223] The method 640 of Figure 28 comprises emitting a light beam from an emission surface 22 of an optical element 23 in an operational block 642. The light beam at the emission surface 22 has one or more wavelengths in a range of about 630 nanometers to about 1064 nanometers, a cross-sectional area greater than about 2 cm2, and a time-averaged irradiance in a range of about 10 mW/cm2 to about 10W/cm2 across the cross-sectional area, as described more fully above. The method 640 further comprises removing heat from the emission surface 22 at a rate in a range of about 0.1 Watt to about 5 Watts in an operational block 644. The method 640 further comprises impinging the irradiated surface with the light beam in an operational block 646.
[0224] The method 640 of certain embodiments further comprises placing the emission surface 22 in thermal communication with the irradiated surface (e.g., using the emission surface 22 to apply pressure to the irradiated surface by applying a force to the emission surface 22 in a direction generally towards the irradiated surface, the pressure greater than about 0.1 pound per square inch or about equal to 2 pounds per square inch).
[0225] In certain embodiments, impinging the irradiated surface with the light beam is performed for a time period of 10 seconds to two hours, for a time period of 60 seconds to 600 seconds, or for a time period of about 120 seconds. In certain embodiments, the steps of the operational blocks 642, 644, and 646 are performed concurrently. The method 640 of certain embodiments further comprises moving the emission surface 22 from a first position at which a first portion of the irradiated surface is impinged by the light beam to a second position, and repeating the steps of the operational blocks 642, 644, and 646 so as to impinge a second portion of the irradiated surface by light emitted from the emission surface 22. The first portion and the second portion do not overlap one another in certain embodiments. This method can be repeated so as to impinge twenty portions of the irradiated surface by light emitted from the emission surface 22. In certain such embodiments, the twenty portions of the irradiated surface do not overlap one another. However, the portions of the patient's brain irradiated by impinging these twenty portions of the patient's scalp do overlap one another in certain embodiments.
[0226] The irradiated surface of certain embodiments of the methods described above in reference to Figures 25-28 comprises a portion of the patient's scalp or skull. In certain other embodiments, the surface irradiated by the light comprises a portion of a light-detection system configured to measure one or more parameters of light irradiating the surface (e.g., irradiance, total power, beam size, beam profile, beam uniformity). In certain such embodiments, the method further comprises measuring the one or more parameters of the light from the apparatus 10 impinging the surface. For example, the light-detection system can comprise a portion of the apparatus 10 configured to test the light beam emitted from the emission surface 22 immediately prior to treatment of the patient. In this way, the light-detection system can be used to ensure that the light beam applied to the patient's scalp or skull has the desired treatment parameters.
[02271 In certain embodiments, a patient is treated by identifying a plurality of treatment sites (e.g., at least about 10) on the patient's scalp or skull, directing a light beam to each of the treatment sites, and irradiating each treatment site with the light beam. As described more fully below, in certain embodiments, the treatment sites are identified using an apparatus comprising a plurality of indicators, each of which corresponds to a treatment site location. In certain such embodiments, the treatment sites are sequentially irradiated by a light beam from the emission surface. In certain other embodiments, the treatment sites are instead identified by other indicia. For example, each of the treatment sites can be identified by markings made on the scalp, or by structures placed in proximity to the scalp or skull. Each of the treatment sites can then be irradiated. In certain embodiments, each of the treatment sites is irradiated by a light beam from the emission surface while the emission surface is in contact with the scalp or skull or in contact with an intervening optically transmissive element which contacts the scalp or skull. In certain other embodiments, the scalp or skull is not contacted by either the emission surface or an intervening element. In certain embodiments, each of the treatment sites is irradiated using a single beam delivery apparatus which is sequentially moved from one treatment site to another. In certain other embodiments, a plurality of beam delivery apparatuses are used to irradiate multiple treatment sites concurrently. In certain such embodiments, the number of beam delivery apparatuses is fewer than the number of treatments sites, and the plurality of beam delivery apparatuses are sequentially moved to sequentially irradiate the treatment sites.
[02281 Figure 29 is a flow diagram of an example method 700 for controllably exposing at least one predetermined area of a patient's scalp or skull to laser light to irradiate the patient's brain. As described more fully below, the method 700 is described by referring to the wearable apparatus 500 and the beam delivery apparatus 10 described herein. Other configurations of a wearable apparatus 500 and a beam delivery apparatus are also compatible with the method 700 in accordance with embodiments described herein.
[0229] The method 700 comprises providing a beam delivery apparatus 10 in an operational block 710. In certain embodiments, the beam delivery apparatus comprises an emission surface 22 configured to emit a light beam. Other configurations of the beam delivery apparatus 10 besides those described above are also compatible with certain embodiments described herein.
[0230] The method 700 further comprises placing a wearable apparatus 500 over the patient's scalp in an operational block 720. The apparatus 500 comprises a body 510 and a plurality of indicators 520. In certain embodiments, each indicator 520 is substantially transmissive to the light beam emitted from the emission surface 22. Other configurations of the wearable apparatus 500 besides those described above are also compatible with certain embodiments described herein.
[0231] The method 700 further comprises placing the emission surface 22 in thermal communication with a treatment site of the patient's scalp or skull to be irradiated in an operational block 730. The method 700 further comprises irradiating the treatment site with light emitted by the emission surface 22 in an operational block 740. In certain embodiments, the light beam is transmitted through the indicator 520.
[0232] In certain embodiments, providing the light emitting apparatus 600 in the operational block 710 comprises preparing the beam delivery apparatus 10 for use to treat the patient. In certain embodiments, preparing the beam delivery apparatus 10 comprises cleaning the portion of the beam delivery apparatus 10 through which laser light is outputted. In certain embodiments, preparing the beam delivery apparatus 10 comprises verifying a power calibration of laser light outputted from the beam delivery apparatus 10. Such verification can comprise measuring the light intensity output from the beam delivery apparatus 10 and comparing the measured intensity to an expected intensity level.
[0233] In certain embodiments, placing the wearable apparatus 500 over the patient's scalp in the operational block 720 comprises preparing the patient's scalp for treatment. For example, in certain embodiments, preparing the patient's scalp for treatment comprises removing hair from the predetermined areas of the patient's scalp to be irradiated. Removing the hair (e.g., by shaving) advantageously reduces heating of the patient's scalp by hair which absorbs laser light from the beam delivery apparatus 10. In certain embodiments, placing the wearable apparatus 500 over the patient's scalp in the operational block 720 comprises positioning the wearable apparatus 500 so that each indicator 520 is in position to indicate a corresponding portion of the patient's scalp or skull to be irradiated.
[0234] In certain embodiments, placing the emission surface 22 in thermal communication with the treatment site in the operational block 730 comprises pressing the emission surface 22 to the treatment site. In certain embodiments, by pressing the emission surface 22 against the treatment site in this way, pressure is applied to the portion of the patient's scalp of the treatment site so as to advantageously blanch the portion of the patient's scalp to be irradiated.
[0235] In certain embodiments, irradiating the treatment site of the patient's scalp or skull in the operational block 740 comprises triggering the emission of light from the emission surface 22 by pressing the emission surface 22 against the treatment site with a predetermined level of pressure. In certain embodiments, the emission of light from the emission surface 22 continues only if a predetermined level of pressure is maintained by pressing the emission surface 22 against the treatment site. In certain embodiments, light is emitted from the emission surface 22 to the treatment site for a predetermined period of time.
[0236] In certain embodiments, the method further comprises irradiating additional treatment sites of the patient's scalp or skull during a treatment process. For example, after irradiating a first treatment site corresponding to a first indicator, as described above, the emission surface 22 can be placed in contact with a second indicator corresponding to a second treatment site and irradiating the second treatment site with light emitted by the emission surface 22. The various treatment sites of the patient's scalp or skull can be irradiated sequentially to one another in a predetermined sequence. In certain embodiments, the predetermined sequence is represented by the indicators of the wearable apparatus 500. In certain such embodiments, the beam delivery apparatus 10 comprises an interlock system which interfaces with the indicators of the wearable apparatus 500 to prevent the various treatment sites from being irradiated out of the predetermined sequence.
[0237] Figure 30 is a flow diagram of another example method 800 for treating a patient's brain. The method 800 is described below by referring to the wearable apparatus 500 and the beam delivery apparatus 10 described herein. Other configurations of a wearable apparatus 500 and a beam delivery apparatus 10 are also compatible with the method 700 in accordance with embodiments described herein.
[0238] The method 800 comprises noninvasively irradiating a first area of at least 1 cm2 of the patient's scalp or skull with laser light during a first time period in an operational block 810. The method 800 further comprises noninvasively irradiating a second area of at least 1 cm2 of the patient's scalp or skull with laser light during a second time period in an operational block 820. The first area and the second area do not overlap one another, and the first time period and the second time period do not overlap one another. In certain embodiments, the first area and the second area are spaced from one another by at least 10 millimeters. In certain embodiments, the first area is over a first hemisphere of the brain, and the second area is over a second hemisphere of the brain.
[0239] In certain embodiments, the method 800 further comprises identifying the first area and the second area by placing a template over the patient's scalp. The template comprises a first indicator of the first area and a second indicator of the second area. For example, the first indicator can comprise a first opening in the template and the second indicator can comprise a second opening in the template. In certain embodiments, the method 800 further comprises placing a laser light source at a first position to noninvasively irradiate the first area and moving the laser light source to a second position to noninvasively irradiate the second area.
[0240] In certain embodiments, the method 800 further comprises increasing the transmissivity of the first area to the laser light and increasing the transmissivity of the second area to the laser light. Increasing the transmissivity of the first area can comprise applying pressure to the first area to at least partially blanch the first area, removing hair from the first area prior to noninvasively irradiating the first area, applying an index-matching material to the first area, or a combination of two or more of these measures.
Increasing the transmissivity of the second area can comprise applying pressure to the second area to at least partially blanch the second area, removing hair from the second area prior to noninvasively irradiating the second area, applying an index-matching material to the second area, or a combination of two or more of these measures.
[0241] Figure 38 is a flow diagram of an example method 900 for treating a patient's. brain in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The method 900 comprises providing a patient in an operational block 910 whose brain has experienced at least one neurologic disorder (e.g., Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, depression) or physical trauma (e.g., an ischemic stroke or a traumatic brain injury) resulting in a blood flow reduction to at least some brain cells of the patient. The method 900 further comprises irradiating at least a portion of the patient's scalp or skull with a pulsed light beam comprising a plurality of pulses transmitted through the patient's skull in an operational block 920. The pulsed light beam has a temporal profile which supports one or more intercellular or intracellular biological processes involved in the survival or regeneration of brain cells. For example, the pulsed light beam of certain embodiments comprises an average irradiance per pulse and a temporal profile comprising a temporal pulse width and a duty cycle sufficient to penetrate the skull to modulate membrane potentials, thereby enhancing cell survival (e.g., to cause increased neuron survival), cell function, or both of the irradiated brain cells.
[0242] In certain embodiments, providing the patient comprises identifying a patient whose brain has experienced at least one neurologic disorder or physical trauma.
In certain such embodiments, identifying the patient comprises communicating with the patient, or with another person with knowledge regarding the patient's health or experiences, and determining whether the patient has experienced a neurologic disorder or a physical trauma to the brain. In certain other embodiments, identifying the patient comprises examining the patient's body (e.g., head or skull) for evidence of the patient having experienced a physical trauma to the brain. This examination in certain embodiments includes use of invasive or non-invasive medical devices, techniques, or probes (e.g., a magnetic resonance imaging device). In certain other embodiments, identifying the patient comprises administering a test of the patient's mental faculties (e.g., to determine the patient's abilities on a neurologic function scale) for evidence indicating that the patient has experienced a neurologic disorder or a physical trauma to the brain. Persons skilled in the art are able to identify the patient in accordance with various embodiments described herein. In certain embodiments, providing the patient comprises receiving information regarding the results of a previous identification (e.g., communication, examination, or test administration) of the patient as one who has experienced at least one neurologic disorder or physical trauma.
[0243] In certain embodiments, irradiating at least a portion of the patient's scalp or skull with a pulsed light beam comprises generating the pulsed light beam and directing the pulsed light beam to irradiate at least a portion of the patient's scalp or skull.
The pulsed light beam of certain embodiments has a wavelength, time-averaged irradiance, beam size, beam profile, divergence, temporal pulse width, duty cycle, repetition rate, and peak irradiance per pulse, as described herein. Various light delivery apparatuses can be used to generate the pulsed light beam and to direct the pulsed light beam towards the patient's scalp or skull, including but not limited to, the apparatus disclosed herein or by U.S. Patent Nos. 7,303,578, 6,214,035, 6,267,780, 6,273,905, and 6,290,714, and U.S. Patent Appl. Publ. Nos. 2007/0179570 Al, 2007/0179571 Al, and 2005/0107851 Al, each of which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.
[0244] In certain embodiments, irradiating at least a portion of the patient's scalp or skull comprises identifying one or more treatment sites (e.g., at least 10, between 2 and 100, or between 15 and 25) and sequentially irradiating the treatment sites with the pulsed light beam. In certain embodiments, the one or more treatment sites are identified as described herein (e.g., by an apparatus worn by the patient and comprising one or more apertures, by markings made on the scalp, or by structures placed in proximity to the scalp or skull). In certain embodiments, each treatment site is irradiated by an apparatus in contact with the scalp or skull or not in contact with the scalp or skull as described herein.
In certain such embodiments, the irradiated portion of the scalp is blanched during the irradiation, is not blanched during the irradiation, is cooled during the irradiation, or is not cooled during the irradiation.
[0245] In certain embodiments, the patient's scalp is prepared for treatment prior to irradiation. For example, in certain embodiments, preparing the patient's scalp for treatment comprises removing at least a portion of the hair or substantially all the hair from the predetermined areas of the patient's scalp to be irradiated. Removing the hair (e.g., by shaving so that the irradiated portion of the scalp is substantially free of hair) advantageously reduces heating of the patient's scalp by hair which absorbs the light from the light emitting apparatus. In certain other embodiments, the hair is not shaved or otherwise removed prior to irradiation. For example, irradiating the patient's scalp can be performed using pulsed light with wavelengths, temporal pulse widths, and duty cycles which avoid adverse heating of the patient's scalp due to absorption of light by the hair.
[0246] In certain embodiments, the parameters of the pulsed light beam used to irradiate the patient's scalp or skull are selected to perform one or more of the following: (i) to cause increased neuron survival of the brain cells following at least one physical trauma, (ii) to support one or more intercellular or intracellular biological processes involved in the survival or regeneration of brain cells, or (iii) to modulate membrane potentials in order to enhance, restore, or promote cell survival, cell function, or both of the irradiated brain cells following a traumatic brain injury. In one example such embodiment, the pulsed light beam at the emission surface of the apparatus has a beam diameter in a range between 10 millimeters and 40 millimeters, an average irradiance per pulse in a range between 10 mW/cm2 and 10 W/cm2, one or more wavelengths in a range between 780 nanometers and 840 nanometers, and a temporal pulsewidth in a range between 0.1 millisecond and 150 seconds or between 0.1 millisecond and 300 milliseconds. The duty cycle of certain embodiments can be in a range between 10% and 30%. Other ranges of these parameters of the pulsed light beam can be selected in accordance with various other embodiments described herein.
Neurologic function scales [02471 Neurologic function scales can be used to quantify or otherwise characterize the efficacy of various embodiments described herein. Neurologic function scales generally use a number of levels or points, each point corresponding to an aspect of the patient's condition. The number of points for a patient can be used to quantify the patient's condition, and improvements in the patient's condition can be expressed by changes of the number of points. One example neurologic function scale is the National Institute of Health Stroke Scale (NIHSS) which can be used for short-term measurements of efficacy (e.g., at 24 hours). The NIHSS is a comprehensive and objective scale which utilizes a seven-minute physical exam, a 13 item scale, and 42 points. Zero points corresponds to a normal exam, 42 points (the maximum) corresponds to basically comatose, and over 15-20 points indicates that the effects of the stroke are particularly severe. The NIHSS has previously been used for tPA trials in the treatment of ischemic stroke, with a 4-point change over 24 hours and an overall score of 0 or 1 at three months indicative of a favorable outcome. Other neurologic function scales include, but are not limited to, modified Rankin Scale (mRS), Barthel Index (BI), Glasgow Outcome, Glasgow Coma Scale, Canadian Neurologic Scale, and stroke impact scales such as SIS-3 and SIS-16. In some scales, an improvement in the patient's condition is indicated by a reduction in the number of points. For example, the mRS has six points total, with zero corresponding to normal functioning, and six corresponding to death. In other scales, an improvement in the patient's condition is indicated by an increase in the number of points. For example, in the Glasgow Outcome which has five points, zero corresponds to death and five corresponds to full recovery. In certain embodiments, two or more of the neurologic function scales can be used in combination with one another, and can provide longer-term measurements of efficacy (e.g., at three months).
[0248] For stroke, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the neurologic community have expressed interest in clinical patient outcomes at 90 days post stroke. Two of the most common and accepted instruments for measuring efficacy are the NIHSS and mRS. The FDA is flexible in the way that neurologic function scales can be used. For example, it is acceptable to use the mRS (i) in dichotomized fashion with success at score of 0-1 or (ii) it can be analyzed looking at shifts in the scale showing improvement of patients along the five-point scale.
[0249] In certain embodiments described herein, a patient exhibiting symptoms of an ischemic stroke is treated by irradiating a plurality of treatment sites on the patient's scalp. The irradiation is performed utilizing irradiation parameters (e.g., wavelength, irradiance, time period of irradiation, etc.) which, when applied to members of a treated group of patients, produce at least a 2% average difference between the treated group and a placebo group on at least one neurologic function scale analyzed in dichotomized or any other fashion and selected from the group consisting of.
NIHSS, mRS, BI, Glasgow Outcome, Glasgow Coma Scale, Canadian Neurologic Scale, SIS-3, and SIS-16. Certain other embodiments produce at least a 4% average difference, at least a 6% average difference, or at least a 10% average difference between treated and placebo groups on at least one of the neurologic function scales analyzed in dichotomized or any other fashion and selected from the group consisting of. NIHSS, mRS, BI, Glasgow Outcome, Glasgow Coma Scale, Canadian Neurologic Scale, SIS-3, and SIS-16. In certain embodiments, the irradiation of the patient's scalp produces a change in the patient's condition. In certain such embodiments, the change in the patient's condition corresponds to a change in the number of points indicative of the patient's condition. In certain such embodiments, the irradiation produces a change of one point, a change of two points, a change of three points, or a change of more than three points on a neurologic function scale.
Transmission in Human Brain [0250] Power density (PD) measurements have been made to determine the transmission of laser light having a wavelength of approximately 808 nanometers through successive layers of human brain tissue. Laser light having a wavelength of (808 5) nanometers with a maximum output of approximately 35 Watts was applied to the surface of the cortex using a beam delivery system which approximated the beam profile after the laser light passes through the human skull. Peak power density measurements were taken through sections of human brain tissue using an Ocean Optics spectrophotometer Model USB 2000, Serial No. G1965 and beam diameter after scattering was approximated using a Sony Model DCR-IP220, Serial No. 132289.
[0251] A fresh human brain and spinal cord specimen (obtained within six hours after death) was collected and placed in physiologic Dakins solution.
The pia layer, arachnoid layer, and vasculature were intact. The brain was sectioned in the midline sagittaly and the section was placed in a container and measurements taken at thicknesses of 4.0 centimeters ( 0.5 centimeter), 2.5 centimeters ( 0.3 centimeter), and 1.5 centimeters ( 0.2 centimeter). The PD measurements are shown in Table 1:
Table 1:
Thickness PD at cortex Average PD at thickness 4.0 cm 20 mW/cm2 4.9 W/cm2 2.5 cm 20 mW/cm2 20 W/cm2 1.5 cm 10 mW/cm2 148 W/cm2 Figure 31 is a graph of the PD versus the depth from the dura for an input PD
of mW/cm2 with the light bars corresponding to predicted values of the PD and dark bars corresponding to an estimated minimum working PD of is 7.5 gW/cm2, as described below.
[0252] Based upon prior animal experimentation, a conservative estimation of the minimum known PD within the tissue of the brain which is able to show efficacy in stroke animal models is 7.5 W/cm2. This estimated minimum working PD is drawn from an experiment in which 10 mW was applied to the rat brain surface, and 7.5 W/cm2 PD was directly measured 1.8 centimeters from the surface. This stroke model consistently produced significant efficacy, including for strokes 1.8 centimeters from the laser probe. Note that this 7.5 W/cm2 is a conservative estimate; the same irradiance or power density at the brain surface also consistently produces significant efficacy in a 3-centimeter rabbit clot shower model. Note also that the power density measurements in the human brain experiment do not factor in the effect from the CNS-filled sulci, through which the laser energy should be readily transmitted. However, even conservatively assuming 7.5 W/cm2 as the minimum power density hurdle and ignoring expected transmission benefits from the sulci, the experiment described above confirms that approximately 10-15 mW/cm2 transmitted upon the cortex (as per an example dosimetry in man) will be effective to at least 3.0 centimeters from the surface of the brain.
In vivo thermal measurements [0253] In vivo thermal measurements were made to determine the heating effect in living tissue of laser light having a wavelength of approximately 808 nanometers.
A GaAlAs laser source of 808-nanometer light was placed in direct contact with the skin of the heads of live rabbits and rats. The laser source had an approximately Gaussian beam profile with a beam diameter of 2.5-4.0 millimeters (1/e2). Thermocouple probes (Model Bat-12 from Physitemp Instruments Inc. of Clifton, New Jersey) were placed in the subcutaneous tissue and below the dura and measurements were recorded at various irradiances or power densities. The results of these measurements are shown in Table 2:
Table 2:
Animal Probe location Dose Exposure time Temperature increase Rat Subcutaneous 15 mW/cm2 4 minutes approximately 3 C
Rat Subdural 15 mW/cm2 4 minutes approximately 1 C
Rat Subcutaneous 75 mW/cm2 4 minutes approximately 70 C
Rat Subdural 75 mW/cm2 4 minutes approximately 7 C
Rabbit Subcutaneous 7.5 mW/cm2 5 minutes less than 0.5 C
Rabbit Subdural 7.5 mW/cm2 5 minutes less than 0.5 C
Rabbit Subcutaneous 37.5 mW/cm2 5 minutes approximately 5.5 C
Rabbit Subdural 37.5 mW/cm2 5 minutes less than 0.5 C
[0254] There is minimal heating (e.g., less than 0.5 C) in the subdural region at four times the therapeutic energy density. The "heat sink" effect of living tissue that minimizes possible heating in the cortex is significantly larger in humans than in rats or rabbits, due to the larger heat sink and blood flow volume, which further limits the undesirable effects of heating in the region of stroke. Therefore, in certain embodiments described herein, a therapeutic dosage of energy is delivered to the area of a stroke without undesirable heating of the dura.
Phototherap example 1 [0255] One example of phototherapy (Lampl Y, Zivin JA, Fisher M, Lew R.
Welin L, Dahlof B, Borenstein P, Andersson B, Perez 1, Caparo C, Ilic S, Oron U.
Infrared laser therapy for ischemic stroke: a new treatment strategy: Results of the NeuroThera Effectiveness and Safety Trial-1 (NEST-1). Stroke. 2007;38:1843-1849, incorporated in its entirety by reference herein, suggested the safety and efficacy of transcranial light therapy (TLT) for treatment of humans 40 to 85 years of age with ischemic stroke within 24 hours of stroke onset in a small randomized, controlled trial.
The NeuroThera Laser System therapeutic approach involves use of infrared laser technology and has shown significant and sustained beneficial effects in animal models of ischemic stroke.
[0256] The NeuroThera Laser System (NTS) used in this NEST-1 study utilized an infrared laser technology that involves photobiostimulation. A
large and growing body of scientific literature is available documenting the photobiostimulation effects of infrared laser therapy both in vitro and in vivo. The biological effects of infrared laser therapy are wavelength-specific and are not attributable to thermal effects.
Energy in this region of the electromagnetic spectrum is nonionizing and, therefore, poses none of the hazards associated with UV light. It has been demonstrated that irradiation of specific infrared wavelengths is able to penetrate deeply into the brain. This form of therapy is distinguished from photodynamic therapy, which involves using light energy to penetrate the body and to activate a photosensitive drug.
[0257] Photobiostimulation involves increased adenosine triphosphate (ATP) formation after energy absorption inside mitochondria. A compound that absorbs energy in the spectral region of interest is known as a chromophore. There is evidence that suggests that a primary mitochondrial chromophore for photobiostimulation is cytochrome c oxidase. This enzyme complex contains 2 copper centers, CuA and CUB. The primary chromophore for the NTS wavelength is in the CuA center which has a broad absorption peak around 830 nm in its oxidized form. The NTS delivers energy at 808 nm, which is within this absorption peak, and is able to penetrate into the brain noninvasively.
Cytochrome c oxidase is a terminal enzyme in the cellular respiratory chain and is located in the inner mitochondrial membrane. It plays a central role in the bioenergetics of eukaryotic cells by delivering protons across the inner membrane, and thereby driving the formation of ATP by oxidative phosphorylation. In addition to leading to increased ATP
formation, photobiostimulation may also initiate secondary cell-signaling pathways. The overall result is improved energy metabolism, enhanced cell viability, and may also involve prevention of apoptosis in the ischemic penumbra and enhancement of neurorecovery mechanisms.
[0258] In vivo studies have suggested that infrared laser therapy could be beneficial for the treatment of acute myocardial infarction, acute ischemic stroke, injured peripheral nerves and spinal cord injury. Previous studies have shown in 2 different animal models a positive impact of infrared laser therapy on the experimental, ischemic stroke treatment outcomes in New Zealand rabbits (rabbit small clot embolic stroke model [RSCEM]) and Sprague-Dawley rats (permanent middle cerebral artery occlusion).
Lapchak has shown that laser treatment at 6 hours poststroke onset in RSCEM
improved behavioral performance and produced a durable effect that was measurable 21 days after embolization. De Taboada and Oron have also shown that laser treatment up to 24 hours poststroke onset in permanent middle cerebral artery occlusion showed significant improvement in neurological deficits which was evident at 14, 21 and 28 days poststroke when compared with the sham control group. Currently, the putative mechanism for infrared laser therapy in stroke involves the stimulation of mitochondria, which then leads to preservation of tissue in the ischemic penumbra and enhanced neurorecovery.
The exact mechanistic pathways remain to be elucidated.
Study Design [0259] NEST-1 was a prospective, multicenter, international, double-blind, randomized, sham (placebo) controlled trial conducted at 6 medical centers in 3 countries:
Israel, Peru, and Sweden. The study examined initial safety and effectiveness of infrared wavelength laser therapy for treatment of patients within 24 hours of ischemic stroke onset.
[0260] This study was conducted in accordance with the FDA/ICH Good Clinical Practice guidelines and applicable local regulatory requirements.
Investigators were required to ensure that this study was conducted in full conformity with the 1983 revision of the Declaration of Helsinki or with the laws and current regulations in biomedical research involving human patients of the country in which the study was conducted, whichever afforded greater protection to the patients. The protocol and information for patients and healthcare providers was approved by each center's ethics committee or Institutional Review Board. Country-specific independent data monitoring committees conducted safety reviews throughout the study.
[0261] Eligible patients were required to be between 40 to 85 years of age, have a clinical diagnosis (within 24 hours of stroke onset) of ischemic stroke causing a measurable neurological deficit (total NIHSS score ranging from 7 to 22 at admittance to the medical center), and to have NTS treatment initiated within 24 hours from stroke onset. The patient or parent legal representative gave written informed consent before enrollment into the study.
Ineligibility Criteria [0262] Patients were excluded if: there was evidence on a CT scan of an intracranial, subdural or subarachnoid hemorrhage, or clinical presentation suggestive of subarachnoid hemorrhage, even if the initial CT scan was normal; the patient was a candidate for intravenous or intra-arterial administration of tissue-type plasminogen activator or other thrombolytic therapy for treatment of the acute ischemic stroke, and tissue plasminogen activator or other thrombolytic therapy was administered;
the patient had a seizure at stroke onset; serum blood glucose was >400 mg/dL (22 mmol/L) or <40 mg/dL (2.2 mmol/L); the patient had sustained hypertension (defined during the baseline period by 2 readings occurring 30 minutes apart with systolic blood pressure >185 mmHg or diastolic blood pressure >110 mmHg) at time of treatment or need for aggressive treatment for blood pressure reduction; there was sustained hypotension (defined as systolic blood pressure <80 mmHg, or diastolic blood pressure <50 mmHg); there was presumed septic embolus; the patient had known hereditary or acquired hemorrhagic diathesis, e.g., activated partial thromboplastin time or prothrombin time greater than normal, unsupported coagulation factor deficiency, or oral anticoagulant therapy with the prothrombin time greater than normal; the patient had a skin condition (i.e., hemangioma, scleroderma, psoriasis, rash, or open wound) at the site chosen for infrared energy application; the patient was previously enrolled in or had participated in another investigational drug or device trial within the preceding 4 weeks; if a new medication was started within 14 days before the screening visit; the participant had severe mental deficit, severe neurological deficit or disorder (dementia, multi-infarct dementia, advanced multiple sclerosis) which would interfere with the assessment of the patient's ability for independent functioning; there was evidence of any disorder other than stroke that, in the opinion of the investigator, could be considered serious or life threatening such as active serious infections, pneumonia, pulmonary emboli, or gastrointestinal bleeding;
the patient had unstable cardiac arrhythmias or other cardiac illness that, in the opinion of the investigator, was life threatening; the patient was of child bearing potential; the patient was comatose or moribund level of consciousness; or the patient was otherwise determined by the investigator to be medically unsuitable for participation in this study.
Study Groups, Evaluation Measures, and Baseline Factors [0263] All patients received standard medical management therapy for acute ischemic stroke. In addition, they all underwent an identical NTS procedure. A
randomization code that was preprogrammed within the NeuroThera Laser System determined whether the treatment was active or sham (placebo). Both patients and clinicians were blinded regarding treatment arm. The National Institutes of Health Stroke Scale (NIHSS) was assessed at the time of screening for entry into the study and again immediately before randomization to treatment group. Outcome measures (NIHSS, modified Rankin Scale [mRS], Barthel Index, and Glasgow Outcome Scale) were determined at 30, 60, and 90 days. Neurological scores and clinical data were collected on standard case report forms at each visit by trained investigators.
[0264] Baseline factors including patient demographics, time to treatment, medical history, vital signs, and routine laboratory values were collected.
Factors also included age, sex, time from stroke onset to arrival at hospital, time from stroke onset to treatment, and a complete medical history.
[0265] After completion of the NTS procedure, patients entered the study follow-up phase until one of the following occurred: the patient decided to stop participation in the study; the sponsor or ethics committee/applicable regulatory body terminated the study; the investigator decided to discontinue the patient or site participation in the study; or the patient had participated in the study for 90 10 days.
The NTS Treatment Device [0266] The NTS used in the NEST-1 study was an investigational device intended to provide noninvasive, transcranial laser treatment to patients diagnosed with acute ischemic stroke. The laser wavelength of 808 nm is in the near-infrared portion of the electromagnetic spectrum, and is invisible to the naked eye. Energy in the near-infrared spectrum is nonionizing and is not associated with the risks of ionizing radiation.
The NTS device used in the NEST-1 study included a class IV laser system and delivers energy via a fiber optic cable to a handheld probe that is placed on the shaved head of the patient by a trained operator. The device is portable and is similar in size to portable ultrasound equipment.
[0267] The NTS is manufactured by PhotoThera, Inc. A complete treatment regimen as defined for the NEST-1 study included removing hair from the patient's scalp, followed by NTS application (active treatment or sham/control treatment) on 20 predetermined locations on the scalp for 2 minutes at each site. The predetermined sites are identified by a cap which is placed on the patients head. The system is designed to deliver about 1 Joule/cm2 of energy over the entire surface of the cortex regardless of stroke location. The sham procedure is identical to the active procedure with the exception that no laser energy is delivered to the patient from the device.
[0268] Based on current knowledge of the technology and risk assessment analysis, the most significant known hazard with NTS treatment is potential retinal damage if the beam enters through the lens of the eye and onto the retina.
Other potential hazards include skin burns and cuts to the scalp from shaving the head. Skin burns could occur if the device is not used as intended (eg, repeated treatments at the same location).
Statistical Methods [0269] Effectiveness outcomes were reported on an intention-to-treat basis and include all 120 patients randomized to both arms. Safety outcomes were based on the same 120 patients, who also comprised all patients who received any treatment.
[0270] Patients were evaluated at baseline, 30, 60, and 90 days after baseline.
Analysis focused largely on the 90-day evaluations. The NIHSS was the prospectively identified primary outcome, and the mRS, Glasgow Outcome Scale and Barthel Index scores were secondary outcomes.
[0271] Categories of baseline values of the NIHSS score and of time from stroke onset to treatment were entered into the analyses as strata or covariates. The three NIHSS strata were 7 to 10, 11 to 15, and 16 to 22. The categories for time from stroke onset to treatment were "less than 12 hours" and "12 to 24 hours." The NIHSS
scale is not an interval scale. Therefore, categories of the NIHSS score were used to reduce potential heterogeneity.
[0272] NIHSS outcome was collapsed into a binary outcome, bNIH, where `success' could occur in either of 2 ways: as a 90-day NIHSS score 0 to 1 or as a decrease in score (change) of 9 or more points from baseline to 90 days.
[0273] The mRS 90-day outcome took 2 forms. The 7-category ordinal variable form, analyzed across the whole distribution of scores on the 0 to 6 mRS scale (full mRS), and a binary mRS that makes scores of 0 to 2 as positive (success) and scores of 3 to 6 as negative (failure).
[0274] The full mRS ("shift in Rankin"), binary mRS and bNIH outcomes were tested using a stratified Cochran-Mantel-Haentzel (CMH) test: namely, the van Elteren test. The test uses the modified ridit score and thereby is a direct extension of the 2-sample Wilcoxon test. For the bNIH and the binary mRS outcomes, logistic regression analyses were used to explore the effects of covariates and the random effect of site: in particular, to assess how adding these factors altered the estimate of treatment effect.
[02751 The analyses were carried out in SAS version 9 using PROC FREQ to obtain the results for the van Elteren CMH test, and using PROC GENMOD and PROC
LOGISIC to obtain results for logistic regression analyses with and without medical center as a random effect. Prevalence odds ratios were obtained from PROC GENMOD.
[02761 This study was an exploratory trial rather than a confirmatory trial, in the sense of FDA/ICH E8 Guidance on General Considerations for Clinical Trials and FDA/ICH E9 Guidance on Statistical Principles for Clinical Trials. Primary safety and effectiveness outcome measures and their analysis were identified prospectively. Multiple secondary and exploratory analyses were defined in the protocol or were designed and performed after study completion and unblinding. No corrections were made for multiple comparisons.
[02771 The study enrolled 122 eligible adult patients, between ages 40 and 85 , ny ethnic background diagnosed with acute ischemic stroke within 24 hours of onset who provided their written informed consent. Two patients withdrew before randomization and are not included in any analyses, leaving 120 patients in the effectiveness analysis. Of the 120 patients, 79 were randomized to the active treatment group and 41 were randomized to the sham control group. Figure 32 shows the disposition of patients in the study. There was only 1 patient lost to follow-up (0.8%). No significant differences in baseline characteristics were observed (see Table 3; baseline demographics and other baseline characteristics). Study data were reviewed by independent data monitoring committees in each country; there were no serious device-related adverse effects reported.
Table 3:
Characteristic Active Treatment (NTS), Placebo (sham control), n=79 n=41 Mean age, y 70.2 68.5 Female, No. (%) 36 (45.6%) 15 (36.6%) Ethnicity, No. (%) White 29 (36.7%) 17 (41.5%) Black 2 (2.5%) 0 (0.0%) Hispanic 4(5.1%) 2 (4.9%0 Other (largely Mestizo and 44 (55.7%) 22 (53.7%) Native American Indians) Median time to treatment, h 18 17 Mean time to treatment, 16:56 16:20 hr:min Mimimum, hr:min 02:00 04:05 Maximum, hr:min 23:56 23:22 Median NIHSS score at 11 10 entry First quartile 9 9 Third quartile 15 14 History, No. (%) Hypertension 44 (55.7%) 20 (48.8%) Previous stroke 17(21.5%) 12(29.3%) Diabetes mellitus 20 (25.3%) 9 (22.0%) Effectiveness Analysis [0278] The proportion of patients who received active treatment and had a positive bNIH outcome was 70%, which is greater than the proportion who received sham control treatment with a positive bNIH outcome (51%; CMH test P=0.035 stratified by severity and time from stroke onset to treatment; P=0.048 stratified only by severity). The treatment effect remained significant with other choices of strata for the CMH
analysis.
Logistic regression analyses confirmed that the results held controlling for both fixed covariates (eg, age, sex, time-to-treatment, baseline severity, previous stroke) and the random effects of medical site. Controlling only for baseline severity the logistic regression gave a prevalence odds ratio favoring treatment of 1.40 (95% Cl, 1.01 to 1.93).
Among the 79 treated patients, 38% achieved both a final NIHSS score of 0 to 1 and improved by >9 points, 20% had only a >9-point improvement, 11 % obtained a final score of 0 to 1 without improving by >9, and 30% achieved neither end point.
Among the 41 control patients the corresponding proportions were 29%, 7%, 15%, and 49%.
[0279] Differences in mean NIHSS scores between the treatment groups appeared soon after treatment and were apparent throughout the 90-day study period.
Figure 33 shows the mean NIHSS over time for each treatment group. Patients in the active treatment group showed greater improvement in the change in NIHSS
scores from baseline to day 90, as compared with the sham control group (P=0.021, CMH test stratified by time to treatment).
[0280] For the binary mRS outcome (0 to 2 versus 3 to 6), a similar pattern of significance held. The proportion of patients who received active treatment and had a positive binary mRS outcome was 60%, which is greater than the proportion who received sham control treatment with a positive binary mRS outcome (44%; CMH test P=0.034 stratified by severity and time to treatment; P=0.043 stratified only by severity). Only the CMH test without strata was not significant (P<0.11 12 test). The rate of positive results markedly varies across the baseline severity strata. Controlling only for baseline severity, logistic regression gave prevalence odds ratios favoring treatment of 1.38 (95% Cl, 1.03 to 1.83) for the binary mRS outcome.
[0281] The effect of the NTS when compared with sham treatments with respect to the score on the full mRS at 90 days or the last rating, analyzed across the whole distribution of scores on the 0 to 6 mRS scale was significant, with the use of the Cochran-Mantel-Haentzel nonparametric rank test, stratified by categories of (1) baseline NIHSS score and time to treatment (P=0.020) and (2) baseline NIHSS score only (P=0.026; see Table 4).
Table 4:
mRS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Total Control 5 10 3 8 6 5 4 41 % 12.20 24.39 7.32 19.51 14.63 12.20 9.75 Active 12 25 10 11 12 2 7 79 % 15.19 31.65 12.66 13.92 15.19 2.53 8.86 Total 17 35 13 19 18 7 11 120 [0282] Figure 34 shows the mean nRS over time for each treatment group.
Stratification by baseline severity gave similar results for the 3 outcomes (bNIH, binary mRS, and full mRS); all 3 outcomes had significance levels <0.05 (see Table 5;
2-sided significance levels for the van Elteren CMH test). When also controlled for time-to-treatment (0 to 12 hours versus 12 to 24 hours) little significance is gained.
However, in a trial with a larger sample size, time-to-treatment would be expected to have a stronger association with outcome.
Table 5:
Outcome Stratified by Severity Only Stratified by Severity and Time-to-Treatment Binary_NIH 0.048 0.035 Binary_mRS 0.043 0.034 Full mRS 0.026 0.020 [0283] Results of analyses using the Glasgow Outcome Scale and Barthel Index are similar to those for the NIHSS and the mRS. Patients who received active treatment had better outcomes than patients who received sham control treatment as rsG:red on the Glasgow Outcome Scale (CMH test P=0.056), and the Barthel Index scale (CMH test P=0.035), stratified by baseline NIHSS score and time to treatment.
[0284] The logistic regression analyses indicated the negligible effects of covariate adjustment on the logistic regression coefficient for treatment. The results in able 6 indicate that treatment effect is stable across 2 binary outcomes and across 3 different nested sets of covariates. In fact, the treatment effect tends to increase as covariates are added. Furthermore, treating hospital site as a repeated measures effect v.vj rtually does not alter the logistic regression coefficient for treatment.
The 95% CIs are not shown to focus on the consistency of the regression coefficients. In all but one model the probability value for treatment is <5%. In the models with the bNIH
outcome, the covariate `severity' is not significant and time-to-treatment is significant only once with P=0.0496. However with the binary mRS outcome, the covariate `severity' is significant with P<0.001 in all 3 models. This indicates that the 9-point decrease in the NIHSS score captures the variation of treatment effect across the baseline severity categories. We explored many sets of additional covariates and found that after including the covariates `gender', `age', and `prior stroke' all other covariates had negligible predictive value.
Gender was significant in the binary mRS model with P<0.01. Otherwise, these factors did not achieve statistical significance. See Table 6 which shows the results for two sets of nested multivariate models, I set of models with outcome bNIH and 1 set of models with outcome binary mRS (time-to-tx indicates time from onset to treatment).
The first P
value is for simple logistic regression and the second P value is for logistic regression with the factor `site' included as a repeated measures effect.
Table 6:
Covariates in Model Outcome bNIH Outcome Binary mRS
TX Coefficient and (P TX Coefficient and (P
values)* values)*
Severity 0.82 (0.046) 0.92 (0.044) 0.82 (0.007) 0.92 (0.095) Severity and time-to-tx 0.89 (0.034) 1.03 (0.027) 0.89 (0.009) 1.03 (0.032) Severity, time-to-tx, gender, 0.99 (0.027) 1.43 (0.009) age, prior stroke 0.99 (0.010) 1.44 (0.020) Safety Analysis [02851 Table 7 (mortality rates and SAEs) shows the mortality rates and SAEs by treatment group and totals. No significant difference in mortality between the active treatment group and the sham control group is evident. Table-7 shows the number of patients with serious adverse events, worsening of underlying disease, cardiovascular SAEs, infection, or central nervous system SAEs, in total and by treatment group. These data indicate that there were no significant differences between the treatment groups with respect to these measures. Where there was a trend toward differences between the treatment groups, such as in rates of infection or rates of central nervous system SAEs, the patients receiving active treatment appear to have had better outcomes than patients receiving sham control treatment.
Table 7:
No. of Total, Percent Active, Percent Sham, Percent Fisher Patients n=120 n=79 n=41 Exact, P
with: Value Mortality 11 9.2% 7 8.9% 4 9.8 0.87 (all sites) SAEs 35 29.2% 20 25.3% 15 36.6 0.211 Worsening 8 6.7% 3 3.8% 5 12.2 0.120 of underlying disease CVS 8 6.7% 5 6.3% 3 7.3 1.000 Infection 13 10.8% 5 6.3% 8 19.5 0.059 14 11.7% 6 7.6% 8 19.5 0.072 ?.)/scussion [0286) The NEST-1 trial provides initial evidence on the safety and t. .t1detiveness of infrared laser therapy for the treatment of ischemic stroke in humans within 24 hours of stroke onset. The outcome variable scales used in the NEST-1 study had excellent correlation: R=0.79 to 0.92. The correlation coefficients for the NEST-1 trial arc essentially the same as those reported in the article by Lyden and colleagues reviewing _ssue plasminogen activator data. That is, the outcome variables have correlation coefficients with each other of about 0.8 (absolute value) or higher. This concordance with prior studies is evidence that the outcomes are being measured appropriately and consistently.
[0287] The results suggest that infrared laser therapy may benefit a broad spectrum of stroke patients without increasing the rate of adverse events.
Furthermore, the relatively large magnitude of the effect implies that a phase III trial should not require a substantial number of subjects.
[0288] Patients receiving active treatment had a higher proportion of positive " l f lSS outcomes than did patients receiving sham control treatment. Results were similar using the other neurological outcome scales. No significant differences between the treatment groups were observed in rates of mortality or SAEs, but the sample size (n=120) gives low power to detect small differences. Where there is a trend toward differences between the treatment groups, patients receiving active treatment appeared to have had fewer SAEs than did patients receiving sham control treatment. The safety profile of the NTS treatment as demonstrated in this study was clear. There were no adverse outcomes that can be attributed to the laser therapeutic procedure.
[0289] The bNIH outcome with the 9-point change incorporates variation in baseline severity (from NIHSS score 7 to 22) and suggests a global potential benefit. In contrast, the binary mRS outcome does not account for change from baseline.
Thus, once the analysis controlled for baseline severity, the results based on the 2 binary outcomes closely agreed. Controlling for baseline severity, the analyses by the CMH
test and by logistic regression gave prevalence odds ratios favoring treatment exceeding 1.40 for the bNIH outcome and exceeding 1.38 for the binary mRS outcome.
[0290] This global potential benefit is also demonstrated through the full mRS, analyzed across the entire distribution of Rankin scores, from 0 to 6. The mRS
is a simple and reliable outcome measure when consistently implemented by trained clinicians. The full mRS analysis takes into consideration the entire spectrum of the patient outcomes. As a result, the full mRS is increasingly considered as a primary outcome measure for ischemic stroke trials involving neuroprotective technologies.
[0291] This exploratory study had a prespecified analytic plan with a primary outcome of bNIH, the binary form of NIHSS that regards a final score of 0 to 1 or a 9-point decrease as a success. But our presentation of several analytic approaches raises the concern of type 1 error. We described several approaches to the same hypothesis: some having an mRS outcome, some having an NIHSS outcome, and some using logistic regression to confirm the nonparametric results. These results showed the substantial concordance among these outcomes and methods. Also, they showed that after control for NIHSS baseline severity, other factors had little or no effect on the magnitude of the treatment effect. Hence, we did not present a multiple comparisons correction such as the Bonferroni correction because, in particular, the Bonferroni correction assumes that the hypotheses are independent of one another. Another reason for the various analyses was to associate an effect size with the results of the primary analysis by the nonparametric CMH
test. Simple estimates of effect size were obtained from the other tests and both the simple proportions of success for the binary outcomes and prevalence odds ratios obtained from logistic regression were reported.
[0292] An extended treatment window of up to 24 hours after stroke onset will have a number of implications. Thrombolytics have a proven treatment window of hours, although it may be that effectiveness for this form of therapy extends out somewhat further. The first neuroprotective trial to show efficacy was the study of NXY-059. That study had a 6-hour treatment window, but a majority of patients were treated within 4 hours. It is a reasonable contention that the reason the NXY-059 study was successful, whereas all the previous neuroprotective therapies were not, was that the average time to treatment was kept so low. NEST-1 had a 24-hour treatment window and a much longer time to treatment (median 18 hours) than nearly all other clinical trials to date for the treatment of acute ischemic stroke. A major problem for treatment of strokes has been that large numbers of patients present after 6 hours. Therefore, an expanded treatment window of 24 hours would make it possible to treat many more ischemic stroke victims.
[0293] Although the mechanism of action of infrared laser therapy for stroke is not completely understood, a number of effects of this type of irradiation have been documented. Infrared laser therapy is a physical process that can produce biochemical changes at the tissue level. The putative mechanism for NTS treatment involves stimulation of ATP formation by mitochondria and may also involve prevention of apoptosis in the ischemic penumbra and enhancement of neurorecovery mechanisms. An example of another physical process that reduces neurological damage is hypothermia. In animal model studies, there are few, if any therapies that have been shown as consistently to reduce stroke-related damage as hypothermia. What is clear is that infrared irradiation is probably delivering its effect independent of restoration of blood flow and the mechanism is probably related to an improved energy metabolism and enhanced cell viability.
[0294] Other advantages of this form of therapy are that treatment can be started rapidly, without any need for preliminary laboratory testing, invasive procedures, or extensive training of the clinicians who administer the treatment.
Furthermore, it is not necessary to know the location of the vascular occlusion to administer the NTS
treatment.
Thus, this form of therapy is likely to require much less infrastructure than virtually all other types of devices and medical therapies available to date for acute stroke treatment or clot removal.
[0295] Although the NEST-1 study results are encouraging, and may indicate that infrared laser therapy has potential to become a treatment of ischemic stroke in humans when initiated within 24 hours of stroke onset, a larger confirmatory trial to demonstrate safety and effectiveness is warranted.
Phototherapy example 2 [02961 Another example of phototherapy (NeuroThera Effectiveness and Safety Trial-2 (NEST-2) was nearly identical to the trial study discussed above, but was larger and included patients 40 to 90 years of age. NEST-2 was a double blind, placebo (sham) controlled trial in which 660 patients were enrolled at 57 centers in 4 countries.
Patients were eligible for inclusion in the study if they were 40 to 90 years of age, had a baseline NIHSS score between 7 to 22, had a clinical diagnosis of ischemic stroke, no evidence of hemorrhagic infarct by CT scan or MRI, and had not received tPA.
Initiation of treatment had to occur within 24 hours after stroke onset. The inclusion and exclusion criteria are summarized in Table 8.
Table 8: Major Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria Inclusion 40-90 years of age Diagnosis of acute ischemic stroke within 24 hours of onset NIHSS >_ 7-<22 Informed consent Exclusion Evidence of intracranial, subdural, or subarachnoid hemorrhage Prestroke >_3 mRS
Clinical diagnosis of a brain stem or cerebellar stroke Seizure at onset Blood glucose >400 or <60 Sustained systolic BP >220 mm Hg, <80 mm Hg or diastolic >140 mm Hg, <50 mm Hg Suspected septic embolus CNS tumor (except asymptomatic meningioma) Dermatologic conditions (eg., psoriasis) of the scalp Thrombolytic stroke therapy Head implant (eg, clipped aneurysm, Hakim valve) Photodynamic therapy within 14 days (eg, Visudyne) Pregnancy Severe comorbidities CNS indicates central nervous system.
Randomization and Treatment [02971 Patients were randomly assigned in a 1:1 ratio to receive either TLT or sham. All patients underwent the identical TLT procedure that involves removal of the patient's scalp hair followed by application of a laser probe to the patient's head. The total procedure time was approximately 2 hours. After consent, an interactive voice randomization system was used, with dynamic randomization at centers to ensure balanced distribution of treatment assignments. All patients received standard of care medical management throughout the course of trial.
Study Management [0298] This study was conducted in accordance with the FDA/ICH Good Clinical Practice (GCP) guidelines and applicable local regulatory requirements. The trial was also conducted in full conformity with the 1983 revision of the Declaration of Helsinki or with the laws and current regulations in biomedical research involving human patients of the country in which the study was conducted, whichever afforded greater protection to the patients. The study was designed and overseen by the steering committee. Each center's ethics committee or Institutional Review Board and an independent data monitoring committee (DMC) conducted safety reviews. The DMC
periodically reviewed serious adverse event data between the groups. The patient or legal representative gave written informed consent before enrollment into the study.
Data management and statistical analysis was conducted by an independent contract research organization (Parexel, Waltham, Mass), as well as by the study sponsor (PhotoThera, Carlsbad, Calif). After database lock and independent review by the DMC, the steering >nnmfiittee had complete access to the trial data and assumed responsibility for the analysis and interpretation of the results.
I reatment [0299] The NeuroThera Laser System (NTS) included an apparatus with a rid-held housing to apply the light to selected portions of the patient's scalp. The NTS
uses energy at a wavelength of 808 nm which is near-infrared, nonionizing, and is invisible to the naked eye. Experiments using cadavers indicated that optimal amounts of ifser energy are able to penetrate the brain to a depth of approximately 2 cm.
The dosimetry of wavelength and irradiance levels was based on transmission experiments with fresh human cadavers without fixation. Monte Carlo simulations, in vitro experiments, review of the literature using infrared therapy for other indications and the results of preclinical studies in validated stroke animal models. A complete treatment regimen as defined for the NEST-2 study included applying the hand-held probe on 20 predetermined locations on the shaved scalp for 2 minutes at each site. The predetermined sites, which are irrespective of stroke location, are identified by a cap which is placed on the patient's head. The sham procedure is identical to the TLT
procedure with the exception that no laser energy is delivered to the patient from the device.
[0300] Based on current knowledge of the technology and risk assessment analysis, the most significant known hazard with TLT is potential retinal damage if the beam enters the eye and is focused onto the retina which could result in permanent eye injury. Because of this potential ocular hazard, the procedure must be conducted in a laser safe environment by a trained user.
Clinical Assessments [0301] Patients were assessed by examiners who were unaware of the treatment group. All examiners were trained on the NIHSS and certified on the mRS.
The NIHSS is a neurological function scale that ranges from 0 to 42: scores between 7 and 22 are considered to represent moderate to severe neurological impairment.
The mRS
is a disability index ranging from 0 (no symptoms) to 6 (death). Outcome measures (mRS
and NIHSS) were assessed, in addition to baseline, at 5, 30, 60, and 90 days.
Baseline data were collected including age, sex, patient demographics, time from stroke onset to arrival at hospital, time to treatment, prestrike mRS, vital signs, and a complete medical history.
Safety Assessments [0302] Vital signs, neurological scores, concomitant medications, adverse events, and serious adverse events were recorded from study entry to day 90.
Unresolved serious adverse events were followed for an additional 30 days.
[0303] The Data Monitoring Committee examined rates of death, adverse events, and serious adverse events, as well as anticipated and unanticipated device effects during the study. After evaluating the safety data for the first 100 and 400 patients, they did not stop further recruitment into the trial. Because of rapid enrollment, there was no efficacy interim analysis. Neuroimaging assessments were completed at baseline and at 5-day follow-up 2 days.
Statistical Analysis [0304] All analyses are intention-to-treat. Outcomes were obtained from two 90-day scores, the mRS and the NIHSS score. Patients without a day-90 visit had their last observation carried forward. The mRS outcomes were: (1) the entire ordinal scale 0 to 6; and (2) a dichotomous outcome with a favorable outcome (success) defined as a 0 to 2 score and an unfavorable outcome (failure) defined as a 3 to 6 score. The NIHSS
outcomes were: (1) the change in score from baseline to 90 days using the entire ordinal scale 0 to 42 (with death scored as 42); and (2) a dichotomous outcome for which success could be achieved in 2 ways, either as a 90-day score of 0 to 1 or as a beneficial change from baseline to 90 days of 9 or more points.
[0305] The primary efficacy outcome measure was the dichotomous mRS 90-day end point with success (mRS 0 to 2) and failure (mRS 3 to 6). The null hypothesis that the proportion of successes did not differ by treatment, was tested using multiple logistic regression with 2 prespecified covariates: (1) stroke severity at baseline; and (2) time from stroke onset to time of randomization (TFSO). Baseline stroke severity had 3 levels: NIHSS score 7 to 10 (moderate), 11 to 15 (moderately severe), and 16 to 22 (severe). TFSO had 2 levels: 0 to 12 hours and 12 to 24 hours. The randomization procedure was balanced on (but not stratified by) these factors.
[0306] Secondary analyses determined the sensitivity of results to the choice of covariates, of test procedure, and of analytic outcome. The logistic model was run on the primary outcome measure with additional covariates: age, sex, history of CAD, history of diabetes, and history of stroke. To vary the test procedure of logistic regression with a dichotomous outcome, we used the nonparametric `shift' test with the same dichotomous outcome. Explicitly, the shift test is the Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel (CMH) test with ridit scores to rank outcomes (the van Elteren test, Stokes ME, Davis CS, Koch GC. Categorical Data Analysis Using the SAS System II Cary, NC: SAS Institute, Inc;
2000). In the stroke literature, the shift test has often only been applied to the full range of the mRS scale, but we applied it to all dichotomous and ordinal outcomes.
Logistic regression as run using only dichotomous outcomes. All tests were adjusted for baseline severity and TFSO. Odds ratios were calculated only for tests with dichotomous outcomes.
[0307] The safety end points included mortality and all adverse events including procedure and device related adverse events. Safety end points were summarized with descriptive statistics and tables. The analyses were carried out in SAS
version 9.1.
Results Baseline Characteristics [0308] The patients were enrolled between January 2007 and April 2008. A
total 660 patients were randomized (331 TLT and 327 sham), as shown in Figure 35.
There were 7 (1.1%) patients lost to follow-up. The groups were balanced with respect to baseline characteristics (see Table 9). Mean time from stroke onset was 14.6 5.9 hours (range 2.7 to 23.9) for the TLT group and 14.7 6.1 hours (range 2.5 to 23.9) for the shame group; median times were 15 hours and 16 hours for the TLT group and sham group, respectively. Baseline NIHSS means scores were 13.1 (range 7 to 22) for TLT and 13.2 (range 7 to 23) for shame. Median NIHSS scores were 12 for TLT and 13 for sham.
Table 9. Demographic and Baseline Characteristics TLT Sham (n = 331) (n = 327) Age (v) 70.4 12.6 70.0 11.9 Male (%) 55.3 57.8 Ethnicity (No., %) White 256 (77%) 254 (77%) Black 37(11%) 38(12%) Hispanic 7 (2%) 8 (2%) Other (Largely Mestizo and Native American 31(10%) 29 (9%) Indians) lime Median time to treatment (h) 15 16 Mean time to treatment (h:min) 14.38 5:55 14:43 6:12 Min (h:min) 2:42 2:30 Max (h:min) 23:54 23:54 Range (h) 3-24 3-24 Time to treatment strata (%) <12 h 35.6 35.6 12-24h 64.4 64.4 NIHSS score Mean 13.1 4.7 13.2 4.6 NIHSS score strata (%) Median 12 13 Mean 7-10 39.0 38.9 11-15 26.6 27.1 16-22 34.4 34.0 History (%) Diabetes 31.4 33.4 Hypertension 82.2 83.9 Table 9. Demographic and Baseline Characteristics TLT Sham (n = 331) (n = 327) Atrial fibrillation 38.7 35.6 Current smoker 20.2 19.1 Clinical Outcomes [0309] Of the 660 patients: 331 received TLT and 327 received sham; 120 (36.3%) in the TLT group achieved successful outcome versus 101 (30.9%), in the sham group (P=0.094). OR 1.38 (95% CI, 0.95 to 2.00) as shown in Figure 36, which shows the distribution of scores on the mRS. The scores on the mRS indicate the following: 0, no symptoms at all; 1, no significant disability despite symptoms; 2, slight;
3, moderate;
4, moderately severe; 5, severe disability; 6, death.
[0310] The results of secondary analyses on the prespecified outcomes were consistent with those of the primary analysis. The logistic regression analysis of the primary outcome measure with additional covariates yielded a treatment OR-1.34 (95%
Cl, 0.94 to 2.03). All covariates except sex and history of stroke were significant. With success defined as a mRS score of 0 to 2, the shift test, stratified for the baseline severity and TFSO, showed a nonsignficiant trend toward better outcomes with TLT having a probability value of 0.091 and had an OR 1.38 (95% CI, 0.95 to 2.01). For the ordinal mRS, scores 0 to 6, the shift test trended in favor of TLT with a probability value of 0.113. The odds ratios for all subsets on the primary outcome measure showed a nonsignificant trend favoring TLT treatment except for those patients with severe strokes at baseline. Figure 37 shows the effects of TLT on the primary end point, on subsets of the data defined by categories of selected baseline characteristics. The simple unadjusted odds ratios for TLT as compared to sham for the 90-day outcome of success defined as mRS score 0 to 2. The horizontal lines indicate 95% CIs. Also shown are the probability values for the test of an interaction between the primary end point and the categories within each subgroup. CAD indicates coronary artery disease; TFSO, time from stroke onset to randomization.
[0311] For the dichotomous NIHSS score outcome for which success had 2 components, the shift test trended in favor of TLT with an OR of 1.23 (95% Cl, 0.88 to 1.73) and a probability value of 0.23. Logistic regression analysis results for the dichotomous NIHSS outcome were very similar. An extension of the logistic regression analysis separated the 2 components of success, a 90-day NIHSS score of 0 to 1 and change from baseline >_9 points, and treated them as correlated outcomes: the OR was 1.30 (95% Cl, 0.96 to 1.75) in favor of TLT with a probability value of 0.086.
For the ordinal outcome of change in NIHSS score from baseline to 90 days, controlling for baseline severity and TFSO, the shift test indicated the TLT group and had a probability value of 0.65. In patients with deep infarcts, there was no difference in response between the active and sham groups.
Safety Analysis [0312] Mortality rates, serious adverse event (SAE) rates, and adverse event (AE) rates were virtually the same. The TLT and sham groups, respectively, had (17.5%) and 57 (17.4%) deaths, 125 (37.8%) and 137 (41.8%) SAEs; and 92.7% and 93.6% of subjects, respectively, had at least 1 adverse event. No SAEs were directly attributable to TLT. The proportion of patients in the TLT group showing hemorrhagic tr,nsformation at day 5 was 49 (14.8%) in the TLT group and 56 (17.1%) in the sham group. There was no difference in the safety outcomes between the 2 groups.
Discussion [0313] The NEST-2 trial results presented here provide evidence of the safety of TLT. The effective size of TLT for the treatment of ischemic stroke in humans within 24 hours of stroke onset was inadequate to meet conventional levels of statistical significance for efficacy, even when the corrections were made for the baseline imbalances in stroke severity and time to treatment, but showed a consistent signal toward better outcomes associated with TLT.
[0314] Baseline severity was prespecified into 3 categories: NIHSS=7 to 10, 11 to 15, and 16 to 22. Patients with baseline NIHSS 16 to 22 had a combined dichotomous mRS success rate of 8% (n=224; TLT 7.0%, sham 9.1%). When restricted to the 434 patients with moderate and moderately severe stroke (baseline NIHSS
score 7 to 15), a post hoc analysis found a significant beneficial effect (P=0.044).
For these 434 patients, the dichotomous mRS success rate of TLT showed an absolute improvement rate of 9.7% (TLT 51.6%, sham 41.9%). A similar beneficial effect was also found in the NEST-1 trial on the dichotomous mRS.
[0315] The failure to initially find the optimal treatment population is reminiscent of the tPA development program. When tPA therapy was administered between 0 and 6 hours, the treated groups improved compared to the placebo ones on all measures, but the final results did not achieve statistical significance.
Again, there was a strong signal of efficacy, but it was not until several trials were completed and the proper inclusion and exclusion criteria were established that the clinical benefit of tPA was unequivocally established. TLT may take additional trial(s) to find the treatment groups that are indisputably helped by the therapy. In contrast to tPA, however, TLT
has no untoward side effects, so the barrier to treatment should be much lower.
[0316] There are potential weaknesses in the study that should be noted.
There was insufficient previous human experience with TLT to be able to correctly power the study. The trial could have excluded patients with severe strokes at baseline and a prestroke mRS >_2. Also, it is possible that TLT does not have nay effect on stroke recovery. However, substantial preclinical studies, the NEST-1 study, and the trends in the current trial argue against this unfavorable interpretation.
[0317] A new feature of this form of therapy is that that electromagnetic energy, in the past, has been used almost exclusively for its destructive actions, such as burning out parts of solid tumors with a gamma knife, various types of radiation therapy, and both skin lesion removal and assorted ophthalmologic uses. Preclinical studies have demonstrated that infrared energy produces potential beneficial action by alteration of biochemical pathways, and that these changes are not due to thermal effects.
Based on preclinical studies, it is thought that when administering TLT, the temperature of the brain is insignificantly elevated, and the energy is producing its beneficial actions by alteration of some biochemical reactions. It is known that infrared energy can stimulate mitochondria, increase ATP formation, mitigate apoptosis, and possibly enhance neurorecovery mechanisms. The precise nature and balance of these reactions in the ischemic human brain are not fully understood; therefore, the exact mechanism of action of TLT remains unknown. Nevertheless, this docs open up a whole new range of potential photobiology therapies for a variety of disorders. Brain trauma and hemorrhagic stroke are obvious extensions; it is also possible that TLT will be useful for a range of neurodegenerative diseases that may involve mitochondrial dysfunction.
Conclusion [0318] The NEST-2 included a very broad range of stroke patients with respect to baseline severity, prestrike disability, and time to treatment. In this overall population, TLT was safe but did not significantly improve patient outcomes as measured by both mRS and NIHSS; however, both outcome measures showed positive trends in that direction. Post hoc analyses suggest a meaningful beneficial effect in patients with moderate to moderately severe ischemic stroke within 24 hours of onset.
Further clinical studies in this redefined population should be considered.
Phototherapy example 3 [0319] Another example examined the efficacy of low-level laser therapy (LLLT) for TBI using the mouse closed-head injury (CHI) model by studying the neurobehavioral and histological outcome of the traumatized mice (A. Oron et al., "Low-Level Laser Therapy Applied Transcranially to Mice following Traumatic Brain Injury Significantly Reduces Long-Term Neurological Deficits," Journal of Neurotrauma, Volume 24, Number 4, 2007 which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.) [0320] A total of 24 male Sabra mice (Hebrew University strain) weighing 25-35 g were studied. The mice were housed in groups of six per cage, under a 12 h/12 h, light/dark, reversed light cycle. Food and water were provided ad libitum. The study was performed according to the guidelines of the Institutional Animal Care Committee in The Hebrew University, Jerusalem, Israel. CHI trauma was induced to the heads of the mice under ether anesthesia using a weight-drop device. Following sagittal scalp incision, mice were manually immobilized, and a tipped Teflon cone was placed 3 mm lateral to the midline and 1 mm caudal to the left coronal suture. Following this, a metal rod (94 g) was allowed a free fall on the cone from a precalibrated height.
[0321] Motor function and reflexes of the traumatized mice were evaluated at different time intervals after CHI using a neurological severity score (NSS), which was modified to emphasize the motor functions. The neurological tests were based on the ability of the mice to perform 10 different tasks (listed in Table 10) that evaluate the motor ability, balancing, and alertness of the mouse. One point is given for failing to perform each of the tasks: thus, a normal, uninjured mouse scores zero. The severity of injury is defined by the initial NSS, evaluated one hour post-CHI and referred to as NSS1, and is a reliable predictor of the late outcome. Thus, fatal or near-fatal injury is defined in mice as having a NSS1 of 9-10; severe injury in mice with an NSS1 of 7-8;
moderate injury with NSS 1 of 5-6, and mild injury in mice with an NSS 1 of less than 4.
Table 10:
Task NSS
Presence of mono- or hemiparesis 1 Inability to walk on a 3-cm-wide beam I
Inability to walk on a 2-cm-wide beam 1 Inability to walk on a 1-cm-wide beam 1 Inability to balance on a 1-cm-wide beam 1 Inability to balance on a round stick (0.5 cm wide 1 Failure to exit a 30-cm-diameter circle (for 2 min) 1 Inability to walk straight 1 Loss of startle behavior 1 Loss of seeking behavior 1 Maximum total 10 [0322] All mice were subjected to CHI and assigned to control or laser-treated groups as described below. Assessment of neurological score (NSS) was performed one hour post-injury. The NSS scores of the mice ranged from 4 to 6, indicating a mild-moderate trauma. The mice were then divided into three groups of eight mice per group, so that the means NSS in each group were similar, to ensure similar average severity of injury in all groups. Two groups of mice received low level light therapy at two different doses (10 and 20 mW/cm2) while the third group, serving as a sham-operated control, underwent the same procedures as the laser-treated group, but did not receive actual laser irradiation.
[0323] Laser treatment was performed four hours post-CHI using an experimental laser 808-nm wavelength and maximal power output of 200 mW
equipped with metal-backed glass fiber optic (3 mm diameter). Laser light was applied by placing the distal tip of the fiber optics in full contact with a point in the midline of the skull (sagittal suture) located 4 mm caudal to the coronal suture of the skull after skin had been removed in that region by a small longitudinal incision. In preliminary experiments, the entire cortical part of a fresh skull was excised from a mouse four hours post-TBI. The distal tip of the fiber optic of the laser was placed on the same location of the skull as described above. The power density of the laser post-transmission through the skull was measured by placing the probe of the laser power meter (Ophir Inc., Jerusalem, Israel) under the dura. Based upon prior measurements, this location was chosen as being sufficient to illuminate the entire brain (1.2-cm beam diameter measured by an infrared viewer) due to dispersion of the laser beam by the skull. The laser irradiation power density at the tip of the fiber optic was set to deliver a power density of 10 and 20 mW/cm2 to the brain. The duration of laser irradiation was two minutes (energy densities of 1.2-2.4 J/cm2). The power and energy densities of the laser were chosen based on preliminary experiments with various parameters of the laser applied in the CHI mouse model. Similar laser parameters were used in previous rat and rabbit stroke models where beneficial effects were evident.
[0324] Cortical tissue loss was evaluated in the traumatized cross-section of the brain. At the end of the four-week follow-up period, mice were anesthetized, and their brains were perfused with 4% paraformaldehyde solution and fixed in the same formaldehyde solution for three days. Two-mm-thick cross-sections were taken from the trauma region of the brain. This region was located in the parietal part of the brain by means of a small blood clot that served as a good marker of the spot where the skull was hit during the induction of the trauma. The 2-mm-thick brain slices were processed in an automated tissue processor and embedded in paraffin. Eight-micron-thick coronal sections were prepared from each 2-mm-thick brain slice block. Three random sections from each brain slice were stained with hematoxylin and eosin, and processed for quantitative measurements of the lesion area in each section. The brain area was calculated in each hemisphere [ipsilateral (traumatized) and contralateral]
separately in each histological section. The brain hemisphere volume was then calculated by multiplying average area of the three sections by 2-mm thickness of the slice.
Lesion volume (in percentage) was expressed as contralateral (nontraumatized hemisphere) volume minus ipsilateral hemisphere volume divided by the contralateral hemisphere volume.
[0325] Data were analyzed using one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by Student Neuman Keuls test (using Sigma Stat software from Sigma of St.
Louis, MO). Data from this study discussed below are presented as mean +
standard deviation. A value ofp less than 0.05 was regarded as statistically significant.
[0326] The severity of injury as reflected by the NSS at one hour was similar in both groups of mice: 4.8 + 0.7 and 4.8 + 0.8 in the control (n = 8) and laser-treated (n =
16) mice, respectively. Since during the whole follow-up period there was no statistical difference between the mice that received 10 and 20 mW/cm2, the results were pooled together to one laser-treated group of mice.
[0327] Figure 39 is a plot of the neurologic score (NSS) of control/non-laser-treated (light columns) and laser-irradiated (dark columns) mice at different time intervals after induction of brain trauma. At 24 hours post-CHI, no significant differences between sham-laser, control, traumatized mice, and those that had received active laser treatment four hours post-trauma were observed. Yet, from 48 hours on, there was a significant improvement in the NSS in the laser-treated mice as compared to control non-treated mice (p = 0.05 at 48 hours and p < 0.05 at later times). The significant differences between the laser-treated and control mice were sustained thereafter up to 28 days post-TBI, where the neurobehavioral scores were 26-27% lower in the laser-treated versus control mice.
[0328] Figure 40 shows representative micrographs of cross-sections of control non-laser-treated and laser-treated mice brains. Note lesion (L) in the control micrograph as compared to minimal lesion (arrow) in the laser-treated brain.
Figure 41 is a plot of lesion volume of control (light column) and laser-treated (dark column) traumatized brains 28 days after induction of head trauma (scale bar = 5 mm;
**p < 0.01).
At 28 days post-TBI, the sham control mice showed a significantly higher (p <
0.001) loss 1.3%) of cortical tissue at the injured site compared to the laser-treated mice (1.4 i 0.1 %).
[0329] The results of the study demonstrate for the first time that low level laser therapy given at four hours post-TBI improves short- and long-term (28 days) neuiobehavioral function and reduces brain tissue loss. The results corroborate previous findings in rat and rabbit models that low-level light therapy applied transcranially improves functional outcome after stroke. This result is consistent with the hypothesis i t pathophysiologies and secondary mechanisms of damage of cerebral ischemia and i read trauma are quite similar, with a common involvement of both harmful and protective mechanisms. In recent studies on the effect of low-level light therapy on stroked rats, however, it was shown that the beneficial effect on neurological function was evident only 2-3 weeks after laser application, whereas in the study described herein, the marked improvement in overall neurological function of the laser-treated mice over sham control mice was significant already at five days post-trauma. This phenomenon can be partially explained based on rapid elevation of ATP content after laser irradiation in the ischemic heart. Furthermore, increase in total antioxidants, angiogenesis, heat shock proteins content, and antiapoptotic activity following low-level laser therapy were found previously for the ischemic heart and skeletal muscles and can be suggested as possible processes that are attenuated by the low-level laser therapy also in the ischemic/traumatic brain. The modulation of the above processes by low-level laser therapy could contribute in concert to the better neurological outcome and the significant reduction in lesion size of the laser-treated mice as compared to controls as found in this study. Another mechanism that may contribute to the long-term improvement of neurological function in the laser-irradiated mice post-TBI include neurogenesis that is induced by low-level laser therapy as found recently in laser-treated stroked rats. Neurogenesis may also partially account for the significant reduction in lesion size in the laser-treated mice compared to control as demonstrated in this study.
[0330] The results of this study may also have clinical relevance. The laser treatment was given four hours post-trauma, which is a reasonable time for a patient to arrive at the hospital emergency room. In a prior safety study in rats, no alterations in functional neurological outcome or brain histopathology that had been treated with low-level laser therapy at different intensities or frequencies over both short-and long-term time intervals were shown.
Phototherapy example 4 [0331] Photobiostimulation effects of near-infrared light therapy (NILT) have been documented for both in vitro and in vivo models (see, e.g., L. DeTaboada et al., "Transcranial application of low-energy laser irradiation improves neurological deficits in rats following acute stroke," Lasers Surg. Med. 38:70-73 (2006)). Energy in the infrared region of the electromagnetic spectrum is non-ionizing and poses none of the hazards associated with ultraviolet light. Irradiation of brain tissue with specific infrared wavelengths (e.g., 808-810 nanometers) can penetrate the brain (see, e.g., S.
Ilic et al., "Effects of power densities, continuous and pulse frequencies, and number of sessions of low-level laser therapy on intact rat brain," Photomed. Laser Surg. 24:458-466 (2006)) and can stimulate adenosine triphiosphate (ATP) formation by mitochondria (see, e.g., A.P. Sommer et al., "Stressed cells survive better with light," J. Proteome.
Res. 1:475 (2002)). A primary mitochondrial chromophore responsible for photobiostimulation is the enzyme cytochrome c oxidase, a terminal enzyme in the cellular respiratory chain located in the inner mitochondrial membrane. Cytochrome c oxidase (COX) plays a central role in the bioenergetics of cells by delivering protons across the inner membrane, thereby driving the formation of ATP by oxidative phosphorylation. The overall result of NILT is improved energy metabolism and potentially, enhanced cell viability (both neuronal and non-neuronal).
[01021 In certain embodiments, the optical element 23 has a thermal conductivity of at least approximately 10 watts/meter-K. In certain other embodiments, the thermal conductivity of the optical element 23 is at least approximately watts/meter-K. Examples of materials for the optical element 23 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, sapphire which has a thermal conductivity of approximately 23.1 watts/meter-K, and diamond which has a thermal conductivity between approximately 895 watts/meter-K and approximately 2300 watts/meter-K.
[01031 In certain embodiments, the emission surface 22 is adapted to conform to the curvature of the scalp or skull. The emission surface 22 of certain embodiments is concave (e.g., generally spherical with a radius of curvature of about 100 millimeters). By fitting to the curvature of the scalp or skull, the emission surface 22 advantageously controls, inhibits, prevents, minimizes, or reduces temperature increases at the scalp or skull that would otherwise result from air-filled gaps between the emission surface 22 and the scalp or skull. Thus, by virtue of the emission surface 22 fitting to the curvature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull being irradiated, the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull is lower than it would otherwise be if the emission surface 22 did not fit to the curvature of the irradiated portion of the scalp or skull. For example, by fitting the emission surface 22 to the curvature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull, the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull can be higher than the temperature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull if it were not irradiated, but lower than the temperature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull if it were irradiated but the emission surface 22 did not fit to the portion of the patient's scalp or skull. The existence of air gaps between the emission surface 22 and the scalp or skull can reduce the thermal conductivity between the emission surface 22 and the scalp or skull, thereby increasing the probability of heating the scalp or skull by the irradiation.
[0104] In addition, the refractive-index mismatches between such an air gap and the emission surface 22 and/or the scalp or skull can cause a portion of the light propagating toward the scalp or skull to be reflected away from the scalp or skull. In certain embodiments, the emission surface 22 is placed in contact with the skin of the scalp or skull so as to advantageously substantially reduce air gaps between the emission surface 22 and the scalp or skull in the optical path of the light. In certain other embodiments in which an intervening material (e.g., a substantially optically transmissive and substantially thermally conductive gel) is in contact with the scalp or skull and with the emission surface 22, the emission surface 22 is placed in contact with the intervening material so as to advantageously avoid creating air gaps between the emission surface 22 and the intervening material or between the intervening material and the scalp or skull. In certain embodiments, the intervening material has a refractive index at a wavelength of light impinging the scalp which substantially matches the refractive index of the scalp (e.g., about 1.3), thereby reducing any index-mismatch-generated back reflections between the emission surface 22 and the scalp. Examples of materials compatible with certain such embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, glycerol, water, and silica gels. Example index-matching gels include, but are not limited to, those available from Nye Lubricants, Inc. of Fairhaven, Massachusetts.
[0105] In certain embodiments, the emission surface 22 comprises one or more optical coatings, films, layers, membranes, etc. in the optical path of the transmitted light which are adapted to reduce back reflections. By reducing back reflections, the emission surface 22 increases the amount of light transmitted to the brain and reduces the need to use higher irradiances which may otherwise create temperature increases at the scalp or skull.
[01061 In certain embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 is adapted to diffuse the light prior to reaching the scalp or skull to advantageously homogenize the light beam prior to reaching the emission surface 22. Generally, intervening tissues of the scalp and skull are highly scattering, which can reduce the impact of non-uniform beam intensity distributions on the illumination of the patient's cerebral cortex.
However, non-uniform beam intensity distributions with substantial inhomogeneities could result in some portions of the patient's scalp or skull being heated more than others (e.g., localized heating where a "hot spot" of the light beam impinges the patient's scalp or skull). In certain embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 advantageously homogenizes the light beam to have a non-uniformity less than approximately 3 millimeters.
Figures 3A
and 3B schematically illustrate the diffusive effect on the light by the output optical assembly 20. An example energy density profile of the light prior to being transmitted through the output optical assembly 20, as illustrated by Figure 3A, is peaked at a particular emission angle. After being diffused by the output optical assembly 20, as illustrated by Figure 3B, the energy density profile of the light does not have a substantial peak at any particular emission angle, but is substantially evenly distributed among a range of emission angles. By diffusing the light, the output optical assembly distributes the light energy substantially evenly over the area to be illuminated, thereby controlling, inhibiting, preventing, minimizing, or reducing "hot spots" which would otherwise create temperature increases at the scalp or skull. Thus, by virtue of the output optical assembly 20 diffusing the light, the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull is lower than it would otherwise be if the output optical assembly 20 did not diffuse the light. For example, by diffusing the light using the output optical assembly 20, the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull can be higher than the temperature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull if it were not irradiated, but lower than the temperature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull if it were irradiated but the light were not diffused by the output optical assembly 20. In addition, by diffusing the light prior to reaching the scalp or skull, the output optical assembly 20 can effectively increase the spot size of the light impinging the scalp or skull, thereby advantageously lowering the irradiance at the scalp or skull, as described in U.S.
Patent No. 7,303,578, which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.
[0107] In certain embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 provides sufficient diffusion of the light such that the irradiance of the light is less than a maximum tolerable level of the scalp, skull, or brain. For example, the maximum tolerable level of certain embodiments is a level at which the patient experiences discomfort or pain, while in certain other embodiments, the maximum level is a level at which the patient's scalp or skull is damaged (e.g., burned). In certain other embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 provides sufficient diffusion of the light such that the irradiance of the light equals a therapeutic value at the subdermal target tissue. The output optical assembly 20 can comprise example diffusers including, but are not limited to, holographic diffusers such as those available from Physical Optics Corp. of Torrance, California and Display Optics P/N SN1333 from Reflexite Corp. of Avon, Connecticut.
[0108] In certain embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 provides a reusable interface between the apparatus 10 and the patient's scalp or skull.
In such embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 can be cleaned or sterilized between uses of the apparatus 10, particularly between uses by different patients. In other embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 provides a disposable and replaceable interface between the apparatus 10 and the patient's scalp or skull. By using pre-sterilized and pre-packaged replaceable interfaces, certain embodiments can advantageously provide sterilized interfaces without undergoing cleaning or sterilization processing immediately before use.
[0109] In certain embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 is adapted to apply pressure to at least an irradiated portion of the scalp. For example, the output optical assembly 20 is capable of applying pressure to at least an irradiated portion of the scalp upon a force being applied to the apparatus 10 (e.g., by an operator of the apparatus pressing the apparatus 10 against the patient's scalp by hand or by mechanical means to generate force, such as weights, springs, tension straps). By applying sufficient pressure, the output optical assembly 20 can blanch the portion of the scalp by forcing at least some blood out the optical path of the light energy. (For a general discussion of skin blanching, see, e.g., A. C. Burton et al., "Relation Between Blood Pressure and Flow in the Human Forearm," J. Appl. Physiology, Vol. 4, No. 5, pp. 329-339 (1951); A.
Matas et al., "Eliminating the Issue of Skin Color in Assessment of the Blanch Response," Adv. in Skin & Wound Care, Vol. 14(4, part 1 of 2), pp. 180-188 (July/August 2001); J.
Niitsuma et al., "Experimental study of decubitus ulcer formation in the rabbit ear lobe," J. of Rehab. Res. and Dev., Vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 67-72 (January/February 2003).) The blood removal resulting from the pressure applied by the output optical assembly 20 to the scalp decreases the corresponding absorption of the light energy by blood in the scalp. As a result, temperature increases due to absorption of the light energy by blood at the scalp are reduced. As a further result, the fraction of the light energy transmitted to the subdermal target tissue of the brain is increased. In certain embodiments, a pressure of at least 0.1 pound per square inch is used to blanch the irradiated portion of the scalp, while in certain other embodiments, a pressure of at least one pound per square inch is used to blanch the irradiated portion of the scalp. In certain embodiments, a pressure of at least about two pounds per square inch is used to blanch the irradiated portion of the scalp.
Other values or ranges of pressures for blanching the irradiated portion of the scalp are also compatible with certain embodiments described herein. The maximum pressure used to blanch the irradiated portion of the scalp is limited in certain embodiments by patient comfort levels and tissue damage levels.
[0110] Figures 4A and 4B schematically illustrate cross-sectional views of two example beam delivery apparatuses 10 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. In Figures 4A and 4B, the apparatus 10 comprises an output optical assembly 20 having an emission surface 22 and releasably operatively coupled to the other components of the apparatus 10. The apparatus 10 comprises an optical fiber 40, a fiber alignment mechanism 50 operatively coupled to the optical fiber 40, a mirror 60 in optical communication with the optical fiber 40, and a window 70 in optical communication with the mirror 60. During operation of the apparatus 10, light 30 from the optical fiber 40 propagates to the mirror 60 and is reflected by the mirror 60 to propagate through the window 70. The light 30 transmitted through the window 70 propagates through the output optical assembly 20 along a first optical path and is emitted from the emission surface 22. In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 comprises additional optical elements (e.g., lenses, diffusers, and/or waveguides) which transmit at least a portion of the light received via the optical fiber 40 to the emission surface 22. In certain such embodiments, the additional optical elements of the apparatus 10 shape, format, or otherwise modify the light such that the light beam emitted from the emission surface 22 has the desired beam intensity profile.
[0111] In certain embodiments, the optical fiber 40 comprises a step-index or graded-index optical fiber. The optical fiber 40 of certain embodiments is single-mode, while in certain other embodiments, the optical fiber is multimode. An example optical fiber 40 compatible with certain embodiments described herein has a 1000-micron diameter and a numerical aperture of approximately 0.22.
[0112] Figure 5 schematically illustrates an example fiber alignment mechanism 50 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. In certain embodiments, the fiber alignment mechanism 50 is mechanically coupled to a portion of the optical fiber 40 and is configured to allow adjustments of the position, tilt, or both of the end of the optical fiber 40 from which the light is emitted. In certain embodiments, the fiber alignment mechanism 50 provides an adjustment range of at least 5 degrees.
The fiber alignment mechanism 50 of Figure 5 comprises a connector 52 (e.g., SMA
connector) mechanically coupled to the optical fiber 40, a plate 54 (e.g., a kinematic tilt stage) mechanically coupled to the connector 52, and a plurality of adjustment screws 56 (e.g., 80 turns per inch or 100 turns per inch) adjustably coupled to the plate 54. By turning the adjustment screws 56, a distance between a portion of the plate 54 and a corresponding portion of a reference structure 58 can be adjusted. In certain embodiments, the fiber alignment mechanism 50 comprises one or more locking screws 59 configured to be tightened so as to fix the plate 54 at a position, orientation, or both relative to the reference structure 58. Other configurations of the fiber alignment mechanism 50 are also compatible with certain embodiments described herein.
[0113] Figure 6 schematically illustrates an example mirror 60 compatible with certain embodiments described herein. In certain embodiments, the mirror 60 is substantially reflective of light emitted from the optical fiber 40 to reflect the light through a non-zero angle (e.g., 90 degrees). The mirror 60 of certain embodiments comprises a glass substrate coated on at least one side by a metal (e.g., gold or aluminum).
Examples of mirrors 60 compatible with certain embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, a flat, generally planar glass mirror (e.g., NT43-886 available from Edmund Optics Inc. of Barrington, New Jersey). The mirror 60 of certain embodiments can be configured to have an optical power (e.g., the mirror 60 can be concave) and be adapted to shape, format, or otherwise modify the light to produce a desired beam intensity profile. In certain embodiments, the mirror 60 is bonded around its perimeter by an adhesive (e.g., OP-29 adhesive available from Dymax Corp. of Torrington, Connecticut) to a support structure 62.
[0114] In certain embodiments, the mirror 60 is partially transmissive of light emitted from the optical fiber 40. In certain such embodiments, the support structure 62 comprises an opening and the apparatus 10 comprises at least one light sensor positioned to receive light transmitted through the mirror 60 and the opening of the support structure 62. The at least one light sensor 64 is configured to generate a signal indicative of the intensity of the received light, thereby providing a measure of the intensity of the light reaching the mirror 60. Examples of light sensors 64 compatible with certain embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, photodiode available from Texas Instruments of Dallas, Texas. In certain embodiments, a plurality of light sensors 64 are used to provide operational redundancy to confirm that light with a sufficient intensity for operation of the apparatus 10 is being provided by the optical fiber 40. In certain embodiments, a diffuser 66 is positioned to diffuse the light >>: rued through the mirror 60 before the light impinges the light sensor 64.
In certain embodiments, the light sensor 64 is protected from stray light by an opaque shroud 68 generally surrounding the light sensor 64.
[0115] In certain embodiments, the window 70 is substantially transmissive to infrared radiation. Example windows 70 compatible with certain embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, a flat, generally planar CaF2 window (e.g., TechSpec calcium fluoride window available from Edmund Optics Inc. of Barrington, New Jersey).
[0116] In certain embodiments, the window 70 at least partially bounds a region within the apparatus 10 which contains the mirror 60. The window 70 of certain such embodiments substantially seals the region against contaminants (e.g., dust, debris) from entering the region from outside the region. For example, when the output optical assembly 20 is decoupled from the apparatus 10, the window 70 controls, inhibits, prevents, minimizes, or reduces contaminants entering the region. Thus, by virtue of the window 70 substantially sealing the region, the contamination of the region is lower than it would otherwise be if the window 70 did not substantially seal the region.
[0117] Figure 7 schematically illustrates an example first optical path 32 of light 30 emitted from the optical fiber 40 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The diverging light 30 exiting the optical fiber 40 propagates along the first optical path 32 towards the mirror 60. The light 30 is reflected by the mirror 60 and propagates along the first optical path 32 through the window 70, impinges or is received by the surface 24 of the optical element 23, and is emitted from the emission surface 22 towards the surface to be irradiated. In certain embodiments, the mirror 60 reflects the light 30 through an angle of about 90 degrees. In certain embodiments, the mirror 60 is about 2.3 inches from the face of the optical fiber 40 and the first optical path 32 is about 4.55 inches in length from the fiber output face to the emission surface 22 of the optical element 23.
[0118] In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 further comprises a sensor 80 spaced from the output optical assembly 20. Figure 8 schematically illustrates an example second optical path 82 of radiation 84 received by the sensor 80. The sensor 80 is positioned to receive the radiation 84 from the output optical assembly 20 propagating through the output optical assembly 20 along the second optical path 82. The first optical path 32 and the second optical path 82 have a non-zero angle therebetween. In certain embodi__lents, the second optical path 82 is co-planar with the first optical path 32, while in certain other embodiments, the first optical path 32 and the second optical path 82 are non-co-planar with one another. The sensor 80 of certain embodiments receives radiation 84 propagating along the second optical path 82 from at least a portion of the surface 24 of the optical element 23 during operation of the apparatus 10.
[0119] The sensor 80 of certain embodiments comprises a temperature sensor (e.g., thermopile) configured to receive infrared radiation from a region and to generate a signal indicative of the temperature of the region. Examples of temperature sensors compatible with certain embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, DX-0496 thermopile available from Dexter Research Center, Inc. of Dexter, Michigan. In certain embodiments, the field-of-view of the sensor 80 comprises an area of about 0.26 square inches of the surface 24 spaced from the thermal conduit 25 (e.g., by a distance between 0.05 inch and 0.3 inch). In certain other embodiments, the field-of-view of the sensor 80 comprises an area of about 0.57 square inches of the surface 24.
[0120] In certain embodiments, the sensor 80 is responsive to the received radiation 84 by generating a signal indicative of a temperature of the skin or of a portion of the output optical assembly 20 (e.g., the optical element 23). In certain such embodiments, the apparatus 10 further comprises a controller configured to receive the signal from the sensor 80 and to cause a warning to be generated, to turn off a source of the light propagating along the first optical path 32, or both in response to the signal indicating that the temperature is above a predetermined threshold temperature (e.g., 42 degrees Celsius).
[0121] The sensor 80 of certain embodiments is not in thermal communication with the output optical assembly 20. As shown in Figure 8, the infrared-transmissive window 70 is between the sensor 80 and the output optical assembly 20. The light 30 propagating along the first optical path 32 and the infrared radiation 84 propagating along the second optical path 82 both propagate through the window 70. In certain embodiments, the sensor 80 is wholly or at least partially within a region of the housing 12 at least partially bound, and substantially sealed by the window 70 against contaminants from entering the region from outside the region.
[0122] In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 is adapted to cool the irradiated portion of the scalp or skull by removing heat from the scalp or skull so as to control, inhibit, prevent, minimize, or reduce temperature increases at the scalp or skull.
Thus., by virtue of the apparatus 10 cooling the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull, the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull is lower than it would otherwise be if the apparatus 10 did not cool the irradiated portion of the scalp or skull. For example, by cooling the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull using the apparatus 10, the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull can be higher than the temperature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull if it were not irradiated, but lower than the temperature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull if it were irradiated but not cooled. Referring to Figures 4A and 4B, in certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 comprises a thermoelectric assembly 90 and a heat sink 100 in thermal communication with the thermoelectric assembly 90. In certain embodiments, the thermoelectric assembly 90 actively cools the patient's scalp or skull via the output optical assembly 20, thereby advantageously avoiding large temperature gradients at the patient's scalp or skull which would otherwise cause discomfort to the patient. In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 further comprises one or more temperature sensors (e.g., thermocouples, thermistors) which generate electrical signals indicative of the temperature of the thermoelectric assembly 90.
[0123] In certain embodiments, the thermoelectric assembly 90 comprises at least one thermoelectric element 91 and a thermal conduit 92. The at least one thermoelectric element 91 of the thermoelectric assembly 90 is responsive to an electric current applied to the thermoelectric assembly 90 by cooling at least a first surface 93 of the thermoelectric assembly 90 and heating at least a second surface 94 of the thermoelectric assembly 90. The thermoelectric assembly 90 is configured to be releasably mechanically coupled to the output optical assembly 20 so as to have the first surface 93 in thermal communication with the output optical assembly 20. In certain embodiments, the first surface 93 comprises a surface of the thermal conduit 92 and the second surface 94 comprises a surface of the thermoelectric element 91.
[0124] Figure 9A schematically illustrates an example thermoelectric element 91 and Figure 9B schematically illustrates two views of an example thermal conduit 92 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. Figure 1OA schematically illustrates another example thermoelectric element 91 and Figure 1OB
schematically I lustrates two views of another example thermal conduit 92 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The thermoelectric element 91 has a surface 95 ofzgured to be in thermal communication with a corresponding surface 96 of the onduit 92 (e.g., by a thermally conductive adhesive). Upon application of an cleetric current to the thermoelectric element 91, the second surface 94 is heated and the face 95 is cooled, thereby cooling the first surface 93. In certain such embodiments, the first surface 93 serves as at least one heat dissipating surface of the apparatus 10 f gored to be in thermal communication with the at least one surface 26 of the thermal conduit 25 of the output optical assembly 20 (e.g., by contacting or mating so as to provide a thermally conductive connection between the thermoelectric assembly 26 and he output optical assembly 20). By having the thermally conductive output optical s ably 20 in thermal communication with the thermoelectric assembly 90, certain embodiments advantageously provide a conduit for heat conduction away from the treatment site (e.g., the skin). In certain embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 is pressed against the patient's skin and transfers heat away from the treatment site.
[0125] Examples of thermoelectric elements 91 compatible with certain embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, DT12-6, Qmaz 60W, square thermoelectric element available from Marlow Industries of Dallas, Texas, and Qr,ax=45W toroidal- or donut-shaped thermoelectric element from Ferrotec Corp.
of Bedford, New Hampshire. In certain embodiments, the thermoelectric element 91 :mnoves heat from the output optical assembly 20 at a rate in a range of about 0.1 Watt to cut 5 Watts or in a range of about 1 Watt to about 3 Watts. Example temperature controllers for operating the thermoelectric assembly 90 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, MPT-5000 available from Wavelength Electronics, Inc. of Bozeman, Montana. Example materials for the thermal conduit 92 compatible with certain embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, aluminum and copper. The thermal conduit 92 of certain embodiments has a thermal mass in a range of about 30 grams to about 70 grams, and has a thermal length between surface 93 and surface 96 in a range of about 0.5 inch to about 3.5 inches.
[0126] In certain embodiments, the thermoelectric assembly 90 generally surrounds a first region 97, wherein, during operation of the apparatus 10, light irradiating a portion of the patient's skin propagates through the first region 97. As shown in Figures 9B and I OB, in certain embodiments, the first region 97 comprises an aperture through the thermal conduit 92. As shown in Figure I OB, the first region 97 in certain embodiments further comprises an aperture through the thermoelectric element 91. In certain embodiments, the thermoelectric assembly 90 comprises a plurality of thermoelectric elements 91 which are spaced from one another and are distributed to generally surround the first region 97. As used herein, the term "generally surrounds" has its broadest reasonable interpretation, including but not limited to, encircles or extends around at least one margin of the region, or being distributed around at least one margin of the region with one or more gaps along the at least one margin.
[0127] Figure 11A schematically illustrates a cross-sectional view of an example heat sink 100 and Figure 11 B schematically illustrates another example heat sink 100 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The heat sink 100 comprises an inlet 101, an outlet 102, and a fluid conduit 103 in fluid communication with the inlet 101 and the outlet 102. The inlet 101 and the outlet 102 of certain embodiments comprise stainless steel barbs configured to be connected to tubes (e.g., using nylon or stainless steel hose barb locks, clamps, or crimps) which provide a coolant (e.g., water, air, glycerol) to flow through the fluid conduit 103 and to remove heat from the fluid conduit 103. In certain embodiments, the coolant is provided by a chiller or other heat transfer device which cools the coolant prior to its being supplied to the heat sink 100.
[0128] The example heat sink 100 of Figure 11A is machined from an aluminum block and has a recess 104 in which the thermoelectric assembly 90 is placed to provide thermal communication between the heat sink 100 and the second surface 94 of the thermoelectric assembly 90. The example heat sink 100 of Figure 11 B
comprises a first portion 105 and a second portion 106 which fit together to form the coolant conduit 103. In certain embodiments, a thermally conductive adhesive (e.g., EP 1200 thermal adhesive available from Resinlab, LLC of Germantown, Wisconsin, with a 0.005-inch stainless steel wire to set the bondline) is used to bond the thermoelectric assembly 90 and the heat sink 100 together in thermal communication with one another.
[01291 The output optical assembly 20 comprises a thermally conductive thermal conduit 25 having at least one surface 26 configured to be in thermal communication with the first surface of the thermoelectric assembly 90. As shown in Figures 2A and 2B, the thermal conduit 25 generally surrounds a second region 28.
During operation of the apparatus 10, the light propagates through the first region 97, the second region 28, and the optical element 23. In certain embodiments, the heat sink 100 generally surrounds a third region 107, as schematically illustrated by Figure 11B. During operation of the apparatus 10 in certain such embodiments, the light propagates through the oi.rd region 107, the first region 97, the second region 28, and the optical element 23.
[01301 Figures 12A and 12B schematically illustrate two example connfigurations of the window 70 with the thermoelectric assembly 90. In certain embodiments, the window 70 is in thermal communication with at least a portion of the thermoelectric assembly 90 (e.g., bonded to a recess in the thermal conduit 92, as shown in Figure 12A, using OP-29 adhesive available from Dymax Corp. of Torrington, Connecticut). In certain embodiments, the window 70 is in thermal communication with at least a portion of the heat sink 100 (e.g., retained by an o-ring in the heat sink 100), as shown in Figure 12B. In certain embodiments, the window 70 is not in thermal communication with either the thermoelectric assembly 90 or the heat sink 100.
[01311 Figure 13A schematically illustrates an example chassis 110 for supporting the various components of the beam delivery apparatus 10 within the housing 12 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The chassis 110 of Figure 13A comprises a single unitary or monolithic piece which is machined to provide various surfaces and holes used to mount the various components of the beam delivery apparatus 10. Figure 13B schematically illustrates another example chassis 110 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The chassis 110 of Figure 13B comprises a plurality of portions which are bolted or pinned together.
[0132] Figure 14A schematically illustrates a cross-sectional view of an example configuration of the chassis 110 and the housing 12 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The chassis 110 of certain embodiments is electrically connected to ground, while in certain other embodiments, the chassis 110 is electrically insulated from ground (e.g., floating). In certain embodiments, the chassis 110 is configured to move relative to the housing 12. For example, the chassis 110 and the housing 12 are mechanically coupled together by a pivot 112, as schematically illustrated by Figure 14A. The optical fiber 40, fiber adjustment apparatus 50, mirror 60, window 70, sensor 80, and heat sink 100 are each mechanically coupled to the chassis 110. The output optical assembly 20 is also mechanically coupled to the chassis 110 via the thermoelectric assembly 90 and the heat sink 100.
[0133] For the configuration of Figure 14A, the emission surface 22 of the output optical assembly 20 is placed in thermal communication (e.g., in contact) with the patient's scalp or skull by a user pressing the housing 12 towards the scalp or skull. The pivot 112 allows the chassis 110 to rotate about the pivot 112 relative to the housing 12 (e.g., by an angle between I and 2 degrees, or about 1.75 degrees) such that the emission surface 22 moves towards the housing 12 (e.g., by a distance of 0.05-0.3 inch, or about 0.1 inch). In certain such embodiments, this movement of the chassis 110, as well as of the fiber adjustment apparatus 50 and the optical fiber 40, results in a flexing of a portion of the optical fiber 40 (e.g., in proximity to the coupling between the housing 12 and the conduit 14).
[0134] This flexing of the optical fiber 40 can be undesirable in certain circumstances, such as when the optical fiber 40 or its connection to the fiber adjustment apparatus 50 is fragile and prone to breakage or failure due to repeated flexing. Figures 14B and 14C schematically illustrate another example configuration of the chassis 110 and the housing 12 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
The chassis 110 comprises a first chassis element 120 and a second chassis element mechanically coupled to the first chassis element 120 such that the first chassis element 120 and the second chassis element 122 can move relative to one another. For example, in certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 further comprises a hinge 124 (e.g., a pivot or flexible portion) about which the first chassis element 120 and the second chassis element 122 are configured to deflect relative to one another.
[0135] In certain embodiments, the first chassis element 120 is mechanically coupled to the housing 12, and the optical fiber 40, fiber adjustment apparatus 50, mirror 60, and sensor 80 (each shown in dotted lines in Figure 14C) are mechanically coupled to the first chassis element 120. The second chassis element 122 is mechanically coupled to the window 70, thermoelectric assembly 90, and the heat sink 100 (each shown in dotted lines in Figure 14C). The output optical assembly 20 is also mechanically coupled to the second chassis element 122 via the thermoelectric assembly 90 and the heat sink 100.
Thus, in certain such embodiments, a first portion of the apparatus 10 comprises the housing 12, first chassis element 120, optical fiber 40, fiber adjustment apparatus 50, mirror 60, and sensor 80, and a second portion of the apparatus 10 comprises the second chassis element 122, window 70, thermoelectric assembly 90, heat sink 100, and output optical assembly 20. The second portion is mechanically coupled to the first portion and is in optical communication with the first portion. The second portion is configured to be placed in thermal communication with the patient's skin such that the light from the first portion propagates through the second portion during operation of the apparatus 10. The first portion and the second portion are configured to move relative to one another in response to the second portion being placed in thermal communication with the patient's skin.
[0136] In certain embodiments, the second portion comprises the output optical assembly 20 and the first portion and the second portion are configured to deflect relative to one another by a non-zero angle. In certain embodiments, this deflection occurs upon the output optical assembly 20 applying a pressure to a portion of the patient's scalp sufficient to at least partially blanch the portion of the patient's scalp. In certain embodiments, this deflection occurs upon the output optical assembly 20 being placed in thermal communication with the patient's scalp or skull. In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 further comprises a spring mechanically coupled to the first portion and the second portion. The spring provides a restoring force in response to movement of the first portion and the second portion relative to one another.
[0137] For the configuration of Figures 14B and 14C, the emission surface 22 of the output optical assembly 20 is placed in thermal communication (e.g., in contact) with the patient's scalp or skull by a user pressing the housing 12 towards the scalp or skull. The hinge 124 allows the second portion (e.g., including the second chassis element 122) to rotate about the hinge 124 relative to the first portion (e.g., including the first chassis element 120). This rotation can be by an angle between 1 and 3 degrees, or about 2.3 degrees) such that the emission surface 22 moves towards the housing 12 (e.g., by a distance of 0.05-0.3 inch, or about 0.08 inch). In certain such embodiments in which the first portion comprises the optical fiber 40, deflection of the first portion and the second portion relative to one another controls, inhibits, prevents, minimizes, or reduces flexing or movement of the optical fiber 40 (e.g., to control, inhibit, prevent, minimize, or reduce damage to the optical fiber 40). Thus, by virtue of the movement of the first and second portions relative to one another, the flexing, movement, or damage of the optical fiber 40 is lower than it would otherwise be if the first and second portions did not move relative to one another.
[0138] In certain embodiments, the relative movement of the output optical assembly 20 and the mirror 60 can result in the light beam 30 being at least partially occluded or "clipped" by the thermal conduit 25 of the output optical assembly 20. For example, for a light beam diameter of 30 millimeters, the light beam 30 is not clipped by the thermal conduit 25. For larger light beam diameters, the light beam 30 is partially occluded by the thermal conduit 25. For a light beam diameter of 31 millimeters, about 0.02% of the light beam area is occluded, and for 32 millimeters, about 1.56%
of the light beam area is occluded, resulting in an estimated power loss of less than about 0.08%.
[0139] In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 further comprises a sensor 130 configured to detect movement of the first portion and the second portion relative to one another (e.g., movement of the first chassis element 120 and the second chassis element 122 relative to one another). The sensor 130 is configured to transmit a signal to a controller configured to receive the signal and to control a light source in response to the signal, where the light source is configured to generate the light used by the apparatus 10 irradiate the patient's scalp or skull. In certain embodiments, the sensor 130 transmits the signal to the controller upon detecting that the movement between the first portion and the second portion is larger than a predetermined threshold value. In this way, the sensor 130 serves as a trigger switch which is used to trigger the apparatus 10 (e.g., providing the apparatus 10 with light upon the sensor 130 detecting the predetermined amount of movement between the first portion and the second portion indicative of the apparatus 10 being in a condition for use). The trigger switch of certain embodiments is actuated by pressing the output optical assembly 20 against a surface. The light source providing light to the apparatus 10 is responsive to the trigger switch by emitting light only when the trigger switch is actuated. Therefore, in certain such embodiments, to utilize the apparatus 10, the output optical assembly 20 is pressed against the patient's skin, such as described above.
[01401 Figures 15A and 15B schematically illustrate two states of an example sensor 130 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The sensor comprises at least one trigger flag 132 mechanically coupled to the first portion (e.g., the housing 12) and at least one optical switch 134 mechanically coupled to the second portion (e.g., the second chassis element 122). For example, the at least one optical switch 134 of certain embodiments comprises one, two, or more EE-SX-1035 optical switches available from Omron Electronics Components LLC of Schaumburg, Illinois. In a first state, the trigger flag 132 is displaced away from a sensor light beam which is detected by the optical switch 134. Upon pressing the output optical assembly 20 in thermal communication with the patient's scalp or skull, the optical switch 134 moves relative to the trigger flag 132 (e.g., by a distance of about 0.07 inch) such that the trigger flag 132 intercepts the sensor light beam such that it is no longer detected by the optical switch 134. In response to this second state, the sensor 130 generates a corresponding signal. In certain other embodiments, the trigger flag 132 can be positioned to intercept the sensor light beam in the first state and to not intercept the sensor light beam in the second state.
[01411 Figures 15C and 15D schematically illustrate two states of another example sensor 130 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
The sensor 130 comprises a reflective element 135 mechanically coupled to the first portion (e.g., the first chassis element 120) and at least one light source/detector pair 136 mechanically coupled to the second portion (e.g., the second chassis element 122). For example, the at least one light source/detector pair 136a, 136b of certain embodiments comprises one, two, or more QRE1113GR reflective sensors available from Fairchild Semiconductor Corp. of San Jose, California. In a first state, the reflective surface 135 is a first distance away from the light source/detector pair 136a, 136b such that a sensor light beam from the source 136a is reflected from the surface 135 but is not detected by the detector 136b. Upon pressing the output optical assembly 20 in thermal communication with the patient's scalp or skull, the reflective surface 135 moves (e.g., by a distance of about 0.04 inch) to be a second distance away from the light source/detector pair 136a, 136b such that the sensor light beam from the source 136a is reflected from the surface 135 and is detected by the detector 136b. In response to this second state, the sensor 130 generates a corresponding signal. In certain embodiments, the sensor 130 further comprises a shroud 137 configured to protect the detector 136b from stray light. In certain other embodiments, the reflective surface 135 can be positioned to reflect the sensor light beam to the detector 136b in the first state and to not reflect the sensor light beam to the detector 136b in the second state.
[0142] In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 further comprises an adjustment mechanism configured to set the predetermined threshold value, to change the predetermined threshold value, or both. In certain such embodiments, the adjustment mechanism comprises a set screw which changes the relative positions of the two portions of the sensor 130 which move relative to one another. Certain embodiments further comprise a stop configured to limit a range of movement of the first portion and the second portion relative to one another.
[0143] In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 comprises a trigger force spring 140 and a trigger force adjustment mechanism 142. Figures 16A and 16B
schematically illustrate two example configurations of the trigger force spring 140 and trigger force adjustment mechanism 142 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The trigger force spring 140 is mechanically coupled to the first portion (e.g., the first chassis element 120) and the second portion (e.g., the second chassis element 122) and provides a restoring force when the first portion and the second portion are moved relative to one another. The trigger force adjustment mechanism 142 of Figure 16A comprises one or more shims (e.g., each shim providing about 100 grams of adjustment) placed between the spring 140 and at least one of the first portion and the second portion. The trigger force adjustment mechanism 142 of Figure 16B
comprises one, two, or more adjustment set screws. In either configuration, the trigger force adjustment mechanism 142 compresses the spring 140 to adjust the amount of force which will move the first and second portions relative to one another by a sufficient amount to trigger the apparatus 10. In certain embodiments, the trigger force adjustment mechanism 142 is set such that the apparatus 10 is triggered by a pressure applied to the emission surface 22 towards the housing 12 of at least 0.1 pound per square inch, at least one pound per square inch, or at least about two pounds per square inch.
[0144] In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 further comprises a lens assembly sensor 150 configured to detect the presence of the output optical assembly 20 mounted on the apparatus 10. Figure 17 schematically illustrates an example lens assembly sensor 150 in accordance with certain embodiments described herein.
For example, the lens assembly sensor 150 of certain embodiments comprises at least one reflective surface 152 and at least one light source/detector pair 154a, 154b (e.g., one, two, or more QRE1113GR reflective sensors available from Fairchild Semiconductor Corp. of San Jose, California). The reflective surface 152 moves relative to the light source/detector pair 154a, 154b upon mounting the output optical assembly 20 to be in thermal communication with the thermal conduit 92. For example, when the output optical assembly 20 is mounted, the bayonet is pulled downward. In response to this movement, the sensor 150 generates a corresponding signal. In certain embodiments, the sensor 150 further comprises a shroud 156 configured to protect the detector 154b from stray light.
Control Circuit [0145] Figure 18 is a block diagram of a control circuit 200 comprising a e=nable controller 205 for controlling a light source 207 according to embodiments described herein. The control circuit 200 is configured to adjust the power of the light energy generated by the light source 207 such that the light emitted from the emission surface 22 generates a predetermined surface irradiance at the scalp or skull tir eshonding to a predetermined energy delivery profile, such as a predetermined >absurface irradiance, to the target area of the brain.
[0146] In certain embodiments, the programmable controller 205 comprises a case circuit 210, a clock 212 coupled to the logic circuit 210, and an interface 214 ,pled to the logic circuit 210. The clock 212 of certain embodiments provides a timing signal to the logic circuit 210 so that the logic circuit 210 can monitor and control timing intervals of the applied light. Examples of timing intervals include, but are not limited to, total treatment times, pulsewidth times for pulses of applied light, and time intervals between pulses of applied light. In certain embodiments, the light source 207 can be selectively turned on and off to reduce the thermal load on the scalp or skull and to deliver a selected irradiance to particular areas of the brain.
[0147] The interface 214 of certain embodiments provides signals to the logic ircuit 210 which the logic circuit 210 uses to control the applied light. The interface 214 ,an comprise a user interface or an interface to a sensor monitoring at least one parameter the treatment. In certain such embodiments, the programmable controller 126 is responsive to signals from the sensor to preferably adjust the treatment parameters to optimize the measured response. The programmable controller 126 can thus provide closed-loop monitoring and adjustment of various treatment parameters to optimize the phototherapy. The signals provided by the interface 214 from a user are indicative of parameters that may include, but are not limited to, patient characteristics (e.g., skin type, fat percentage), selected applied irradiances, target time intervals, and irradiance /timing profiles for the applied light.
[0148] In certain embodiments, the logic circuit 210 is coupled to a light source driver 220. The light source driver 220 is coupled to a power supply 230, which in certain embodiments comprises a battery and in other embodiments comprises an alternating current source. The light source driver 220 is also coupled to the light source 207. The logic circuit 210 is responsive to the signal from the clock 212 and to user input from the user interface 214 to transmit a control signal to the light source driver 220. In response to the control signal from the logic circuit 210, the light source driver 220 adjust and controls the power applied to the light source. Other control circuits besides the control circuit 200 of Figure 18 are compatible with embodiments described herein.
[0149] In certain embodiments, the logic circuit 110 is responsive to signals from a sensor monitoring at least one parameter of the treatment to control the applied light. For example, certain embodiments comprise a temperature sensor in thermal communication with the scalp or skull to provide information regarding the temperature of the scalp or skull to the logic circuit 210. In such embodiments, the logic circuit 210 is responsive to the information from the temperature sensor to transmit a control signal to the light source driver 220 so as to adjust the parameters of the applied light to maintain the scalp or skull temperature below a predetermined level. Other embodiments include example biomedical sensors including, but not limited to, a blood flow sensor, a blood gas (e.g., oxygenation) sensor, an ATP production sensor, or a cellular activity sensor. Such biomedical sensors can provide real-time feedback information to the logic circuit 210. In certain such embodiments, the logic circuit 110 is responsive to signals from the sensors to preferably adjust the parameters of the applied light to optimize the measured response.
The logic circuit 110 can thus provide closed-loop monitoring and adjustment of various parameters of the applied light to optimize the phototherapy.
Light Parameters [0150] The various parameters of the light beam emitted from the emission surface 22 are advantageously selected to provide treatment while controlling, inhibiting, preventing, minimizing, or reducing injury or discomfort to the patient due to heating of the scalp or skull by the light. While discussed separately, these various parameters below can be combined with one another within the disclosed values in accordance with embodiments described herein.
Wavelength [0151] In certain embodiments, light in the visible to near-infrared wavelength range is used to irradiate the patient's scalp or skull. In certain embodiments, the light is substantially monochromatic (i.e., light having one wavelength, or light having a narrow band of wavelengths). So that the amount of light transmitted to the brain is maximized, the wavelength of the light is selected in certain embodiments to be at or near a transmission peak (or at or near an absorption minimum) for the intervening tissue. In certain such embodiments, the wavelength corresponds to a peak in the transmission spectrum of tissue at about 820 nanometers. In certain other embodiments, the light comprises one or more wavelengths between about 630 nanometers and about 1064 nanometers, between about 600 nanometers and about 980 nanometers, between about 780 nanometers and about 840 nanometers, between about 805 nanometers and about 820 nanometers, or includes wavelengths of about 785, 790, 795, 800, 805, 810, 815, 820, 825, or 830 nanometers. An intermediate wavelength in a range between approximately 730 nanometers and approximately 750 nanometers (e.g., about 739 nanometers) appears to be suitable for penetrating the skull, although other wavelengths are also suitable and may be used. In other embodiments, a plurality of wavelengths is used (e.g. applied concurrently or sequentially). In certain embodiments, the light has a wavelength distribution peaked at a peak wavelength and has a linewidth less than 10 nanometers from the peak wavelength. In certain such embodiments, the light has a linewidth less than 4 nanometers, full width at 90% of energy. In certain embodiments, the center wavelength is (808 10) nanometers with a spectral linewidth les than 4 nanometers, full width at 90% of energy.
[0152] In certain embodiments, the light is generated by a light source comprising one or more laser diodes, which each provide coherent light. In embodiments in which the light from the light source is coherent, the emitted light may produce "speckling" due to coherent interference of the light. This speckling comprises intensity spikes which are created by wavefront interference effects and can occur in proximity to the target tissue being treated. For example, while the average irradiance or power density may be approximately 10 mW/cm2, the power density of one such intensity spike in proximity to the brain tissue to be treated may be approximately 300 mW/cm2. In certain embodiments, this increased power density due to speckling can improve the efficacy of treatments using coherent light over those using incoherent light for illumination of deeper tissues. In addition, the speckling can provide the increased power density without overheating the tissue being irradiated. The light within the speckle fields or islands containing these intensity spikes is polarized, and in certain embodiments, this polarized light provides enhanced efficacy beyond that for unpolarized light of the same intensity or irradiance.
[0153] In certain embodiments, the light source includes at least one continuously emitting GaAIAs laser diode having a wavelength of about 830 nanometers.
In another embodiment, the light source comprises a laser source having a wavelength of about 808 nanometers. In still other embodiments, the light source includes at least one vertical cavity surface-emitting laser (VCSEL) diode. Other light sources compatible with embodiments described herein include, but are not limited to, light-emitting diodes (LEDs) and filtered lamps.
[0154] In certain embodiments, the one or more wavelengths are selected so as to work with one or more chromophores within the target tissue. Without being bound by theory or by a specific mechanism, it is believed that irradiation of chromophores increases the production of ATP in the target tissue and/or controls, inhibits, prevents, minimizes, or reduces apoptosis of the injured tissues, thereby producing beneficial effects, as described more fully below.
[0155] Some chromophores, such as water or hemoglobin, are ubiquitous and absorb light to such a degree that little or no penetration of light energy into a tissue occurs. For example, water absorbs light above approximately 1300 nanometers.
Thus energy in this range has little ability to penetrate tissue due to the water content.
However, water is transparent or nearly transparent in wavelengths between 300 and 1300 nanometers. Another example is hemoglobin, which absorbs heavily in the region between 300 and 670 nanometers, but is reasonably transparent above 670 nanometers.
[0156] Based on these broad assumptions, one can define an "IR window" into the body. Within the window, there are certain wavelengths that are more or less likely to penetrate. This discussion does not include wavelength dependent scattering effects of intervening tissues.
[0157] The absorption/transmittance of various tissues have been directly measured to determine the utility of various wavelengths. Figure 19A is a graph of the transmittance of light through blood (in arbitrary units) as a function of wavelength.
Blood absorbs less in the region above 700 nanometers, and is particularly transparent at wavelengths above 780 nanometers. Wavelengths below 700 nanometers are heavily absorbed, and are not likely to be useful therapeutically (except for topical indications).
[0158] Figure l9B is a graph of the absorption of light by brain tissue.
Absorption in the brain is strong for wavelengths between 620 and 980 nanometers. This range is also where the copper centers in mitochondria absorb. The brain is particularly rich in mitochondria as it is a very active tissue metabolically (the brain accounts for 20%
of blood flow and oxygen consumption). As such, the absorption of light in the 620 to 980 nanometer range is expected if a photostimulative effect is to take place.
[0159] By combining Figures 19A and 19B, the efficiency of energy delivery as a function of wavelength can be calculated, as shown in Figure 19C.
Wavelengths between 780 and 880 nanometers are preferable (efficiency of 0.6 or greater) for targeting the brain. The peak efficiency is about 800 to 830 nanometers (efficiency of 1.0 or greater). These wavelengths are not absorbed by water or hemoglobin, and are likely to penetrate to the brain. Once these wavelengths reach the brain, they will be absorbed by the brain and converted to useful energy.
[0160] These effects have been directly demonstrated in rat tissues. The absorption of 808 nanometer light was measured through various rat tissues, as shown in Figure 20. Soft tissues such as skin and fat absorb little light. Muscle, richer in mitochondria, absorbs more light. Even bone is fairly transparent. However, as noted above, brain tissue, as well as spinal cord tissue, absorb 808 nanometer light well.
Irradiance or Power Density [0161] In certain embodiments, the light beam has a time-averaged irradiance or power density at the emission surface 22 of the output optical assembly 20 between about 10 mW/cm2 to about 10 W/cm2, between about 100 mW/cm2 to about 1000 mW/cm2, between about 500 mW/cm2 to about 1 W/cm2, or between about 650 mW/cm2 to about 750 mW/cm2 across the cross-sectional area of the light beam. For a pulsed light beam, the time-averaged irradiance is averaged over a time period long compared to the temporal pulse widths of the pulses (e.g., averaged over a fraction of a second longer than the temporal pulse width, over 1 second, or over multiple seconds). For a continuous-wave (CW) light beam with time-varying irradiance, the time-averaged irradiance can be an average of the instantaneous irradiance averaged over a time period longer than a characteristic time period of fluctuations of the light beam. In certain embodiments, a duty cycle in a range between 1% and 80%, between 10% and 30%, or about 20%
can be used with a peak irradiance at the emission surface 22 of the output optical assembly 20 between about 12.5 mW/cm2 to about 1000 W/cm2, between about 50 mW/cm2 to about 50 W/cm2, between about 500 mW/cm2 to about 5000 mW/cm2, between about 2500 mW/cm2 to about 5 W/cm2, or between about 3.25 W/cm2 to about 3.75 W/cm2 across the cross-sectional area of the light beam. In certain embodiments, the pulsed light beam has an energy or fluence (e.g., peak irradiance multiplied by the temporal pulsewidth) at the emission surface 22 of the output optical assembly 20 between about 12.5 J/cm2 to about 1 J/cm2, between about 50 J/cm2 to about 50 mJ/cm2, between about 500 J/cm2 to about 5 mJ/cm2, between about 2.5 mJ/cm2 to about 5 mJ/cm2, or between about 3.25 mJ/cm2 to about 3.75 mJ/cm2.
[0162] The cross-sectional area of the light beam of certain embodiments (e.g., multimode beams) can be approximated using an approximation of the beam intensity distribution. For example, as described more fully below, measurements of the beam intensity distribution can be approximated by a Gaussian (1/e2 measurements) or by a "top hat" distribution and a selected perimeter of the beam intensity distribution can be used to define a bound of the area of the light beam. In certain embodiments, the irradiance at the emission surface 22 is selected to provide the desired irradiances at the subdermal target tissue. The irradiance of the light beam is preferably controllably variable so that the emitted light energy can be adjusted to provide a selected irradiance at the subdermal tissue being treated. In certain embodiments, the light beam emitted from the emission surface 22 is continuous with a total radiant power in a range of about 4 Watts to about 6 Watts. In certain embodiments, the radiant power of the light beam is 5 Watts 20%
(CW). In certain embodiments, the peak power for pulsed light is in a range of about 10 Watts to about 30 Watts (e.g., 20 Watts). In certain embodiments, the peak power for pulsed light multiplied by the duty cycle of the pulsed light yields an average radiant power in a range of about 4 Watts to about 6 Watts (e.g., 5 Watts).
[0163] In certain embodiments, the time-averaged irradiance at the subdermal target tissue (e.g., at a depth of approximately 2 centimeters below the dura) is at least about 0.01 mW/cm2 and up to about I W/cm2 at the level of the tissue. In various embodiments, the time-averaged subsurface irradiance at the target tissue is at least about 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, or 90 mW/cm2, depending on the desired clinical performance. In certain embodiments, the time-averaged subsurface irradiance at the target tissue is about 0.01 mW/cm2 to about 100 mW/cm2, about 0.01 mW/cm2 to about 50 mW/cm2, about 2 mW/cm2 to about 20 mW/cm2, or about 5 mW/cm2 to about 25 mW/cm2. In certain embodiments, a duty cycle in a range between I% and 80%, between 10% and 30%, or about 20% can be used with a peak irradiance at the target tissue of 0.05 mW/cm2 to about 500 mW/cm2, about 0.05 mW/cm2 to about 250 mW/cm2, about 10 mW/cm2 to about 100 mW/cm2, or about 25 mW/cm2 to about 125 mW/cm2.
[0164] In certain embodiments, the irradiance of the light beam is selected to provide a predetermined irradiance at the subdermal target tissue (e.g., at a depth of approximately 2 centimeters from the dura). The selection of the appropriate irradiance of the light beam emitted from the emission surface to use to achieve a desired subdermal irradiance preferably includes consideration of scattering by intervening tissue. Further information regarding the scattering of light by tissue is provided by U.S.
Patent No.
7,303,578, which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein, and V.
Tuchin in "Tissue Optics: Light Scattering Methods and Instruments for Medical Diagnosis," SPIE
Press (2000), Bellingham, WA, pp. 3-11, which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.
[0165] Phototherapy for the treatment of neurologic conditions (e.g., ischemic stroke, Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, depression, or TBI) is based in part on the discovery that irradiance or power density (i.e., power per unit area or number of photons per unit area per unit time) and energy density (i.e., energy per unit area or number of photons per unit area) of the light energy applied to tissue appear to be significant factors in determining the relative efficacy of low level phototherapy. This discovery is particularly applicable with respect to treating and saving surviving but endangered neurons in a zone of danger surrounding the primary injury. Certain embodiments described herein are based at least in part on the finding that, given a selected wavelength of light energy, it is the irradiance and/or the energy density of the light delivered to tissue (as opposed to the total power or total energy delivered to the tissue) that appears to be important factors in determining the relative efficacy of phototherapy.
[0166] Without being bound by theory or by a specific mechanism, it is believed that light energy delivered within a certain range of irradiances and energy densities provides the desired biostimulative effect on the intracellular environment, such that proper function is returned to previously nonfunctioning or poorly functioning mitochondria in at-risk neurons. The biostimulative effect may include interactions with chromophores within the target tissue, which facilitate production of ATP
and/or controls, inhibits, prevents, minimizes, or reduces apoptosis of the injured cells which have experienced decreased blood flow (e.g., due to the stroke or TBI). Because strokes and TBI correspond to interruptions of blood flow to portions of the brain, it is thought that any effects of increasing blood flow by phototherapy are of less importance in the efficacy of phototherapy for stroke or TBI victims. Further information regarding the role of i -radiance and exposure time is described by Hans H.F.I. van Breugel and P.R.
Dop Bar in "Power Density and Exposure Time of He-Ne Laser Irradiation Are More Important Than Total Energy Dose in Photo-Biomodulation of Human Fibroblasts In Vitro,"
Lasers in Surgery and Medicine, Volume 12, pp. 528-537 (1992), which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein. In addition, the significance of the irradiance used in phototherapy with regard to the devices and methods used in phototherapy of brain tissue, are described more fully in U.S. Patent No. 7,303,578, U.S. Patent Appl. Publ.
Nos.
2005/0107851 Al, 2007/0179570 Al, and 2007/0179571 Al, each of which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein. While these previous discussions of irradiance were primarily in conjunction with phototherapy of stroke, they apply as well to phototherapy of TBI. For example, in certain embodiments, to obtain a desired average power density at the brain for treating TBI, higher total power at the scalp or skull can be used in conjunction with a larger spot size at the scalp or skull. Thus, by increasing the spot size at the scalp or skull, a desired average power density at the brain can be achieved with lower power densities at the scalp or skull which can reduce the possibility of overheating the scalp, skull, or brain.
[0167] In certain embodiments, delivering the neuroprotective amount of light energy includes selecting a surface irradiance of the light energy at the scalp or skull corresponding to the predetermined irradiance at the target area of the brain.
As described above, light propagating through tissue is scattered and absorbed by the tissue.
Calculations of the irradiance to be applied to the scalp or skull so as to deliver a predetermined irradiance to the selected target area of the brain preferably take into account the attenuation of the light energy as it propagates through the skin and other tissues, such as bone and brain tissue. Factors known to affect the attenuation of light propagating to the brain from the scalp or skull include, but are not limited to, skin pigmentation, the presence, type, and color of hair over the area to be treated, amount of fat tissue, the presence of bruised tissue, skull thickness, patient's age and gender, and the location of the target area of the brain, particularly the depth of the area relative to the surface of the scalp or skull. (For a general discussion of the absorption of light by melanins in the body, see, e.g., "Optical Absorption Spectra of Melanins - a Comparison of Theoretical and Experimental Results," accelrys.com/references/case-studies/melanins_partII.pdf.) The higher the level of skin pigmentation, the higher the irradiance applied to the scalp to deliver a predetermined irradiance of light energy to a subsurface site of the brain. The target area of the patient's brain can be previously identified such as by using standard medical imaging techniques.
[0168] The irradiance selected to be applied to the target area of the patient's brain depends on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the wavelength of the applied light, the type of CVA (ischemic or hemorrhagic), and the patient's clinical condition, including the extent of the affected brain area. The irradiance or power density of light energy to be delivered to the target area of the patient's brain may also be adjusted to be combined with any other therapeutic agent or agents, especially pharmaceutical neuroprotective agents, to achieve the desired biological effect. In such embodiments, the selected irradiance can also depend on the additional therapeutic agent or agents chosen.
Temporal Pulsewidth, Temporal Pulseshape, Duty Cycle Repetition Rate, and Irradiance per Pulse [0169] Figure 21A schematically illustrates a generalized temporal profile of a pulsed light beam in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The temporal profile comprises a plurality of pulses (P1, P2, ..., P;), each pulse having a temporal pulsewidth during which the instantaneous intensity or irradiance I(t) of the pulse is substantially non-zero. For example, for the pulsed light beam of Figure 21A, pulse P1 has a temporal pulsewidth from time t=0 to time t=T1, pulse P2 has a temporal pulsewidth from time t=T2 to time t=T3, and pulse P; has a temporal pulsewidth from time t=T; to time t=T;+1. The temporal pulsewidth can also be referred to as the "pulse ON
time." The pulses are temporally spaced from one another by periods of time during which the intensity or irradiance of the beam is substantially zero. For example, pulse P1 is spaced in time from pulse P2 by a time t=T2-T1. The time between pulses can also be referred to as the "pulse OFF time." In certain embodiments, the pulse ON
times of the pulses are substantially equal to one another, while in certain other embodiments, the pulse ON times differ from one another. In certain embodiments, the pulse OFF
times between the pulses are substantially equal to one another, while in certain other embodiments, the pulse OFF times between the pulses differ from one another.
As used herein, the term "duty cycle" has its broadest reasonable interpretation, including but not limited to, the pulse ON time divided by the sum of the pulse ON time and the pulse OFF
t imne. For a pulsed light beam, the duty cycle is less than one. The values of the duty cycle and the temporal pulsewidth fully define the repetition rate of the pulsed light beam.
[0170] Each of the pulses can have a temporal pulseshape which describes the a~ ~neous intensity or irradiance of the pulse I(t) as a function of time. For example, t3s shown in Figure 21A, the temporal pulseshapes of the pulsed light beam are irregular, al_d are not the same among the various pulses. In certain embodiments, the temporal pulseshapes of the pulsed light beam are substantially the same among the various pulses.
For example, as schematically shown in Figure 21B, the pulses can have a square icmporal pulseshape, with each pulse having a substantially constant instantaneous irradiance over the pulse ON time. In certain embodiments, the peak irradiances of the `u i ses differ from one another (see, e.g., Figures 21A and 2113), while in certain other xbcdiments, the peak irradiances of the pulses are substantially equal to one another (see, e.g., Figures 21C and 21D). Various other temporal pulseshapes (e.g., triangular, trapezoidal) are also compatible with certain embodiments described herein.
Figure 21C
schematically illustrates a plurality of trapezoidal pulses in which each pulse has a rise iime (e.g., corresponding to the time between an instantaneous irradiance of zero and a peak irradiance of the pulse) and a fall time (e.g., corresponding to the time between the peak irradiance of the pulse and an instantaneous irradiance of zero). In certain embodiments, the rise time and the fall time can be expressed relative to a specified action of the peak irradiance of the pulse (e.g., time to rise/fall to 50% of the peak irradiance of the pulse).
[0171] As used herein, the term "peak irradiance" of a pulse P; has its broadest reasonable interpretation, including but not limited to, the maximum value of the instantaneous irradiance I(t) during the temporal pulsewidth of the pulse. In certain embodiments, the instantaneous irradiance is changing during the temporal pulsewidth of the pulse (see, e.g., Figures 21A and 21C), while in certain other embodiments, the instantaneous irradiance is substantially constant during the temporal pulsewidth of the pulse (see, e.g., Figures 21 B and 21 D).
[0172] As used herein, the term "pulse irradiance" I,, of a pulse P; has its broadest reasonable interpretation, including but not limited to, the integral of the instantaneous irradiance l(t) of the pulse P; over the temporal pulsewidth of the pulse:
Till I;; = fI(t)=dt/(T.+, -Ti). As used herein, the term "total irradiance" ITOTAL
has its Ti broadest reasonable interpretation, including but not limited to, the sum of the pulse N
f " an_ces of the pulses: ITO,AL _ J Ip . As used herein, the term "time-averaged irradiance" IAVE has its broadest reasonable interpretation, including but not limited to, the i ltegral of the instantaneous irradiance I(t) over a period of time T large compared to the T
temporal pulsewidths of the pulses: IA,c = f 1(t) = dt/T . The integral fl(t) = dt provides the energy of the pulsed light beam.
[0173] For example, for a plurality of square pulses with different pulse alliances I. and different temporal pulsewidths AT,., the time-averaged irradiance over a time T equals 'AVE = T I,> = AT,.. For another example, for a plurality of square pulses with equal pulse irradiances I,, , with equal temporal pulsewidths, and equal pulse OFF
times (having a duty cycle D), the time-averaged irradiance equals IA,1,; =1P
= D. For example, as shown in Figure 21D, the time-averaged irradiance (shown as a dashed line) is less than the pulse irradiance of the pulses.
[0174] The pulse irradiances and the duty cycle can be selected to provide a predetermined time-averaged irradiance. In certain embodiments in which the time-averaged irradiance is equal to the irradiance of a continuous-wave (CW) light beam, the pulsed light beam and the CW light beam have the same number of photons or flux as one another. For example, a pulsed light beam with a pulse irradiance of 5 mW/cm2 and a duty cycle of 20% provides the same number of photons as a CW light beam having an irradiance of 1 mW/cm2. However, in contrast to a CW light beam, the parameters of the pulsed light beam can be selected to deliver the photons in a manner which achieve results which are not obtainable using CW light beams.
[0175] For example, for hair removal, tattoo removal, or wrinkle smoothing, pulsed light beams have previously been used to achieve selective photothermolysis in which a selected portion of the skin is exposed to sufficiently high temperatures to damage the hair follicles (e.g., temperatures greater than 60 degrees Celsius), to ablate the tattoo ink (e.g., temperatures much greater than 60 degrees Celsius), or to shrink the collagen molecules (e.g., temperatures between 60-70 degrees Celsius), respectively, while keeping the other portions of skin at sufficiently low temperatures to avoid unwanted damage or discomfort. The parameters of these pulsed light beams are selected to achieve the desired elevated temperature at the selected portion of the skin by absorption of the light by the selected chromophore while allowing heat to dissipate (characterized by a thermal relaxation time) during the pulse OFF times to keep other areas of skin at lower temperatures. As described by J. Lepselter et al., "Biological and clinical aspects in laser hair removal," J. Dermatological Treatment, Vol. 15, pp. 72-83 (2004), the pulse ON time for hair removal is selected to be between the thermal relaxation time for the epidermis (about 3 - 10 milliseconds) and the thermal relaxation time for the hair follicle (about 40 - 100 milliseconds). In this way, the hair follicle can be heated to sufficiently high temperatures to damage the follicle without causing excessive damage to the surrounding skin.
[0176] In contrast to these treatments which are based on creating thermal damage to at least a portion of the skin, certain embodiments described herein utilize pulse parameters which do not create thermal damage to at least a portion of the skin. In certain embodiments, one or more of the temporal pulsewidth, temporal pulseshape, duty cycle, repetition rate, and pulse irradiance of the pulsed light beam are selected such that no portion of the skin is heated to a temperature greater than 60 degrees Celsius, greater than 55 degrees Celsius, greater than 50 degrees Celsius, or greater than 45 degrees Celsius. In certain embodiments, one or more of the temporal pulsewidth, temporal pulseshape, duty cycle, repetition rate, and pulse irradiance of the pulsed light beam are selected such that no portion of the skin is heated to a temperature greater than 30 degrees Celsius above its baseline temperature, greater than 20 degrees Celsius above its baseline temperature, or greater than 10 degrees Celsius above its baseline temperature. In certain embodiments, one or more of the temporal pulsewidth, temporal pulseshape, duty cycle, repetition rate, and pulse irradiance of the pulsed light beam are selected such that no portion of the brain is heated to a temperature greater than 5 degrees Celsius above its baseline temperature, greater than 3 degrees Celsius above its baseline temperature, or greater than 1 degree Celsius above its baseline temperature. As used herein, the term "baseline temperature" has its broadest reasonable interpretation, including but not limited to, the temperature at which the tissue would have if it were not irradiated by the light. In contrast to previous low-light level therapies, the pulsed light beam has an average radiant power in the range of about 1 Watt to about 6 Watts or in a range of about 4 Watt to about 6 Watts.
[0177] In certain embodiments, the pulse parameters are selected to achieve other effects beyond those which are achievable using CW light beams. For example, while CW irradiation of brain cells in vivo provides an efficacious treatment of stroke, the use of CW irradiation for the treatment of TBI is more difficult, owing in part to the excess blood within the region of the scalp, skull, or cranium to be irradiated (e.g., due to intercranial bleeding). This excess blood may be between the light source and the target brain tissue to be irradiated, resulting in higher absorption of the light applied to the scalp or skull before it can propagate to the target tissue. This absorption can reduce the amount of light reaching the target tissue and can unduly heat the intervening tissue to an undesirable level.
[0178] In certain embodiments described herein, pulsed irradiation may provide a more efficacious treatment. The pulsed irradiation can provide higher peak irradiances for shorter times, thereby providing more power to propagate to the target tissue while allowing thermal relaxation of the intervening tissue and blood between pulses to avoid unduly heating the intervening tissue. The time scale for the thermal relaxation is typically in the range of a few milliseconds. For example, the thermal relaxation time constant (e.g., the time for tissue to cool from an elevated temperature to one-half the elevated temperature) of human skin is about 3-10 milliseconds, while the thermal relaxation time constant of human hair follicles is about 40-100 milliseconds.
Thus, previous applications of pulsed light to the body for hair removal have optimized temporal pulsewidths of greater than 40 milliseconds with time between pulses of hundreds of milliseconds.
[0179] However, while pulsed light of this time scale advantageously reduces the heating of intervening tissue and blood, it does not provide an optimum amount of efficaciousness as compared to other time scales. In certain embodiments described herein, the patient's scalp or skull is irradiated with pulsed light having parameters which are not optimized to reduce thermal effects, but instead are optimized to stimulate, to excite, to induce, or to otherwise support one or more intercellular or intracellular biological processes which are involved in the survival, regeneration, or restoration of performance or viability of brain cells. Thus, in certain such embodiments, the selected temporal profile can result in temperatures of the irradiated tissue which are higher than those resulting from other temporal profiles, but which are more efficacious than these other temporal profiles. In certain embodiments, the pulsing parameters are selected to utilize the kinetics of the biological processes rather than optimizing the thermal relaxation of the tissue. In certain embodiments, the pulsed light beam has a temporal profile (e.g., peak irradiance per pulse, a temporal pulse width, and a pulse duty cycle) selected to modulate membrane potentials in order to enhance, restore, or promote cell survival, cell function, or both of the irradiated brain cells following the traumatic brain injury. For example, in certain embodiments, the pulsed light has a temporal profile which supports one or more intercellular or intracellular biological processes involved in the survival or regeneration of brain cells, but does not optimize the thermal relaxation of the irradiated tissue. In certain embodiments, the brain cells survive longer after the irradiation as compared to their survival if the irradiation did not occur.
For example, the light of certain embodiments can have a protective effect on the brain cells, or can cause a regeneration process in the brain cells.
[0180] In certain embodiments, the temporal profile (e.g., peak irradiance, temporal pulse width, and duty cycle) are selected to utilize the kinetics of the biological processes while maintaining the irradiated portion of the scalp or skull at or below a predetermined temperature. This predetermined temperature is higher than the optimized temperature which could be achieved for other temporal profiles (e.g., other values of the peak irradiance, temporal pulse width, and duty cycle) which are optimized to minimize the temperature increase of surrounding tissue due to the irradiation. For example, a temporal profile having a peak irradiance of 10 W/cm2 and a duty cycle of 20%
has a time-averaged irradiance of 2 W/cm2. Such a pulsed light beam provides the same number of photons to the irradiated surface as does a continuous-wave (CW) light beam with an irradiance of 2 W/cm2. However, because of the "dark time" between pulses, the pulsed light beam can result in a lower temperature increase than does the CW
light beam.
To minimize the temperature increase of the irradiated portion of the scalp or skull, the temporal pulse width and the duty cycle can be selected to allow a significant portion of the heat generated per pulse to dissipate before the next pulse reaches the irradiated portion. In certain embodiments described herein, rather than optimizing the beam temporal parameters to minimize the temperature increase, the temporal parameters are selected to effectively correspond to or to be sufficiently close to the timing of the biomolecular processes involved in the absorption of the photons to provide an increased efficacy. Rather than having a temporal pulse width on the order of hundreds of microseconds, certain embodiments described herein utilize a temporal pulse width which does not optimize the thermal relaxation of the irradiated tissue (e.g., milliseconds, tens of Teri' ;seconds, humdreds of milliseconds). Since these pulse widths are significantly longer than the thermal relaxation time scale, the resulting temperature increases are larger than those of smaller pulse widths, but still less than that of CW
light beams due to the heat dissipation the time between the pulses.
[01811 A number of studies have investigated the effects of in vitro irradiation of cells using pulsed light on various aspects of the cells. A study of the action mechanisms of incoherent pulsed radiation at a wavelength of 820 nanometers (pulse repetition frequency of 10 Hz, pulse width of 20 milliseconds, dark period between pulses of 80 milliseconds, and duty factor (pulse duration to pulse period ratio) of 20%) on in vitro cellular adhesion has found that pulsed infrared radiation at 820 nanometers increases the cell-matrix attachment. (T.I. Karu et al., "Cell Attachment to Extracellular Matrices is Modulated by Pulsed Radiation at 820 nm and Chemicals that Modify the Activity of Enzymes in the Plasma Membrane," Lasers in Surgery and Medicine, Vol. 29, pp. 274-281 (2001) which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.) It was hypothesized in this study that the modulation of the monovalent ion fluxes through the plasma membrane, and not the release of arachidonic acid, is involved in the cellular signaling pathways activated by irradiation at 820 nanometers. A study of light-induced changes to the membrane conductance of ventral photoreceptor cells found behavior which was dependent on the pulse parameters, indicative of two light-induced membrane processes. (J.E. Lisman et al., "Two Light-Induced Processes in the Photoreceptor Cells of Limulus Ventral Eye," J. Gen. Physiology, Vol. 58, pp. 544-561 (1971), which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.) Studies of laser-activated electron injection into oxidized cytochrome c oxidase observed kinetics which establish the reaction sequence of the proton pump mechanism and some of its thermodynamic properties have time constants on the order of a few milliseconds. (I.
Belevich et al., "Exploring the proton pump mechanism of cytochrome c oxidase in real time,"
Proc.
Nat'l Acad. Sci., Vol. 104, pp. 2685-2690 (2007); I. Belevich et al., "Proton-coupled electron transfer drives the proton pump of cytochrome c oxidase," Nature, Vol. 440, pp.
829-832 (2006), both of which are incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.) An in vivo study of neural activation based on pulsed infrared light proposed a photo-thermal effect from transient tissue temperature changes resulting in direct or indirect activation of transmembrane ion channels causing propagation of the action potential. (J.
Wells et al., "Biophysical mechanisms responsible for pulsed low-level laser excitation of neural Proc. SPIE, Vol. 6084, pp. 60840X (2006), which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.) [0182] In certain embodiments, the temporal profile of the pulsed light beam comprises a peak irradiance, a temporal pulse width, a temporal pulse shape, a duty cycle, _ind a pulse repetition rate or frequency. In certain embodiments in which the pulsed light beam is transmitted through a region of the scalp or skull containing an excess amount of hemorrhagic blood due to the at least one physical trauma (e.g., due to intercranial bleeding), at least one of the peak irradiance, temporal pulse width, temporal pulse shape, c ty cycle, and pulse repetition rate or frequency is selected to provide a time-averaged irradiance (averaged over a time period including a plurality of pulses) at the emission surface 22 of the output optical assembly 20 between about 10 mW/cm2 to about W/cm2, between about 100 mW/cmZ to about 1000 mW/cm2, between about 500 mW/cm2 to about 1 W/cm2, or between about 650 mW/cm2 to about 750 mW/cm2 across the cross-sectional area of the light beam. In certain such embodiments, the time-averaged irradiance at the brain cells being treated (e.g., at a depth of approximately 2 centimeters below the dura) is greater than 0.01 mW/cm2.
[0183] In certain embodiments, the peak irradiance per pulse across the cross-sectional area of the light beam at the emission surface 22 of the output optical assembly is in a range between about 10 mW/cm2 to about 10 W/cm2, between about 100 mW/cm2 to about 1000 mW/cm2, between about 500 mW/cm2 to about 1 W/cm2, between about 650 mW/cm2 to about 750 mW/cm2, between about 20 mW/cm2 to about 20 W/cm2, between about 200 mW/cm2 to about 2000 mW/cm2, between about 1 W/cm2 to about 2 W/cm2, between about 1300 mW/cm2 to about 1500 mW/cm2, between about 1 W/cm2 to about 1000 W/cm2, between about 10 W/cm2 to about 100 W/cm2, between about 50 W/cm2 to about 100 W/cm2, or between about 65 W/cm2 to about 75 W/cm2. In certain embodiments, the temporal pulse shape is generally rectangular, generally triangular, or any other shape. In certain embodiments, the pulses have a rise time (e.g., from 10% of the peak irradiance to 90% of the peak irradiance) less than I% of the pulse ON time, or a fall time (e.g., from 90% of the peak irradiance to 10% of the peak irradiance) less than I% of the pulse ON time.
[0184] In certain embodiments, the pulses have a temporal pulsewidth (e.g., pulse ON time) in a range between about 0.001 millisecond and about 150 seconds, between about 0.01 millisecond and about 10 seconds, between about 0.1 millisecond and about 1 second, between about 0.5 millisecond and about 100 milliseconds, between about 2 milliseconds and about 20 milliseconds, or between about 1 millisecond and about 10 milliseconds. In certain embodiments, the pulse width is about 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 120, 140, 160, 180, 200, 220, 240, 260, 280, or 300 milliseconds. In certain embodiments, the temporal pulsewidth is in a range between about 0.1 millisecond and 150 seconds.
[0185] In certain embodiments, the time between pulses (e.g., pulse OFF time) is in a range between about 0.01 millisecond and about 150 seconds, between about 0.1 millisecond and about 100 millisecond, between about 4 milliseconds and about 1 second, between about 8 milliseconds and about 500 milliseconds, between about 8 milliseconds and about 80 milliseconds, or between about 10 milliseconds and about 200 milliseconds.
In certain embodiments, the time between pulses is about 4, 8, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 700, or 1000 milliseconds.
[0186] In certain embodiments, the pulse duty cycle is in a range between about 1% and about 80% or in a range between about 10% and about 30%. In certain embodiments, the pulse duty cycle is about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%.
Beam Size and Beam Profile [0187] In certain embodiments, the light beam emitted from the output optical assembly 20 has a nominal diameter in a range of about 10 millimeters to about millimeters, in a range of about 20 millimeters to about 35 millimeters, or equal to about 30 millimeters. In certain embodiments, the cross-sectional area is generally circular with a radius in a range of about 1 centimeter to about 2 centimeters. In certain embodiments, the light beam emitted from the emission surface 22 has a cross-sectional area greater than about 2 cm2 or in a range of about 2 cm2 to about 20 cm2 at the emission surface 22 of the optical element 23. In certain embodiments, the output optical element 23 has an aperture diameter of less than 33 millimeters.
[0188] As used herein, the beam diameter is defined to be the largest chord of the perimeter of the area of the scalp or skull irradiated by the light beam at an intensity of least l/e2 of the maximum intensity of the light beam. The perimeter of the light beam used to determine the diameter of the beam is defined in certain embodiments to be those points at which the intensity of the light beam is 1/e2 of the maximum intensity of the abeam. The maximum-useful diameter of certain embodiments is limited by the size of the patient's head and by the heating of the . patient's head by the irradiation. The mini num-useful diameter of certain embodiments is limited by heating and by the total number of treatment sites that could be practically implemented. For example, to cover `45 patient's skull with a beam having a small beam diameter would correspondingly use a large number of treatment sites. In certain embodiments, the time of irradiation per treatment site can be adjusted accordingly to achieve a desired exposure dose.
[0189] Specifying the total flux inside a circular aperture with a specified radius centered on the exit aperture ("encircled energy") is a method of specifying the power (irradiance) distribution over the light beam emitted from the emission surface 22.
The "encircled energy" can be used to ensure that the light beam is not too concentrated, too large, or too small. In certain embodiments, the light beam emitted from the emission surface has a total radiant power, and the light beam has a total flux inside a 20-millimeter diameter cross-sectional circle centered on the light beam at the emission surface 22 which is no more than 75% of the total radiant power. In certain such embodiments, the light beam has a total flux inside a 26-millimeter diameter cross-sectional circle centered on the light beam at the emission surface 22 which is no less than 50% of the total radiant power.
[0190] In certain embodiments, the beam intensity profile has a semi-Gaussian profile, while in certain other embodiments, the beam intensity profile has a "top hat"
profile. In certain embodiments, the light beam is substantially without high flux regions or "hot spots" in the beam intensity profile in which the local flux, averaged over a 3 millimeter by 3 millimeter area, is more than 10% larger than the average flux. Certain embodiments of the apparatus 10 advantageously generate a light beam substantially without hot spots, thereby avoiding large temperature gradients at the patient's skin which would otherwise cause discomfort to the patient.
Divergence [0191] In certain embodiments, the beam divergence emitted from the emission surface 22 is significantly less than the scattering angle of light inside the body tissue being irradiated, which is typically several degrees. In certain embodiments, the light beam has a divergence angle greater than zero and less than 35 degrees.
[0192] As the distance between a light source and an observer increases, the diameter of the source becomes less relevant to considerations of the beam divergence.
For example, an end of the optical fiber 40 providing the light has a diameter of about I
millimeter. At a close distance, observing from a specific location, light rays from the edges of the optical fiber end can arrive at the observation point with significantly different angles. However, as the observation point moves away from the light source, this angular discrepancy is reduced and the source appears more like a point source.
[0193] In certain embodiments, with the output optical assembly 20 mounted onto the apparatus 10, the optical distance between the emission surface 22 and the end of the optical fiber 40 is about 82.7 millimeters. The beam divergence dictated by the numerical aperture of the optical fiber 40 and the exit aperture of the optical element 23 is about 23 degrees. In certain embodiments, with the output optical assembly 20 not mounted onto the apparatus 10, the optical distance between the window 70 and the end of the optical fiber is about 57.5 millimeters, and the beam divergence dictated by the numerical aperture of the optical fiber 40 and the exit aperture of the window 70 is about 16 degrees. With a source diameter of about 1 millimeter, the angular ambiguity in the beam divergence is about 0.35 degree. Thus, the angular ambiguity is much less than the beam divergence angle regardless of whether the output optical assembly 20 is mounted or not onto the apparatus 10, so the optical fiber 40 can be treated as a point source. In certain such embodiments, the beam divergence or radiant intensity (e.g., measured in Watts/steradian) can be calculated directly from the beam profile or from the irradiance.
Treatment time [0194] In certain embodiments, the treatment per treatment site proceeds continuously for a period of about 10 seconds to about 2 hours, for a period of about 1 to about 10 minutes, or for a period of about I to 5 minutes. For example, the treatment time per treatment site in certain embodiments is about two minutes. In other embodiments, the light energy is delivered for at least one treatment period of at least about five minutes, or for at least one treatment period of at least ten minutes. The minimum treatment time of certain embodiments is limited by the biological response time (which is on the order of microseconds). The maximum treatment time of certain embodiments is limited by heating and by practical treatment times (e.g., completing treatment within about 24 hours of stroke onset). The light energy can be pulsed during the treatment period or the light energy can be continuously applied during the treatment pe-od. If the light is pulsed, the pulses can be 2 milliseconds long and occur at a frequency of 100 Hz, although longer pulselengths and lower frequencies can be used, or at least about 10 nanosecond long and occur at a frequency of up to about 100 kHz.
[0195] In certain embodiments, the treatment may be terminated after one treatment period, while in other embodiments, the treatment may be repeated for at least two treatment periods. The time between subsequent treatment periods can be at least about five minutes, at least two in a 24-hour period, at least about 1 to 2 days, or at least about one week. The length of treatment time and frequency of treatment periods can depend on several factors, including the functional recovery of the patient and the results of imaging analysis of the injury (e.g., infarct). In certain embodiments, one or more treatment parameters can be adjusted in response to a feedback signal from a device (e.g., magnetic resonance imaging) monitoring the patient.
Cooling Parameters [0196] In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 comprises an output optical element 23 in optical communication with a source of light. The output optical element 23 comprises an emission surface 22 configured to emit a light beam in accordance with the light parameters disclosed above. In certain embodiments the apparatus 10 further comprises a thermally conductive portion configured to be placed in thermal communication with the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull and to remove heat from the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull. In certain embodiments, the thermally conductive portion comprises the output optical element 23. The thermally conductive portion of certain embodiments is releasably coupled to the output optical element 23.
[0197] In certain embodiments, the thermally conductive portion removes heat from the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull. This cooling of the scalp or skull can to improve the comfort of the patient, by controlling, inhibiting, preventing, minimizing, or reducing temperature increases at the scalp or skull due to the irradiation.
Thus, by virtue of the cooling of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull being irradiated, the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull is lower than it would otherwise be if the irradiated portion of the scalp or skull were not cooled.
For example, by cooling the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull, the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull can be higher than the temperature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull if it were not irradiated, but lower the temperature of the portion of the patient's scalp or skull if it were irradiated but not cooled. In addition, this cooling of the scalp or skull can be to perform double-blind studies of the efficacy of the phototherapy treatment by masking any heating of the scalp or skull due to the irradiation. (See, e.g., B. Catanzaro et al., "Managing Tissue Heating ~r Laser Therapy to Enable Double-Blind Clinical Study," Mechanisms for Low-Light Therapy, Proc. of the SPIE, Vol. 6140, pp. 199-208 (2006).) [0198] In certain embodiments, heat is removed from the irradiated portion of he patient's scalp or skull by the thermally conductive portion at a rate in a range of about Watt to about 5 Watts or in a range of about 1 Watt to about 3 Watts. In certain embodiments, the thermally conductive portion is configured to maintain the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp or skull to be less than 42 degrees Celsius.
The thermally conductive portion of certain embodiments is in thermal communication with the emission surface 22 and is configured to maintain the temperature of the emission surface to be in a range of 18 degrees Celsius to 25 degrees Celsius under a heat load of 2 Watts. For a general description of cooling of the scalp, see, e.g., F.E.M.
Janssen et al., "Modeling of temperature and perfusion during scalp cooling,"
Phys. Med.
Biol., Vol. 50, pp. 4065-4073 (2005). In certain embodiments in which pulsed light is used, the rate of heat removal can be less, or cooling may not be utilized for certain ranges of pulsed dosimetries and timing.
Pressure Parameters [0199] In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 is configured to have the thermally conductive portion move relative to a second portion of the apparatus 10 upon a pressure being applied to the thermally conductive portion above a predetermined threshold pressure in a direction of movement of the thermally conductive portion relative to the second portion of the apparatus 10. The predetermined threshold pressure is sufficient to have the thermally conductive portion in thermal communication with the portion of the patient's scalp or skull. In certain such embodiments, the apparatus 10 comprises a sensor configured to be responsive to the movement of the thermally conductive portion relative to the second portion by generating a signal (e.g., binary, analog, or digital) indicative of the movement.
[0200] In certain such embodiments, the sensor 130 in conjunction with the trigger force spring 140 and the trigger force adjustment mechanism 142 provides a mechanism for detecting whether the apparatus 10 is being applied to the patient's scalp or skull with a pressure above the predetermined threshold pressure. In certain such embodiments, the sensor 130 detects movement between the first portion of the apparatus and the second portion of the apparatus 10 upon placing the emission surface 22 in thermal communication with the patient's scalp or skull with sufficient pressure to overcome the restoring force of the trigger force spring 140. Upon applying the threshold pressure to the emission surface 22 move the first and second portions relative to one another, the sensor 130 detects the movement and generates a corresponding signal. In certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 further comprises a controller operatively coupled to the light source and to the sensor 130. The controller is configured to receive the signal from the sensor 130 and to turn on the light source in response to the signal being indicative of the pressure being above the predetermined threshold pressure.
[0201] In certain embodiments, the threshold pressure is set to be a pressure which results in blanching of the portion of the patient's scalp to be irradiated. In certain embodiments, the threshold pressure is 0.1 pound per square inch, while in certain other embodiments, the threshold pressure is one pound per square inch or about two pounds per square inch.
[0202] In certain embodiments in which pulsed light is used, the amount of blanching can be less, or blanching may not be utilized for certain ranges of pulsed dosimetries and timing. For example, in certain embodiments, the patient may have a heightened sensitivity to pressure applied to the scalp or skull (e.g., a TBI
patient). Thus, in certain embodiments, the apparatus 10 does not apply sufficient pressure to the scalp of the patient (e.g., applies no pressure to the patient's scalp) to blanch the irradiated portion of the scalp during the irradiation. In certain other embodiments in which some amount of blanching of the irradiated portion of the scalp is desired, the maximum pressure used to blanch the irradiated portion of the scalp is limited by patient comfort levels and tissue damage levels. For example, the cranium or skull of a TBI patient may have cracks or breaks such that the brain would be adversely affected if pressure were applied to the scalp. The amount of pressure used, if any, is determined at least in part, on the amount of pressure that the patient can withstand without additional damage being done by the application of pressure.
Irradiating multiple portions of the scalp or skull [0203] Figures 22A-22C schematically illustrate an embodiment in which the apparatus 10 is placed in thermal communication sequentially with a plurality of treatment sites corresponding to portions of the patient's scalp. In certain such embodiments, the light emitted from the emission surface 22 propagates through the scalp to the brain and disperses in a direction generally parallel to the scalp, as shown in Figure 22A. In certain embodiments in which the patient is suffering from a TBI, one or more of the treatment sites has a portion of the skull is exposed and at least a portion of the light is applied to the exposed portion of the skull without propagating through scalp tissue. In certain embodiments, the treatment sites of the patient's scalp do not overlap one another. The treatment sites (e.g., twenty treatment sites) are preferably spaced sufficiently far apart from one another such that the light emitted from the emission surface 22 to irradiate a treatment site of the patient's scalp is transmitted through intervening tissue to irradiate an area of the patient's brain which overlaps one or more areas of the target tissue of the patient's brain irradiated by the light emitted from the emission surface 22 when a neighboring treatment site of the patient's scalp is irradiated. Figure 22B
schematically illustrates this overlap as the overlap of circular spots 160 across the target tissue at a reference depth at or below the surface of the brain. Figure 22C schematically illustrates this overlap as a graph of the irradiance at the reference depth of the brain along the line L-L of Figures 22A and 22B. Summing the irradiances from the neighboring treatment sites (shown as a dashed line in Figure 22C) serves to provide a more uniform light distribution at the target tissue to be treated. In such embodiments, the summed irradiance is preferably less than a damage threshold of the brain and above an efficacy threshold. In certain embodiments, portions of the brain irradiated by irradiating the treatment sites at the scalp do not overlap one another. In certain such embodiments, the treatment sites at the scalp are positioned so as to irradiate as much of the cortex as possible.
Example wearable apparatus [0204] Figure 23 schematically illustrates an example apparatus 500 which is wearable by a patient for treating the patient's brain. The apparatus 500 comprises a body 510 and a plurality of indicators 520. The body 510 is adapted to be worn over at least a portion of the patient's scalp when the apparatus 500 is worn by the patient.
The plurality of indicators 520 correspond to a plurality of treatment site location at the patient's scalp where light is to be applied to irradiate at least a portion of the patient's brain. At least one indicator 520 comprises a portion of the body which is substantially transmissive (e.g., substantially transparent or substantially translucent) to light emitted from the emission surface 22 to irradiate at least a portion of the patient's brain.
[0205] In certain embodiments, at least one of the indicators 520 denotes a position within an area of the patient's scalp corresponding to a treatment site location. In certain such embodiments, the position is the center of the area of the patient's scalp. The adjacent treatment sites of certain embodiments have areas which do not overlap one another or have perimeters which are spaced from one another. In certain such embodiments, the perimeters are spaced from one another by at least 10 millimeters or at least 25 millimeters.
[0206] In certain embodiments, each indicator 520 comprises an opening or aperture through the body 510 at which the beam delivery apparatus 10 can be placed to irradiate the portion of the patient's scalp exposed by the hole or aperture.
In certain embodiments, the aperture has a substantially circular perimeter and a diameter in a range between 20 millimeters and 50 millimeters or in a range between 25 millimeters and 35 millimeters. In certain embodiments, the aperture has a substantially elliptical perimeter with a minor axis greater than 20 millimeters and a major axis less than 50 millimeters.
Other shapes of the aperture are also compatible with certain embodiments described herein.
[0207] In certain embodiments, the plurality of indicators 520 comprises at least about 10 indicators 520 distributed across the patient's scalp, while in certain other embodiments, the plurality of indicators 520 comprises 20 indicators 520. In certain other embodiments, the plurality of indicators 520 comprises between 15 and 25 indicators 520.
In certain embodiments, the optically transmissive portion of each indicator 520 has an area of at least 1 cm2, in a range between 1 cm2 and 20 cm2, or in a range between 5 cm2 and 10 cm2.
[0208] In certain embodiments, the body 510 comprises a hood, while in other embodiments, the body 510 comprises a cap or has another configuration which is wearable on the patient's head and serves as a support for orienting the indicators 520 on the patient's head. In certain embodiments, the body 510 comprises a stretchable or pliant material which generally conforms to the patient's scalp. In certain embodiments, the body 510 comprises nylon-backed polychloroprene or Tyvek . In certain embodiments, the body 510 is available in different sizes (e.g., small, medium, large) to accommodate different sizes of heads. In certain embodiments, the body 510 is disposable after a single use to advantageously avoid spreading infection or disease between subsequent patients.
[0209] The indicators 520 of certain embodiments are configured to guide an operator to irradiate the patient's scalp at the corresponding treatment site locations sequentially one at a time in a predetermined order. In certain embodiments, the wearable apparatus 500 further comprises a plurality of labels 522 with each label in proximity to a corresponding indicator. The labels 522 advantageously provide one or more numbers, letters, or symbols (e.g., bar codes) to each of the indicators 520 to distinguish the various indicators 520 from one another. In certain such embodiments, the labels 522 are mechanically coupled to the corresponding indicators so as to be visible to users of the beam delivery apparatus 10.
[0210] Figures 24A and 24B schematically illustrate the left-side and right-side of an example apparatus 500, respectively, with labels 522 substantially covering the indicators 520 corresponding to the treatment sites. In certain embodiments, the labels 522 are advantageously used to keep track of which treatment sites have been irradiated and which treatment sites are yet to be irradiated. In certain such embodiments, at least a portion of each label 522 comprises a portion of the body (e.g., a pull-off tab or flap) which is configured to be removed from the apparatus 500 when the treatment site corresponding to the indicator 520 has been irradiated. In certain embodiments, the labels 522 comprise removable portions of the body 510 which cover the corresponding indicator 520. In certain such embodiments, prior to irradiating the treatment site location corresponding to the indicator 520, the corresponding label 522 can be removed to allow access to the underlying portion of the patient's scalp.
[0211] In certain embodiments, the label 522 has a code sequence which the operator enters into the controller prior to irradiation so as to inform the controller of which treatment site is next to be irradiated. In certain other embodiments, each label 522 comprises a bar code or a radio-frequency identification device (RFID) which is readable by a sensor electrically coupled to the controller. The controller of such embodiments keeps track of which treatment sites have been irradiated, and in certain such embodiments, the controller only actuates the light source when the beam delivery apparatus 10 is in optical and thermal communication with the proper treatment site of the patient's scalp.
[0212] Figure 24C schematically illustrates an example labeling configuration from above a flattened view of the apparatus 500 of Figures 24A and 24B. The labeling convention of Figure 24C is compatible with irradiation of both halves or hemispheres of i, patient's brain. Other labeling conventions are also compatible with embodiments described herein.
[0213] In certain embodiments, the labels 522 are advantageously used to guide an operator to irradiate the patient's brain at the various treatment sites sequentially at each of the treatment sites one at a time through the indicators 520 in a predetermined order by optically and thermally coupling the beam delivery apparatus 10 to sequential treatment sites corresponding to the indicators 520. For example, for the labeling ;onfiguration of Figure 24C, the operator can first irradiate treatment site "1," followed by I r eatment sites "2," "3," "4," etc. to sequentially irradiate each of the twenty treatment sites one at a time. In certain such embodiments, the predetermined order of the treatment sites is selected to advantageously reduce temperature increases which would result from sequentially irradiating treatment sites in proximity to one another.
[0214] In certain embodiments, the predetermined order comprises irradiation of a first treatment site location on a first side of the patient's scalp (e.g., site "2" of Figure 24C), then irradiation of a second treatment site location on a second side of the patient's scalp (e.g., site "3" of Figure 24C), then irradiation of a third treatment site location on the first side of the patient's scalp (e.g., site "4" of Figure 24C). In certain such embodiments, the predetermined order further comprises irradiation of a fourth treatment site location on the second side of the patient's scalp after irradiation of the third treatment site location. In certain embodiments, two sequentially irradiated treatment site locations are separated from one another by at least 25 millimeters.
[0215] For example, in certain embodiments, the predetermined order comprises at least a portion of the following sequence of treatment sites:
1. Right anterior frontal 2. Left lateral frontal 3. Right anteroinferior parietal 4. Left posterior mid-parietal 5. Right superior parietal 6. Right lateral frontal 7. Left anterior frontal 8. Left posterior superior parietal 9. Left posteroinferior parietal 10. Right posteroinferior parietal 11. Right posterior superior parietal 12. Right anterior mid-parietal 13. Left anteroinferior parietal 14. Left anterosuperior frontal 15. Left superior occipital 16. Left anterior mid-parietal 17. Right posterior mid-parietal 18. Right anterosuperior frontal 19. Right superior occipital 20. Left superior parietal [0216] For example, the predetermined order of certain embodiments comprises two, three, four, or more of these treatment sites in the relative order listed above. The sequence of treatment sites of certain embodiments comprises two, three, four, or more of these treatment sites in a relative order which is the reverse of the sequence listed above. While certain embodiments utilize at least a portion the relative order listed above without irradiation at an additional treatment site between two sequentially listed treatment sites, certain other embodiments utilize at least a portion of the relative order listed above with one or more additional treatment sites between two of the sequentially listed treatment sites. In certain embodiments, the exact anatomic locations of each treatment site may be adjusted from those listed above to account for variations among the sizes of the heads of the patients (e.g., very large or very small).
Thus, in certain embodiments, there is some variability regarding the locations of the treatment sites for any given individual.
[0217] In certain embodiments, the apparatus 500 serves as a template for marking the patient's scalp to indicate the treatment site locations. The apertures of the apparatus 500 can be used to guide a user place marks on the patient's scalp, and the apparatus 500 can then be removed from the patient's scalp before the beam delivery apparatus 10 is applied to the scalp for irradiating the patient's brain. The marks remain on the patient's scalp to guide the operator while the patient's brain is irradiated.
Methods of Light Delivery [0218] Figures 25-28 are flow diagrams of example methods for irradiating a surface with light. As described more fully below, the methods are described by referring to the beam delivery apparatus 10 and components thereof, as described herein.
Other configurations of a beam delivery apparatus are also compatible with the methods in accordance with embodiments described herein.
[0219] The method 610 of Figure 25 comprises providing a beam delivery apparatus 10 in an operational block 612. The beam delivery apparatus 10 comprises a first portion and a second portion mechanically coupled to the first portion and in optical communication with the first portion, wherein the first portion and the second portion are configured to move relative to one another, as described more fully above. The method 610 further comprises placing the second portion in thermal communication with the surface in an operational block 614 (e.g., releasably operatively coupling the second portion to the surface). The method 610 further comprises irradiating the surface such that the light from the first portion propagates through the second portion in an operational block 616. The method 610 further comprises moving the first portion and the second portion relative to one another in response to the second portion being placed in thermal communication with the surface in an operational block 618.
[0220] The method 620 of Figure 26 comprises providing an optical element 23 in an operational block 622. The optical element 23 comprises a substantially optically transmissive and substantially thermally conductive material, and the optical element 23 has a first surface 22 and a second surface 24, as described more fully above.
The method 620 further comprises placing the first surface 22 in thermal communication with the irradiated surface in an operational block 624 (e.g., releasably operatively coupling the first surface 22 to the irradiated surface). The method 620 further comprises propagating the light along a first optical path 32 through the second surface 24 and through the first surface 22 to the irradiated surface in an operational block 626. The method 620 further comprises detecting radiation propagating along a second optical path 82 from at least a portion of the second surface 24, wherein the first optical path 32 and the second optical path 82 have a non-zero angle therebetween in an operational block 628. In certain embodiments, the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 face in generally opposite directions, and the first surface 22 is not along the second optical path 82.
[0221] The method 630 of Figure 27 comprises providing a thermoelectric assembly 90 in an operational block 632. The thermoelectric assembly 90 comprises a first surface 93 and a second surface 94, and the thermoelectric assembly 90 generally surrounds a first region 97, as described more fully above. The method 630 further comprises providing an output optical assembly 20 in an operational block 633.
The method 630 further comprises releasably mechanically coupling the first surface 93 of the thermoelectric assembly 90 to the output optical assembly 20 so that the first surface 93 is in thermal communication with the output optical assembly 20 in an operational block 634. The method 630 further comprises cooling the first surface 93 and heating the second surface 94 in an operational block 636. The method 630 further comprises propagating light through the first region 97 to impinge the irradiated surface in an operational block 638. In certain embodiments, the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 face in generally opposite directions, and the first surface 22 is not along the second optical path 82.
[0222] In certain embodiments, the output optical assembly 20 comprises an optical element 23 and a thermally conductive portion 25 generally surrounding a second region 28. The thermally conductive portion 25 is in thermal communication with the optical element 23. In certain such embodiments, releasably mechanically coupling the first surface 93 to the output optical assembly 20 comprises releasably mechanically coupling the first surface 93 to the thermally conductive portion 25. In certain such embodiments, the method 630 further comprises placing the optical element 23 in thermal communication with the irradiated surface and propagating the light comprises transmitting the light through the first region 97, the second region 28, and the optical element 23 to impinge the irradiated surface. In certain embodiments, the method 630 further comprises providing a heat sink 100 in thermal communication with the second surface 94 of the thermoelectric assembly 90. The heat sink 100 generally surrounds a third region 107, and propagating the light comprises transmitting the light through the third region 107, the first region 97, the second region 28, and the optical element 23.
[0223] The method 640 of Figure 28 comprises emitting a light beam from an emission surface 22 of an optical element 23 in an operational block 642. The light beam at the emission surface 22 has one or more wavelengths in a range of about 630 nanometers to about 1064 nanometers, a cross-sectional area greater than about 2 cm2, and a time-averaged irradiance in a range of about 10 mW/cm2 to about 10W/cm2 across the cross-sectional area, as described more fully above. The method 640 further comprises removing heat from the emission surface 22 at a rate in a range of about 0.1 Watt to about 5 Watts in an operational block 644. The method 640 further comprises impinging the irradiated surface with the light beam in an operational block 646.
[0224] The method 640 of certain embodiments further comprises placing the emission surface 22 in thermal communication with the irradiated surface (e.g., using the emission surface 22 to apply pressure to the irradiated surface by applying a force to the emission surface 22 in a direction generally towards the irradiated surface, the pressure greater than about 0.1 pound per square inch or about equal to 2 pounds per square inch).
[0225] In certain embodiments, impinging the irradiated surface with the light beam is performed for a time period of 10 seconds to two hours, for a time period of 60 seconds to 600 seconds, or for a time period of about 120 seconds. In certain embodiments, the steps of the operational blocks 642, 644, and 646 are performed concurrently. The method 640 of certain embodiments further comprises moving the emission surface 22 from a first position at which a first portion of the irradiated surface is impinged by the light beam to a second position, and repeating the steps of the operational blocks 642, 644, and 646 so as to impinge a second portion of the irradiated surface by light emitted from the emission surface 22. The first portion and the second portion do not overlap one another in certain embodiments. This method can be repeated so as to impinge twenty portions of the irradiated surface by light emitted from the emission surface 22. In certain such embodiments, the twenty portions of the irradiated surface do not overlap one another. However, the portions of the patient's brain irradiated by impinging these twenty portions of the patient's scalp do overlap one another in certain embodiments.
[0226] The irradiated surface of certain embodiments of the methods described above in reference to Figures 25-28 comprises a portion of the patient's scalp or skull. In certain other embodiments, the surface irradiated by the light comprises a portion of a light-detection system configured to measure one or more parameters of light irradiating the surface (e.g., irradiance, total power, beam size, beam profile, beam uniformity). In certain such embodiments, the method further comprises measuring the one or more parameters of the light from the apparatus 10 impinging the surface. For example, the light-detection system can comprise a portion of the apparatus 10 configured to test the light beam emitted from the emission surface 22 immediately prior to treatment of the patient. In this way, the light-detection system can be used to ensure that the light beam applied to the patient's scalp or skull has the desired treatment parameters.
[02271 In certain embodiments, a patient is treated by identifying a plurality of treatment sites (e.g., at least about 10) on the patient's scalp or skull, directing a light beam to each of the treatment sites, and irradiating each treatment site with the light beam. As described more fully below, in certain embodiments, the treatment sites are identified using an apparatus comprising a plurality of indicators, each of which corresponds to a treatment site location. In certain such embodiments, the treatment sites are sequentially irradiated by a light beam from the emission surface. In certain other embodiments, the treatment sites are instead identified by other indicia. For example, each of the treatment sites can be identified by markings made on the scalp, or by structures placed in proximity to the scalp or skull. Each of the treatment sites can then be irradiated. In certain embodiments, each of the treatment sites is irradiated by a light beam from the emission surface while the emission surface is in contact with the scalp or skull or in contact with an intervening optically transmissive element which contacts the scalp or skull. In certain other embodiments, the scalp or skull is not contacted by either the emission surface or an intervening element. In certain embodiments, each of the treatment sites is irradiated using a single beam delivery apparatus which is sequentially moved from one treatment site to another. In certain other embodiments, a plurality of beam delivery apparatuses are used to irradiate multiple treatment sites concurrently. In certain such embodiments, the number of beam delivery apparatuses is fewer than the number of treatments sites, and the plurality of beam delivery apparatuses are sequentially moved to sequentially irradiate the treatment sites.
[02281 Figure 29 is a flow diagram of an example method 700 for controllably exposing at least one predetermined area of a patient's scalp or skull to laser light to irradiate the patient's brain. As described more fully below, the method 700 is described by referring to the wearable apparatus 500 and the beam delivery apparatus 10 described herein. Other configurations of a wearable apparatus 500 and a beam delivery apparatus are also compatible with the method 700 in accordance with embodiments described herein.
[0229] The method 700 comprises providing a beam delivery apparatus 10 in an operational block 710. In certain embodiments, the beam delivery apparatus comprises an emission surface 22 configured to emit a light beam. Other configurations of the beam delivery apparatus 10 besides those described above are also compatible with certain embodiments described herein.
[0230] The method 700 further comprises placing a wearable apparatus 500 over the patient's scalp in an operational block 720. The apparatus 500 comprises a body 510 and a plurality of indicators 520. In certain embodiments, each indicator 520 is substantially transmissive to the light beam emitted from the emission surface 22. Other configurations of the wearable apparatus 500 besides those described above are also compatible with certain embodiments described herein.
[0231] The method 700 further comprises placing the emission surface 22 in thermal communication with a treatment site of the patient's scalp or skull to be irradiated in an operational block 730. The method 700 further comprises irradiating the treatment site with light emitted by the emission surface 22 in an operational block 740. In certain embodiments, the light beam is transmitted through the indicator 520.
[0232] In certain embodiments, providing the light emitting apparatus 600 in the operational block 710 comprises preparing the beam delivery apparatus 10 for use to treat the patient. In certain embodiments, preparing the beam delivery apparatus 10 comprises cleaning the portion of the beam delivery apparatus 10 through which laser light is outputted. In certain embodiments, preparing the beam delivery apparatus 10 comprises verifying a power calibration of laser light outputted from the beam delivery apparatus 10. Such verification can comprise measuring the light intensity output from the beam delivery apparatus 10 and comparing the measured intensity to an expected intensity level.
[0233] In certain embodiments, placing the wearable apparatus 500 over the patient's scalp in the operational block 720 comprises preparing the patient's scalp for treatment. For example, in certain embodiments, preparing the patient's scalp for treatment comprises removing hair from the predetermined areas of the patient's scalp to be irradiated. Removing the hair (e.g., by shaving) advantageously reduces heating of the patient's scalp by hair which absorbs laser light from the beam delivery apparatus 10. In certain embodiments, placing the wearable apparatus 500 over the patient's scalp in the operational block 720 comprises positioning the wearable apparatus 500 so that each indicator 520 is in position to indicate a corresponding portion of the patient's scalp or skull to be irradiated.
[0234] In certain embodiments, placing the emission surface 22 in thermal communication with the treatment site in the operational block 730 comprises pressing the emission surface 22 to the treatment site. In certain embodiments, by pressing the emission surface 22 against the treatment site in this way, pressure is applied to the portion of the patient's scalp of the treatment site so as to advantageously blanch the portion of the patient's scalp to be irradiated.
[0235] In certain embodiments, irradiating the treatment site of the patient's scalp or skull in the operational block 740 comprises triggering the emission of light from the emission surface 22 by pressing the emission surface 22 against the treatment site with a predetermined level of pressure. In certain embodiments, the emission of light from the emission surface 22 continues only if a predetermined level of pressure is maintained by pressing the emission surface 22 against the treatment site. In certain embodiments, light is emitted from the emission surface 22 to the treatment site for a predetermined period of time.
[0236] In certain embodiments, the method further comprises irradiating additional treatment sites of the patient's scalp or skull during a treatment process. For example, after irradiating a first treatment site corresponding to a first indicator, as described above, the emission surface 22 can be placed in contact with a second indicator corresponding to a second treatment site and irradiating the second treatment site with light emitted by the emission surface 22. The various treatment sites of the patient's scalp or skull can be irradiated sequentially to one another in a predetermined sequence. In certain embodiments, the predetermined sequence is represented by the indicators of the wearable apparatus 500. In certain such embodiments, the beam delivery apparatus 10 comprises an interlock system which interfaces with the indicators of the wearable apparatus 500 to prevent the various treatment sites from being irradiated out of the predetermined sequence.
[0237] Figure 30 is a flow diagram of another example method 800 for treating a patient's brain. The method 800 is described below by referring to the wearable apparatus 500 and the beam delivery apparatus 10 described herein. Other configurations of a wearable apparatus 500 and a beam delivery apparatus 10 are also compatible with the method 700 in accordance with embodiments described herein.
[0238] The method 800 comprises noninvasively irradiating a first area of at least 1 cm2 of the patient's scalp or skull with laser light during a first time period in an operational block 810. The method 800 further comprises noninvasively irradiating a second area of at least 1 cm2 of the patient's scalp or skull with laser light during a second time period in an operational block 820. The first area and the second area do not overlap one another, and the first time period and the second time period do not overlap one another. In certain embodiments, the first area and the second area are spaced from one another by at least 10 millimeters. In certain embodiments, the first area is over a first hemisphere of the brain, and the second area is over a second hemisphere of the brain.
[0239] In certain embodiments, the method 800 further comprises identifying the first area and the second area by placing a template over the patient's scalp. The template comprises a first indicator of the first area and a second indicator of the second area. For example, the first indicator can comprise a first opening in the template and the second indicator can comprise a second opening in the template. In certain embodiments, the method 800 further comprises placing a laser light source at a first position to noninvasively irradiate the first area and moving the laser light source to a second position to noninvasively irradiate the second area.
[0240] In certain embodiments, the method 800 further comprises increasing the transmissivity of the first area to the laser light and increasing the transmissivity of the second area to the laser light. Increasing the transmissivity of the first area can comprise applying pressure to the first area to at least partially blanch the first area, removing hair from the first area prior to noninvasively irradiating the first area, applying an index-matching material to the first area, or a combination of two or more of these measures.
Increasing the transmissivity of the second area can comprise applying pressure to the second area to at least partially blanch the second area, removing hair from the second area prior to noninvasively irradiating the second area, applying an index-matching material to the second area, or a combination of two or more of these measures.
[0241] Figure 38 is a flow diagram of an example method 900 for treating a patient's. brain in accordance with certain embodiments described herein. The method 900 comprises providing a patient in an operational block 910 whose brain has experienced at least one neurologic disorder (e.g., Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, depression) or physical trauma (e.g., an ischemic stroke or a traumatic brain injury) resulting in a blood flow reduction to at least some brain cells of the patient. The method 900 further comprises irradiating at least a portion of the patient's scalp or skull with a pulsed light beam comprising a plurality of pulses transmitted through the patient's skull in an operational block 920. The pulsed light beam has a temporal profile which supports one or more intercellular or intracellular biological processes involved in the survival or regeneration of brain cells. For example, the pulsed light beam of certain embodiments comprises an average irradiance per pulse and a temporal profile comprising a temporal pulse width and a duty cycle sufficient to penetrate the skull to modulate membrane potentials, thereby enhancing cell survival (e.g., to cause increased neuron survival), cell function, or both of the irradiated brain cells.
[0242] In certain embodiments, providing the patient comprises identifying a patient whose brain has experienced at least one neurologic disorder or physical trauma.
In certain such embodiments, identifying the patient comprises communicating with the patient, or with another person with knowledge regarding the patient's health or experiences, and determining whether the patient has experienced a neurologic disorder or a physical trauma to the brain. In certain other embodiments, identifying the patient comprises examining the patient's body (e.g., head or skull) for evidence of the patient having experienced a physical trauma to the brain. This examination in certain embodiments includes use of invasive or non-invasive medical devices, techniques, or probes (e.g., a magnetic resonance imaging device). In certain other embodiments, identifying the patient comprises administering a test of the patient's mental faculties (e.g., to determine the patient's abilities on a neurologic function scale) for evidence indicating that the patient has experienced a neurologic disorder or a physical trauma to the brain. Persons skilled in the art are able to identify the patient in accordance with various embodiments described herein. In certain embodiments, providing the patient comprises receiving information regarding the results of a previous identification (e.g., communication, examination, or test administration) of the patient as one who has experienced at least one neurologic disorder or physical trauma.
[0243] In certain embodiments, irradiating at least a portion of the patient's scalp or skull with a pulsed light beam comprises generating the pulsed light beam and directing the pulsed light beam to irradiate at least a portion of the patient's scalp or skull.
The pulsed light beam of certain embodiments has a wavelength, time-averaged irradiance, beam size, beam profile, divergence, temporal pulse width, duty cycle, repetition rate, and peak irradiance per pulse, as described herein. Various light delivery apparatuses can be used to generate the pulsed light beam and to direct the pulsed light beam towards the patient's scalp or skull, including but not limited to, the apparatus disclosed herein or by U.S. Patent Nos. 7,303,578, 6,214,035, 6,267,780, 6,273,905, and 6,290,714, and U.S. Patent Appl. Publ. Nos. 2007/0179570 Al, 2007/0179571 Al, and 2005/0107851 Al, each of which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.
[0244] In certain embodiments, irradiating at least a portion of the patient's scalp or skull comprises identifying one or more treatment sites (e.g., at least 10, between 2 and 100, or between 15 and 25) and sequentially irradiating the treatment sites with the pulsed light beam. In certain embodiments, the one or more treatment sites are identified as described herein (e.g., by an apparatus worn by the patient and comprising one or more apertures, by markings made on the scalp, or by structures placed in proximity to the scalp or skull). In certain embodiments, each treatment site is irradiated by an apparatus in contact with the scalp or skull or not in contact with the scalp or skull as described herein.
In certain such embodiments, the irradiated portion of the scalp is blanched during the irradiation, is not blanched during the irradiation, is cooled during the irradiation, or is not cooled during the irradiation.
[0245] In certain embodiments, the patient's scalp is prepared for treatment prior to irradiation. For example, in certain embodiments, preparing the patient's scalp for treatment comprises removing at least a portion of the hair or substantially all the hair from the predetermined areas of the patient's scalp to be irradiated. Removing the hair (e.g., by shaving so that the irradiated portion of the scalp is substantially free of hair) advantageously reduces heating of the patient's scalp by hair which absorbs the light from the light emitting apparatus. In certain other embodiments, the hair is not shaved or otherwise removed prior to irradiation. For example, irradiating the patient's scalp can be performed using pulsed light with wavelengths, temporal pulse widths, and duty cycles which avoid adverse heating of the patient's scalp due to absorption of light by the hair.
[0246] In certain embodiments, the parameters of the pulsed light beam used to irradiate the patient's scalp or skull are selected to perform one or more of the following: (i) to cause increased neuron survival of the brain cells following at least one physical trauma, (ii) to support one or more intercellular or intracellular biological processes involved in the survival or regeneration of brain cells, or (iii) to modulate membrane potentials in order to enhance, restore, or promote cell survival, cell function, or both of the irradiated brain cells following a traumatic brain injury. In one example such embodiment, the pulsed light beam at the emission surface of the apparatus has a beam diameter in a range between 10 millimeters and 40 millimeters, an average irradiance per pulse in a range between 10 mW/cm2 and 10 W/cm2, one or more wavelengths in a range between 780 nanometers and 840 nanometers, and a temporal pulsewidth in a range between 0.1 millisecond and 150 seconds or between 0.1 millisecond and 300 milliseconds. The duty cycle of certain embodiments can be in a range between 10% and 30%. Other ranges of these parameters of the pulsed light beam can be selected in accordance with various other embodiments described herein.
Neurologic function scales [02471 Neurologic function scales can be used to quantify or otherwise characterize the efficacy of various embodiments described herein. Neurologic function scales generally use a number of levels or points, each point corresponding to an aspect of the patient's condition. The number of points for a patient can be used to quantify the patient's condition, and improvements in the patient's condition can be expressed by changes of the number of points. One example neurologic function scale is the National Institute of Health Stroke Scale (NIHSS) which can be used for short-term measurements of efficacy (e.g., at 24 hours). The NIHSS is a comprehensive and objective scale which utilizes a seven-minute physical exam, a 13 item scale, and 42 points. Zero points corresponds to a normal exam, 42 points (the maximum) corresponds to basically comatose, and over 15-20 points indicates that the effects of the stroke are particularly severe. The NIHSS has previously been used for tPA trials in the treatment of ischemic stroke, with a 4-point change over 24 hours and an overall score of 0 or 1 at three months indicative of a favorable outcome. Other neurologic function scales include, but are not limited to, modified Rankin Scale (mRS), Barthel Index (BI), Glasgow Outcome, Glasgow Coma Scale, Canadian Neurologic Scale, and stroke impact scales such as SIS-3 and SIS-16. In some scales, an improvement in the patient's condition is indicated by a reduction in the number of points. For example, the mRS has six points total, with zero corresponding to normal functioning, and six corresponding to death. In other scales, an improvement in the patient's condition is indicated by an increase in the number of points. For example, in the Glasgow Outcome which has five points, zero corresponds to death and five corresponds to full recovery. In certain embodiments, two or more of the neurologic function scales can be used in combination with one another, and can provide longer-term measurements of efficacy (e.g., at three months).
[0248] For stroke, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the neurologic community have expressed interest in clinical patient outcomes at 90 days post stroke. Two of the most common and accepted instruments for measuring efficacy are the NIHSS and mRS. The FDA is flexible in the way that neurologic function scales can be used. For example, it is acceptable to use the mRS (i) in dichotomized fashion with success at score of 0-1 or (ii) it can be analyzed looking at shifts in the scale showing improvement of patients along the five-point scale.
[0249] In certain embodiments described herein, a patient exhibiting symptoms of an ischemic stroke is treated by irradiating a plurality of treatment sites on the patient's scalp. The irradiation is performed utilizing irradiation parameters (e.g., wavelength, irradiance, time period of irradiation, etc.) which, when applied to members of a treated group of patients, produce at least a 2% average difference between the treated group and a placebo group on at least one neurologic function scale analyzed in dichotomized or any other fashion and selected from the group consisting of.
NIHSS, mRS, BI, Glasgow Outcome, Glasgow Coma Scale, Canadian Neurologic Scale, SIS-3, and SIS-16. Certain other embodiments produce at least a 4% average difference, at least a 6% average difference, or at least a 10% average difference between treated and placebo groups on at least one of the neurologic function scales analyzed in dichotomized or any other fashion and selected from the group consisting of. NIHSS, mRS, BI, Glasgow Outcome, Glasgow Coma Scale, Canadian Neurologic Scale, SIS-3, and SIS-16. In certain embodiments, the irradiation of the patient's scalp produces a change in the patient's condition. In certain such embodiments, the change in the patient's condition corresponds to a change in the number of points indicative of the patient's condition. In certain such embodiments, the irradiation produces a change of one point, a change of two points, a change of three points, or a change of more than three points on a neurologic function scale.
Transmission in Human Brain [0250] Power density (PD) measurements have been made to determine the transmission of laser light having a wavelength of approximately 808 nanometers through successive layers of human brain tissue. Laser light having a wavelength of (808 5) nanometers with a maximum output of approximately 35 Watts was applied to the surface of the cortex using a beam delivery system which approximated the beam profile after the laser light passes through the human skull. Peak power density measurements were taken through sections of human brain tissue using an Ocean Optics spectrophotometer Model USB 2000, Serial No. G1965 and beam diameter after scattering was approximated using a Sony Model DCR-IP220, Serial No. 132289.
[0251] A fresh human brain and spinal cord specimen (obtained within six hours after death) was collected and placed in physiologic Dakins solution.
The pia layer, arachnoid layer, and vasculature were intact. The brain was sectioned in the midline sagittaly and the section was placed in a container and measurements taken at thicknesses of 4.0 centimeters ( 0.5 centimeter), 2.5 centimeters ( 0.3 centimeter), and 1.5 centimeters ( 0.2 centimeter). The PD measurements are shown in Table 1:
Table 1:
Thickness PD at cortex Average PD at thickness 4.0 cm 20 mW/cm2 4.9 W/cm2 2.5 cm 20 mW/cm2 20 W/cm2 1.5 cm 10 mW/cm2 148 W/cm2 Figure 31 is a graph of the PD versus the depth from the dura for an input PD
of mW/cm2 with the light bars corresponding to predicted values of the PD and dark bars corresponding to an estimated minimum working PD of is 7.5 gW/cm2, as described below.
[0252] Based upon prior animal experimentation, a conservative estimation of the minimum known PD within the tissue of the brain which is able to show efficacy in stroke animal models is 7.5 W/cm2. This estimated minimum working PD is drawn from an experiment in which 10 mW was applied to the rat brain surface, and 7.5 W/cm2 PD was directly measured 1.8 centimeters from the surface. This stroke model consistently produced significant efficacy, including for strokes 1.8 centimeters from the laser probe. Note that this 7.5 W/cm2 is a conservative estimate; the same irradiance or power density at the brain surface also consistently produces significant efficacy in a 3-centimeter rabbit clot shower model. Note also that the power density measurements in the human brain experiment do not factor in the effect from the CNS-filled sulci, through which the laser energy should be readily transmitted. However, even conservatively assuming 7.5 W/cm2 as the minimum power density hurdle and ignoring expected transmission benefits from the sulci, the experiment described above confirms that approximately 10-15 mW/cm2 transmitted upon the cortex (as per an example dosimetry in man) will be effective to at least 3.0 centimeters from the surface of the brain.
In vivo thermal measurements [0253] In vivo thermal measurements were made to determine the heating effect in living tissue of laser light having a wavelength of approximately 808 nanometers.
A GaAlAs laser source of 808-nanometer light was placed in direct contact with the skin of the heads of live rabbits and rats. The laser source had an approximately Gaussian beam profile with a beam diameter of 2.5-4.0 millimeters (1/e2). Thermocouple probes (Model Bat-12 from Physitemp Instruments Inc. of Clifton, New Jersey) were placed in the subcutaneous tissue and below the dura and measurements were recorded at various irradiances or power densities. The results of these measurements are shown in Table 2:
Table 2:
Animal Probe location Dose Exposure time Temperature increase Rat Subcutaneous 15 mW/cm2 4 minutes approximately 3 C
Rat Subdural 15 mW/cm2 4 minutes approximately 1 C
Rat Subcutaneous 75 mW/cm2 4 minutes approximately 70 C
Rat Subdural 75 mW/cm2 4 minutes approximately 7 C
Rabbit Subcutaneous 7.5 mW/cm2 5 minutes less than 0.5 C
Rabbit Subdural 7.5 mW/cm2 5 minutes less than 0.5 C
Rabbit Subcutaneous 37.5 mW/cm2 5 minutes approximately 5.5 C
Rabbit Subdural 37.5 mW/cm2 5 minutes less than 0.5 C
[0254] There is minimal heating (e.g., less than 0.5 C) in the subdural region at four times the therapeutic energy density. The "heat sink" effect of living tissue that minimizes possible heating in the cortex is significantly larger in humans than in rats or rabbits, due to the larger heat sink and blood flow volume, which further limits the undesirable effects of heating in the region of stroke. Therefore, in certain embodiments described herein, a therapeutic dosage of energy is delivered to the area of a stroke without undesirable heating of the dura.
Phototherap example 1 [0255] One example of phototherapy (Lampl Y, Zivin JA, Fisher M, Lew R.
Welin L, Dahlof B, Borenstein P, Andersson B, Perez 1, Caparo C, Ilic S, Oron U.
Infrared laser therapy for ischemic stroke: a new treatment strategy: Results of the NeuroThera Effectiveness and Safety Trial-1 (NEST-1). Stroke. 2007;38:1843-1849, incorporated in its entirety by reference herein, suggested the safety and efficacy of transcranial light therapy (TLT) for treatment of humans 40 to 85 years of age with ischemic stroke within 24 hours of stroke onset in a small randomized, controlled trial.
The NeuroThera Laser System therapeutic approach involves use of infrared laser technology and has shown significant and sustained beneficial effects in animal models of ischemic stroke.
[0256] The NeuroThera Laser System (NTS) used in this NEST-1 study utilized an infrared laser technology that involves photobiostimulation. A
large and growing body of scientific literature is available documenting the photobiostimulation effects of infrared laser therapy both in vitro and in vivo. The biological effects of infrared laser therapy are wavelength-specific and are not attributable to thermal effects.
Energy in this region of the electromagnetic spectrum is nonionizing and, therefore, poses none of the hazards associated with UV light. It has been demonstrated that irradiation of specific infrared wavelengths is able to penetrate deeply into the brain. This form of therapy is distinguished from photodynamic therapy, which involves using light energy to penetrate the body and to activate a photosensitive drug.
[0257] Photobiostimulation involves increased adenosine triphosphate (ATP) formation after energy absorption inside mitochondria. A compound that absorbs energy in the spectral region of interest is known as a chromophore. There is evidence that suggests that a primary mitochondrial chromophore for photobiostimulation is cytochrome c oxidase. This enzyme complex contains 2 copper centers, CuA and CUB. The primary chromophore for the NTS wavelength is in the CuA center which has a broad absorption peak around 830 nm in its oxidized form. The NTS delivers energy at 808 nm, which is within this absorption peak, and is able to penetrate into the brain noninvasively.
Cytochrome c oxidase is a terminal enzyme in the cellular respiratory chain and is located in the inner mitochondrial membrane. It plays a central role in the bioenergetics of eukaryotic cells by delivering protons across the inner membrane, and thereby driving the formation of ATP by oxidative phosphorylation. In addition to leading to increased ATP
formation, photobiostimulation may also initiate secondary cell-signaling pathways. The overall result is improved energy metabolism, enhanced cell viability, and may also involve prevention of apoptosis in the ischemic penumbra and enhancement of neurorecovery mechanisms.
[0258] In vivo studies have suggested that infrared laser therapy could be beneficial for the treatment of acute myocardial infarction, acute ischemic stroke, injured peripheral nerves and spinal cord injury. Previous studies have shown in 2 different animal models a positive impact of infrared laser therapy on the experimental, ischemic stroke treatment outcomes in New Zealand rabbits (rabbit small clot embolic stroke model [RSCEM]) and Sprague-Dawley rats (permanent middle cerebral artery occlusion).
Lapchak has shown that laser treatment at 6 hours poststroke onset in RSCEM
improved behavioral performance and produced a durable effect that was measurable 21 days after embolization. De Taboada and Oron have also shown that laser treatment up to 24 hours poststroke onset in permanent middle cerebral artery occlusion showed significant improvement in neurological deficits which was evident at 14, 21 and 28 days poststroke when compared with the sham control group. Currently, the putative mechanism for infrared laser therapy in stroke involves the stimulation of mitochondria, which then leads to preservation of tissue in the ischemic penumbra and enhanced neurorecovery.
The exact mechanistic pathways remain to be elucidated.
Study Design [0259] NEST-1 was a prospective, multicenter, international, double-blind, randomized, sham (placebo) controlled trial conducted at 6 medical centers in 3 countries:
Israel, Peru, and Sweden. The study examined initial safety and effectiveness of infrared wavelength laser therapy for treatment of patients within 24 hours of ischemic stroke onset.
[0260] This study was conducted in accordance with the FDA/ICH Good Clinical Practice guidelines and applicable local regulatory requirements.
Investigators were required to ensure that this study was conducted in full conformity with the 1983 revision of the Declaration of Helsinki or with the laws and current regulations in biomedical research involving human patients of the country in which the study was conducted, whichever afforded greater protection to the patients. The protocol and information for patients and healthcare providers was approved by each center's ethics committee or Institutional Review Board. Country-specific independent data monitoring committees conducted safety reviews throughout the study.
[0261] Eligible patients were required to be between 40 to 85 years of age, have a clinical diagnosis (within 24 hours of stroke onset) of ischemic stroke causing a measurable neurological deficit (total NIHSS score ranging from 7 to 22 at admittance to the medical center), and to have NTS treatment initiated within 24 hours from stroke onset. The patient or parent legal representative gave written informed consent before enrollment into the study.
Ineligibility Criteria [0262] Patients were excluded if: there was evidence on a CT scan of an intracranial, subdural or subarachnoid hemorrhage, or clinical presentation suggestive of subarachnoid hemorrhage, even if the initial CT scan was normal; the patient was a candidate for intravenous or intra-arterial administration of tissue-type plasminogen activator or other thrombolytic therapy for treatment of the acute ischemic stroke, and tissue plasminogen activator or other thrombolytic therapy was administered;
the patient had a seizure at stroke onset; serum blood glucose was >400 mg/dL (22 mmol/L) or <40 mg/dL (2.2 mmol/L); the patient had sustained hypertension (defined during the baseline period by 2 readings occurring 30 minutes apart with systolic blood pressure >185 mmHg or diastolic blood pressure >110 mmHg) at time of treatment or need for aggressive treatment for blood pressure reduction; there was sustained hypotension (defined as systolic blood pressure <80 mmHg, or diastolic blood pressure <50 mmHg); there was presumed septic embolus; the patient had known hereditary or acquired hemorrhagic diathesis, e.g., activated partial thromboplastin time or prothrombin time greater than normal, unsupported coagulation factor deficiency, or oral anticoagulant therapy with the prothrombin time greater than normal; the patient had a skin condition (i.e., hemangioma, scleroderma, psoriasis, rash, or open wound) at the site chosen for infrared energy application; the patient was previously enrolled in or had participated in another investigational drug or device trial within the preceding 4 weeks; if a new medication was started within 14 days before the screening visit; the participant had severe mental deficit, severe neurological deficit or disorder (dementia, multi-infarct dementia, advanced multiple sclerosis) which would interfere with the assessment of the patient's ability for independent functioning; there was evidence of any disorder other than stroke that, in the opinion of the investigator, could be considered serious or life threatening such as active serious infections, pneumonia, pulmonary emboli, or gastrointestinal bleeding;
the patient had unstable cardiac arrhythmias or other cardiac illness that, in the opinion of the investigator, was life threatening; the patient was of child bearing potential; the patient was comatose or moribund level of consciousness; or the patient was otherwise determined by the investigator to be medically unsuitable for participation in this study.
Study Groups, Evaluation Measures, and Baseline Factors [0263] All patients received standard medical management therapy for acute ischemic stroke. In addition, they all underwent an identical NTS procedure. A
randomization code that was preprogrammed within the NeuroThera Laser System determined whether the treatment was active or sham (placebo). Both patients and clinicians were blinded regarding treatment arm. The National Institutes of Health Stroke Scale (NIHSS) was assessed at the time of screening for entry into the study and again immediately before randomization to treatment group. Outcome measures (NIHSS, modified Rankin Scale [mRS], Barthel Index, and Glasgow Outcome Scale) were determined at 30, 60, and 90 days. Neurological scores and clinical data were collected on standard case report forms at each visit by trained investigators.
[0264] Baseline factors including patient demographics, time to treatment, medical history, vital signs, and routine laboratory values were collected.
Factors also included age, sex, time from stroke onset to arrival at hospital, time from stroke onset to treatment, and a complete medical history.
[0265] After completion of the NTS procedure, patients entered the study follow-up phase until one of the following occurred: the patient decided to stop participation in the study; the sponsor or ethics committee/applicable regulatory body terminated the study; the investigator decided to discontinue the patient or site participation in the study; or the patient had participated in the study for 90 10 days.
The NTS Treatment Device [0266] The NTS used in the NEST-1 study was an investigational device intended to provide noninvasive, transcranial laser treatment to patients diagnosed with acute ischemic stroke. The laser wavelength of 808 nm is in the near-infrared portion of the electromagnetic spectrum, and is invisible to the naked eye. Energy in the near-infrared spectrum is nonionizing and is not associated with the risks of ionizing radiation.
The NTS device used in the NEST-1 study included a class IV laser system and delivers energy via a fiber optic cable to a handheld probe that is placed on the shaved head of the patient by a trained operator. The device is portable and is similar in size to portable ultrasound equipment.
[0267] The NTS is manufactured by PhotoThera, Inc. A complete treatment regimen as defined for the NEST-1 study included removing hair from the patient's scalp, followed by NTS application (active treatment or sham/control treatment) on 20 predetermined locations on the scalp for 2 minutes at each site. The predetermined sites are identified by a cap which is placed on the patients head. The system is designed to deliver about 1 Joule/cm2 of energy over the entire surface of the cortex regardless of stroke location. The sham procedure is identical to the active procedure with the exception that no laser energy is delivered to the patient from the device.
[0268] Based on current knowledge of the technology and risk assessment analysis, the most significant known hazard with NTS treatment is potential retinal damage if the beam enters through the lens of the eye and onto the retina.
Other potential hazards include skin burns and cuts to the scalp from shaving the head. Skin burns could occur if the device is not used as intended (eg, repeated treatments at the same location).
Statistical Methods [0269] Effectiveness outcomes were reported on an intention-to-treat basis and include all 120 patients randomized to both arms. Safety outcomes were based on the same 120 patients, who also comprised all patients who received any treatment.
[0270] Patients were evaluated at baseline, 30, 60, and 90 days after baseline.
Analysis focused largely on the 90-day evaluations. The NIHSS was the prospectively identified primary outcome, and the mRS, Glasgow Outcome Scale and Barthel Index scores were secondary outcomes.
[0271] Categories of baseline values of the NIHSS score and of time from stroke onset to treatment were entered into the analyses as strata or covariates. The three NIHSS strata were 7 to 10, 11 to 15, and 16 to 22. The categories for time from stroke onset to treatment were "less than 12 hours" and "12 to 24 hours." The NIHSS
scale is not an interval scale. Therefore, categories of the NIHSS score were used to reduce potential heterogeneity.
[0272] NIHSS outcome was collapsed into a binary outcome, bNIH, where `success' could occur in either of 2 ways: as a 90-day NIHSS score 0 to 1 or as a decrease in score (change) of 9 or more points from baseline to 90 days.
[0273] The mRS 90-day outcome took 2 forms. The 7-category ordinal variable form, analyzed across the whole distribution of scores on the 0 to 6 mRS scale (full mRS), and a binary mRS that makes scores of 0 to 2 as positive (success) and scores of 3 to 6 as negative (failure).
[0274] The full mRS ("shift in Rankin"), binary mRS and bNIH outcomes were tested using a stratified Cochran-Mantel-Haentzel (CMH) test: namely, the van Elteren test. The test uses the modified ridit score and thereby is a direct extension of the 2-sample Wilcoxon test. For the bNIH and the binary mRS outcomes, logistic regression analyses were used to explore the effects of covariates and the random effect of site: in particular, to assess how adding these factors altered the estimate of treatment effect.
[02751 The analyses were carried out in SAS version 9 using PROC FREQ to obtain the results for the van Elteren CMH test, and using PROC GENMOD and PROC
LOGISIC to obtain results for logistic regression analyses with and without medical center as a random effect. Prevalence odds ratios were obtained from PROC GENMOD.
[02761 This study was an exploratory trial rather than a confirmatory trial, in the sense of FDA/ICH E8 Guidance on General Considerations for Clinical Trials and FDA/ICH E9 Guidance on Statistical Principles for Clinical Trials. Primary safety and effectiveness outcome measures and their analysis were identified prospectively. Multiple secondary and exploratory analyses were defined in the protocol or were designed and performed after study completion and unblinding. No corrections were made for multiple comparisons.
[02771 The study enrolled 122 eligible adult patients, between ages 40 and 85 , ny ethnic background diagnosed with acute ischemic stroke within 24 hours of onset who provided their written informed consent. Two patients withdrew before randomization and are not included in any analyses, leaving 120 patients in the effectiveness analysis. Of the 120 patients, 79 were randomized to the active treatment group and 41 were randomized to the sham control group. Figure 32 shows the disposition of patients in the study. There was only 1 patient lost to follow-up (0.8%). No significant differences in baseline characteristics were observed (see Table 3; baseline demographics and other baseline characteristics). Study data were reviewed by independent data monitoring committees in each country; there were no serious device-related adverse effects reported.
Table 3:
Characteristic Active Treatment (NTS), Placebo (sham control), n=79 n=41 Mean age, y 70.2 68.5 Female, No. (%) 36 (45.6%) 15 (36.6%) Ethnicity, No. (%) White 29 (36.7%) 17 (41.5%) Black 2 (2.5%) 0 (0.0%) Hispanic 4(5.1%) 2 (4.9%0 Other (largely Mestizo and 44 (55.7%) 22 (53.7%) Native American Indians) Median time to treatment, h 18 17 Mean time to treatment, 16:56 16:20 hr:min Mimimum, hr:min 02:00 04:05 Maximum, hr:min 23:56 23:22 Median NIHSS score at 11 10 entry First quartile 9 9 Third quartile 15 14 History, No. (%) Hypertension 44 (55.7%) 20 (48.8%) Previous stroke 17(21.5%) 12(29.3%) Diabetes mellitus 20 (25.3%) 9 (22.0%) Effectiveness Analysis [0278] The proportion of patients who received active treatment and had a positive bNIH outcome was 70%, which is greater than the proportion who received sham control treatment with a positive bNIH outcome (51%; CMH test P=0.035 stratified by severity and time from stroke onset to treatment; P=0.048 stratified only by severity). The treatment effect remained significant with other choices of strata for the CMH
analysis.
Logistic regression analyses confirmed that the results held controlling for both fixed covariates (eg, age, sex, time-to-treatment, baseline severity, previous stroke) and the random effects of medical site. Controlling only for baseline severity the logistic regression gave a prevalence odds ratio favoring treatment of 1.40 (95% Cl, 1.01 to 1.93).
Among the 79 treated patients, 38% achieved both a final NIHSS score of 0 to 1 and improved by >9 points, 20% had only a >9-point improvement, 11 % obtained a final score of 0 to 1 without improving by >9, and 30% achieved neither end point.
Among the 41 control patients the corresponding proportions were 29%, 7%, 15%, and 49%.
[0279] Differences in mean NIHSS scores between the treatment groups appeared soon after treatment and were apparent throughout the 90-day study period.
Figure 33 shows the mean NIHSS over time for each treatment group. Patients in the active treatment group showed greater improvement in the change in NIHSS
scores from baseline to day 90, as compared with the sham control group (P=0.021, CMH test stratified by time to treatment).
[0280] For the binary mRS outcome (0 to 2 versus 3 to 6), a similar pattern of significance held. The proportion of patients who received active treatment and had a positive binary mRS outcome was 60%, which is greater than the proportion who received sham control treatment with a positive binary mRS outcome (44%; CMH test P=0.034 stratified by severity and time to treatment; P=0.043 stratified only by severity). Only the CMH test without strata was not significant (P<0.11 12 test). The rate of positive results markedly varies across the baseline severity strata. Controlling only for baseline severity, logistic regression gave prevalence odds ratios favoring treatment of 1.38 (95% Cl, 1.03 to 1.83) for the binary mRS outcome.
[0281] The effect of the NTS when compared with sham treatments with respect to the score on the full mRS at 90 days or the last rating, analyzed across the whole distribution of scores on the 0 to 6 mRS scale was significant, with the use of the Cochran-Mantel-Haentzel nonparametric rank test, stratified by categories of (1) baseline NIHSS score and time to treatment (P=0.020) and (2) baseline NIHSS score only (P=0.026; see Table 4).
Table 4:
mRS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Total Control 5 10 3 8 6 5 4 41 % 12.20 24.39 7.32 19.51 14.63 12.20 9.75 Active 12 25 10 11 12 2 7 79 % 15.19 31.65 12.66 13.92 15.19 2.53 8.86 Total 17 35 13 19 18 7 11 120 [0282] Figure 34 shows the mean nRS over time for each treatment group.
Stratification by baseline severity gave similar results for the 3 outcomes (bNIH, binary mRS, and full mRS); all 3 outcomes had significance levels <0.05 (see Table 5;
2-sided significance levels for the van Elteren CMH test). When also controlled for time-to-treatment (0 to 12 hours versus 12 to 24 hours) little significance is gained.
However, in a trial with a larger sample size, time-to-treatment would be expected to have a stronger association with outcome.
Table 5:
Outcome Stratified by Severity Only Stratified by Severity and Time-to-Treatment Binary_NIH 0.048 0.035 Binary_mRS 0.043 0.034 Full mRS 0.026 0.020 [0283] Results of analyses using the Glasgow Outcome Scale and Barthel Index are similar to those for the NIHSS and the mRS. Patients who received active treatment had better outcomes than patients who received sham control treatment as rsG:red on the Glasgow Outcome Scale (CMH test P=0.056), and the Barthel Index scale (CMH test P=0.035), stratified by baseline NIHSS score and time to treatment.
[0284] The logistic regression analyses indicated the negligible effects of covariate adjustment on the logistic regression coefficient for treatment. The results in able 6 indicate that treatment effect is stable across 2 binary outcomes and across 3 different nested sets of covariates. In fact, the treatment effect tends to increase as covariates are added. Furthermore, treating hospital site as a repeated measures effect v.vj rtually does not alter the logistic regression coefficient for treatment.
The 95% CIs are not shown to focus on the consistency of the regression coefficients. In all but one model the probability value for treatment is <5%. In the models with the bNIH
outcome, the covariate `severity' is not significant and time-to-treatment is significant only once with P=0.0496. However with the binary mRS outcome, the covariate `severity' is significant with P<0.001 in all 3 models. This indicates that the 9-point decrease in the NIHSS score captures the variation of treatment effect across the baseline severity categories. We explored many sets of additional covariates and found that after including the covariates `gender', `age', and `prior stroke' all other covariates had negligible predictive value.
Gender was significant in the binary mRS model with P<0.01. Otherwise, these factors did not achieve statistical significance. See Table 6 which shows the results for two sets of nested multivariate models, I set of models with outcome bNIH and 1 set of models with outcome binary mRS (time-to-tx indicates time from onset to treatment).
The first P
value is for simple logistic regression and the second P value is for logistic regression with the factor `site' included as a repeated measures effect.
Table 6:
Covariates in Model Outcome bNIH Outcome Binary mRS
TX Coefficient and (P TX Coefficient and (P
values)* values)*
Severity 0.82 (0.046) 0.92 (0.044) 0.82 (0.007) 0.92 (0.095) Severity and time-to-tx 0.89 (0.034) 1.03 (0.027) 0.89 (0.009) 1.03 (0.032) Severity, time-to-tx, gender, 0.99 (0.027) 1.43 (0.009) age, prior stroke 0.99 (0.010) 1.44 (0.020) Safety Analysis [02851 Table 7 (mortality rates and SAEs) shows the mortality rates and SAEs by treatment group and totals. No significant difference in mortality between the active treatment group and the sham control group is evident. Table-7 shows the number of patients with serious adverse events, worsening of underlying disease, cardiovascular SAEs, infection, or central nervous system SAEs, in total and by treatment group. These data indicate that there were no significant differences between the treatment groups with respect to these measures. Where there was a trend toward differences between the treatment groups, such as in rates of infection or rates of central nervous system SAEs, the patients receiving active treatment appear to have had better outcomes than patients receiving sham control treatment.
Table 7:
No. of Total, Percent Active, Percent Sham, Percent Fisher Patients n=120 n=79 n=41 Exact, P
with: Value Mortality 11 9.2% 7 8.9% 4 9.8 0.87 (all sites) SAEs 35 29.2% 20 25.3% 15 36.6 0.211 Worsening 8 6.7% 3 3.8% 5 12.2 0.120 of underlying disease CVS 8 6.7% 5 6.3% 3 7.3 1.000 Infection 13 10.8% 5 6.3% 8 19.5 0.059 14 11.7% 6 7.6% 8 19.5 0.072 ?.)/scussion [0286) The NEST-1 trial provides initial evidence on the safety and t. .t1detiveness of infrared laser therapy for the treatment of ischemic stroke in humans within 24 hours of stroke onset. The outcome variable scales used in the NEST-1 study had excellent correlation: R=0.79 to 0.92. The correlation coefficients for the NEST-1 trial arc essentially the same as those reported in the article by Lyden and colleagues reviewing _ssue plasminogen activator data. That is, the outcome variables have correlation coefficients with each other of about 0.8 (absolute value) or higher. This concordance with prior studies is evidence that the outcomes are being measured appropriately and consistently.
[0287] The results suggest that infrared laser therapy may benefit a broad spectrum of stroke patients without increasing the rate of adverse events.
Furthermore, the relatively large magnitude of the effect implies that a phase III trial should not require a substantial number of subjects.
[0288] Patients receiving active treatment had a higher proportion of positive " l f lSS outcomes than did patients receiving sham control treatment. Results were similar using the other neurological outcome scales. No significant differences between the treatment groups were observed in rates of mortality or SAEs, but the sample size (n=120) gives low power to detect small differences. Where there is a trend toward differences between the treatment groups, patients receiving active treatment appeared to have had fewer SAEs than did patients receiving sham control treatment. The safety profile of the NTS treatment as demonstrated in this study was clear. There were no adverse outcomes that can be attributed to the laser therapeutic procedure.
[0289] The bNIH outcome with the 9-point change incorporates variation in baseline severity (from NIHSS score 7 to 22) and suggests a global potential benefit. In contrast, the binary mRS outcome does not account for change from baseline.
Thus, once the analysis controlled for baseline severity, the results based on the 2 binary outcomes closely agreed. Controlling for baseline severity, the analyses by the CMH
test and by logistic regression gave prevalence odds ratios favoring treatment exceeding 1.40 for the bNIH outcome and exceeding 1.38 for the binary mRS outcome.
[0290] This global potential benefit is also demonstrated through the full mRS, analyzed across the entire distribution of Rankin scores, from 0 to 6. The mRS
is a simple and reliable outcome measure when consistently implemented by trained clinicians. The full mRS analysis takes into consideration the entire spectrum of the patient outcomes. As a result, the full mRS is increasingly considered as a primary outcome measure for ischemic stroke trials involving neuroprotective technologies.
[0291] This exploratory study had a prespecified analytic plan with a primary outcome of bNIH, the binary form of NIHSS that regards a final score of 0 to 1 or a 9-point decrease as a success. But our presentation of several analytic approaches raises the concern of type 1 error. We described several approaches to the same hypothesis: some having an mRS outcome, some having an NIHSS outcome, and some using logistic regression to confirm the nonparametric results. These results showed the substantial concordance among these outcomes and methods. Also, they showed that after control for NIHSS baseline severity, other factors had little or no effect on the magnitude of the treatment effect. Hence, we did not present a multiple comparisons correction such as the Bonferroni correction because, in particular, the Bonferroni correction assumes that the hypotheses are independent of one another. Another reason for the various analyses was to associate an effect size with the results of the primary analysis by the nonparametric CMH
test. Simple estimates of effect size were obtained from the other tests and both the simple proportions of success for the binary outcomes and prevalence odds ratios obtained from logistic regression were reported.
[0292] An extended treatment window of up to 24 hours after stroke onset will have a number of implications. Thrombolytics have a proven treatment window of hours, although it may be that effectiveness for this form of therapy extends out somewhat further. The first neuroprotective trial to show efficacy was the study of NXY-059. That study had a 6-hour treatment window, but a majority of patients were treated within 4 hours. It is a reasonable contention that the reason the NXY-059 study was successful, whereas all the previous neuroprotective therapies were not, was that the average time to treatment was kept so low. NEST-1 had a 24-hour treatment window and a much longer time to treatment (median 18 hours) than nearly all other clinical trials to date for the treatment of acute ischemic stroke. A major problem for treatment of strokes has been that large numbers of patients present after 6 hours. Therefore, an expanded treatment window of 24 hours would make it possible to treat many more ischemic stroke victims.
[0293] Although the mechanism of action of infrared laser therapy for stroke is not completely understood, a number of effects of this type of irradiation have been documented. Infrared laser therapy is a physical process that can produce biochemical changes at the tissue level. The putative mechanism for NTS treatment involves stimulation of ATP formation by mitochondria and may also involve prevention of apoptosis in the ischemic penumbra and enhancement of neurorecovery mechanisms. An example of another physical process that reduces neurological damage is hypothermia. In animal model studies, there are few, if any therapies that have been shown as consistently to reduce stroke-related damage as hypothermia. What is clear is that infrared irradiation is probably delivering its effect independent of restoration of blood flow and the mechanism is probably related to an improved energy metabolism and enhanced cell viability.
[0294] Other advantages of this form of therapy are that treatment can be started rapidly, without any need for preliminary laboratory testing, invasive procedures, or extensive training of the clinicians who administer the treatment.
Furthermore, it is not necessary to know the location of the vascular occlusion to administer the NTS
treatment.
Thus, this form of therapy is likely to require much less infrastructure than virtually all other types of devices and medical therapies available to date for acute stroke treatment or clot removal.
[0295] Although the NEST-1 study results are encouraging, and may indicate that infrared laser therapy has potential to become a treatment of ischemic stroke in humans when initiated within 24 hours of stroke onset, a larger confirmatory trial to demonstrate safety and effectiveness is warranted.
Phototherapy example 2 [02961 Another example of phototherapy (NeuroThera Effectiveness and Safety Trial-2 (NEST-2) was nearly identical to the trial study discussed above, but was larger and included patients 40 to 90 years of age. NEST-2 was a double blind, placebo (sham) controlled trial in which 660 patients were enrolled at 57 centers in 4 countries.
Patients were eligible for inclusion in the study if they were 40 to 90 years of age, had a baseline NIHSS score between 7 to 22, had a clinical diagnosis of ischemic stroke, no evidence of hemorrhagic infarct by CT scan or MRI, and had not received tPA.
Initiation of treatment had to occur within 24 hours after stroke onset. The inclusion and exclusion criteria are summarized in Table 8.
Table 8: Major Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria Inclusion 40-90 years of age Diagnosis of acute ischemic stroke within 24 hours of onset NIHSS >_ 7-<22 Informed consent Exclusion Evidence of intracranial, subdural, or subarachnoid hemorrhage Prestroke >_3 mRS
Clinical diagnosis of a brain stem or cerebellar stroke Seizure at onset Blood glucose >400 or <60 Sustained systolic BP >220 mm Hg, <80 mm Hg or diastolic >140 mm Hg, <50 mm Hg Suspected septic embolus CNS tumor (except asymptomatic meningioma) Dermatologic conditions (eg., psoriasis) of the scalp Thrombolytic stroke therapy Head implant (eg, clipped aneurysm, Hakim valve) Photodynamic therapy within 14 days (eg, Visudyne) Pregnancy Severe comorbidities CNS indicates central nervous system.
Randomization and Treatment [02971 Patients were randomly assigned in a 1:1 ratio to receive either TLT or sham. All patients underwent the identical TLT procedure that involves removal of the patient's scalp hair followed by application of a laser probe to the patient's head. The total procedure time was approximately 2 hours. After consent, an interactive voice randomization system was used, with dynamic randomization at centers to ensure balanced distribution of treatment assignments. All patients received standard of care medical management throughout the course of trial.
Study Management [0298] This study was conducted in accordance with the FDA/ICH Good Clinical Practice (GCP) guidelines and applicable local regulatory requirements. The trial was also conducted in full conformity with the 1983 revision of the Declaration of Helsinki or with the laws and current regulations in biomedical research involving human patients of the country in which the study was conducted, whichever afforded greater protection to the patients. The study was designed and overseen by the steering committee. Each center's ethics committee or Institutional Review Board and an independent data monitoring committee (DMC) conducted safety reviews. The DMC
periodically reviewed serious adverse event data between the groups. The patient or legal representative gave written informed consent before enrollment into the study.
Data management and statistical analysis was conducted by an independent contract research organization (Parexel, Waltham, Mass), as well as by the study sponsor (PhotoThera, Carlsbad, Calif). After database lock and independent review by the DMC, the steering >nnmfiittee had complete access to the trial data and assumed responsibility for the analysis and interpretation of the results.
I reatment [0299] The NeuroThera Laser System (NTS) included an apparatus with a rid-held housing to apply the light to selected portions of the patient's scalp. The NTS
uses energy at a wavelength of 808 nm which is near-infrared, nonionizing, and is invisible to the naked eye. Experiments using cadavers indicated that optimal amounts of ifser energy are able to penetrate the brain to a depth of approximately 2 cm.
The dosimetry of wavelength and irradiance levels was based on transmission experiments with fresh human cadavers without fixation. Monte Carlo simulations, in vitro experiments, review of the literature using infrared therapy for other indications and the results of preclinical studies in validated stroke animal models. A complete treatment regimen as defined for the NEST-2 study included applying the hand-held probe on 20 predetermined locations on the shaved scalp for 2 minutes at each site. The predetermined sites, which are irrespective of stroke location, are identified by a cap which is placed on the patient's head. The sham procedure is identical to the TLT
procedure with the exception that no laser energy is delivered to the patient from the device.
[0300] Based on current knowledge of the technology and risk assessment analysis, the most significant known hazard with TLT is potential retinal damage if the beam enters the eye and is focused onto the retina which could result in permanent eye injury. Because of this potential ocular hazard, the procedure must be conducted in a laser safe environment by a trained user.
Clinical Assessments [0301] Patients were assessed by examiners who were unaware of the treatment group. All examiners were trained on the NIHSS and certified on the mRS.
The NIHSS is a neurological function scale that ranges from 0 to 42: scores between 7 and 22 are considered to represent moderate to severe neurological impairment.
The mRS
is a disability index ranging from 0 (no symptoms) to 6 (death). Outcome measures (mRS
and NIHSS) were assessed, in addition to baseline, at 5, 30, 60, and 90 days.
Baseline data were collected including age, sex, patient demographics, time from stroke onset to arrival at hospital, time to treatment, prestrike mRS, vital signs, and a complete medical history.
Safety Assessments [0302] Vital signs, neurological scores, concomitant medications, adverse events, and serious adverse events were recorded from study entry to day 90.
Unresolved serious adverse events were followed for an additional 30 days.
[0303] The Data Monitoring Committee examined rates of death, adverse events, and serious adverse events, as well as anticipated and unanticipated device effects during the study. After evaluating the safety data for the first 100 and 400 patients, they did not stop further recruitment into the trial. Because of rapid enrollment, there was no efficacy interim analysis. Neuroimaging assessments were completed at baseline and at 5-day follow-up 2 days.
Statistical Analysis [0304] All analyses are intention-to-treat. Outcomes were obtained from two 90-day scores, the mRS and the NIHSS score. Patients without a day-90 visit had their last observation carried forward. The mRS outcomes were: (1) the entire ordinal scale 0 to 6; and (2) a dichotomous outcome with a favorable outcome (success) defined as a 0 to 2 score and an unfavorable outcome (failure) defined as a 3 to 6 score. The NIHSS
outcomes were: (1) the change in score from baseline to 90 days using the entire ordinal scale 0 to 42 (with death scored as 42); and (2) a dichotomous outcome for which success could be achieved in 2 ways, either as a 90-day score of 0 to 1 or as a beneficial change from baseline to 90 days of 9 or more points.
[0305] The primary efficacy outcome measure was the dichotomous mRS 90-day end point with success (mRS 0 to 2) and failure (mRS 3 to 6). The null hypothesis that the proportion of successes did not differ by treatment, was tested using multiple logistic regression with 2 prespecified covariates: (1) stroke severity at baseline; and (2) time from stroke onset to time of randomization (TFSO). Baseline stroke severity had 3 levels: NIHSS score 7 to 10 (moderate), 11 to 15 (moderately severe), and 16 to 22 (severe). TFSO had 2 levels: 0 to 12 hours and 12 to 24 hours. The randomization procedure was balanced on (but not stratified by) these factors.
[0306] Secondary analyses determined the sensitivity of results to the choice of covariates, of test procedure, and of analytic outcome. The logistic model was run on the primary outcome measure with additional covariates: age, sex, history of CAD, history of diabetes, and history of stroke. To vary the test procedure of logistic regression with a dichotomous outcome, we used the nonparametric `shift' test with the same dichotomous outcome. Explicitly, the shift test is the Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel (CMH) test with ridit scores to rank outcomes (the van Elteren test, Stokes ME, Davis CS, Koch GC. Categorical Data Analysis Using the SAS System II Cary, NC: SAS Institute, Inc;
2000). In the stroke literature, the shift test has often only been applied to the full range of the mRS scale, but we applied it to all dichotomous and ordinal outcomes.
Logistic regression as run using only dichotomous outcomes. All tests were adjusted for baseline severity and TFSO. Odds ratios were calculated only for tests with dichotomous outcomes.
[0307] The safety end points included mortality and all adverse events including procedure and device related adverse events. Safety end points were summarized with descriptive statistics and tables. The analyses were carried out in SAS
version 9.1.
Results Baseline Characteristics [0308] The patients were enrolled between January 2007 and April 2008. A
total 660 patients were randomized (331 TLT and 327 sham), as shown in Figure 35.
There were 7 (1.1%) patients lost to follow-up. The groups were balanced with respect to baseline characteristics (see Table 9). Mean time from stroke onset was 14.6 5.9 hours (range 2.7 to 23.9) for the TLT group and 14.7 6.1 hours (range 2.5 to 23.9) for the shame group; median times were 15 hours and 16 hours for the TLT group and sham group, respectively. Baseline NIHSS means scores were 13.1 (range 7 to 22) for TLT and 13.2 (range 7 to 23) for shame. Median NIHSS scores were 12 for TLT and 13 for sham.
Table 9. Demographic and Baseline Characteristics TLT Sham (n = 331) (n = 327) Age (v) 70.4 12.6 70.0 11.9 Male (%) 55.3 57.8 Ethnicity (No., %) White 256 (77%) 254 (77%) Black 37(11%) 38(12%) Hispanic 7 (2%) 8 (2%) Other (Largely Mestizo and Native American 31(10%) 29 (9%) Indians) lime Median time to treatment (h) 15 16 Mean time to treatment (h:min) 14.38 5:55 14:43 6:12 Min (h:min) 2:42 2:30 Max (h:min) 23:54 23:54 Range (h) 3-24 3-24 Time to treatment strata (%) <12 h 35.6 35.6 12-24h 64.4 64.4 NIHSS score Mean 13.1 4.7 13.2 4.6 NIHSS score strata (%) Median 12 13 Mean 7-10 39.0 38.9 11-15 26.6 27.1 16-22 34.4 34.0 History (%) Diabetes 31.4 33.4 Hypertension 82.2 83.9 Table 9. Demographic and Baseline Characteristics TLT Sham (n = 331) (n = 327) Atrial fibrillation 38.7 35.6 Current smoker 20.2 19.1 Clinical Outcomes [0309] Of the 660 patients: 331 received TLT and 327 received sham; 120 (36.3%) in the TLT group achieved successful outcome versus 101 (30.9%), in the sham group (P=0.094). OR 1.38 (95% CI, 0.95 to 2.00) as shown in Figure 36, which shows the distribution of scores on the mRS. The scores on the mRS indicate the following: 0, no symptoms at all; 1, no significant disability despite symptoms; 2, slight;
3, moderate;
4, moderately severe; 5, severe disability; 6, death.
[0310] The results of secondary analyses on the prespecified outcomes were consistent with those of the primary analysis. The logistic regression analysis of the primary outcome measure with additional covariates yielded a treatment OR-1.34 (95%
Cl, 0.94 to 2.03). All covariates except sex and history of stroke were significant. With success defined as a mRS score of 0 to 2, the shift test, stratified for the baseline severity and TFSO, showed a nonsignficiant trend toward better outcomes with TLT having a probability value of 0.091 and had an OR 1.38 (95% CI, 0.95 to 2.01). For the ordinal mRS, scores 0 to 6, the shift test trended in favor of TLT with a probability value of 0.113. The odds ratios for all subsets on the primary outcome measure showed a nonsignificant trend favoring TLT treatment except for those patients with severe strokes at baseline. Figure 37 shows the effects of TLT on the primary end point, on subsets of the data defined by categories of selected baseline characteristics. The simple unadjusted odds ratios for TLT as compared to sham for the 90-day outcome of success defined as mRS score 0 to 2. The horizontal lines indicate 95% CIs. Also shown are the probability values for the test of an interaction between the primary end point and the categories within each subgroup. CAD indicates coronary artery disease; TFSO, time from stroke onset to randomization.
[0311] For the dichotomous NIHSS score outcome for which success had 2 components, the shift test trended in favor of TLT with an OR of 1.23 (95% Cl, 0.88 to 1.73) and a probability value of 0.23. Logistic regression analysis results for the dichotomous NIHSS outcome were very similar. An extension of the logistic regression analysis separated the 2 components of success, a 90-day NIHSS score of 0 to 1 and change from baseline >_9 points, and treated them as correlated outcomes: the OR was 1.30 (95% Cl, 0.96 to 1.75) in favor of TLT with a probability value of 0.086.
For the ordinal outcome of change in NIHSS score from baseline to 90 days, controlling for baseline severity and TFSO, the shift test indicated the TLT group and had a probability value of 0.65. In patients with deep infarcts, there was no difference in response between the active and sham groups.
Safety Analysis [0312] Mortality rates, serious adverse event (SAE) rates, and adverse event (AE) rates were virtually the same. The TLT and sham groups, respectively, had (17.5%) and 57 (17.4%) deaths, 125 (37.8%) and 137 (41.8%) SAEs; and 92.7% and 93.6% of subjects, respectively, had at least 1 adverse event. No SAEs were directly attributable to TLT. The proportion of patients in the TLT group showing hemorrhagic tr,nsformation at day 5 was 49 (14.8%) in the TLT group and 56 (17.1%) in the sham group. There was no difference in the safety outcomes between the 2 groups.
Discussion [0313] The NEST-2 trial results presented here provide evidence of the safety of TLT. The effective size of TLT for the treatment of ischemic stroke in humans within 24 hours of stroke onset was inadequate to meet conventional levels of statistical significance for efficacy, even when the corrections were made for the baseline imbalances in stroke severity and time to treatment, but showed a consistent signal toward better outcomes associated with TLT.
[0314] Baseline severity was prespecified into 3 categories: NIHSS=7 to 10, 11 to 15, and 16 to 22. Patients with baseline NIHSS 16 to 22 had a combined dichotomous mRS success rate of 8% (n=224; TLT 7.0%, sham 9.1%). When restricted to the 434 patients with moderate and moderately severe stroke (baseline NIHSS
score 7 to 15), a post hoc analysis found a significant beneficial effect (P=0.044).
For these 434 patients, the dichotomous mRS success rate of TLT showed an absolute improvement rate of 9.7% (TLT 51.6%, sham 41.9%). A similar beneficial effect was also found in the NEST-1 trial on the dichotomous mRS.
[0315] The failure to initially find the optimal treatment population is reminiscent of the tPA development program. When tPA therapy was administered between 0 and 6 hours, the treated groups improved compared to the placebo ones on all measures, but the final results did not achieve statistical significance.
Again, there was a strong signal of efficacy, but it was not until several trials were completed and the proper inclusion and exclusion criteria were established that the clinical benefit of tPA was unequivocally established. TLT may take additional trial(s) to find the treatment groups that are indisputably helped by the therapy. In contrast to tPA, however, TLT
has no untoward side effects, so the barrier to treatment should be much lower.
[0316] There are potential weaknesses in the study that should be noted.
There was insufficient previous human experience with TLT to be able to correctly power the study. The trial could have excluded patients with severe strokes at baseline and a prestroke mRS >_2. Also, it is possible that TLT does not have nay effect on stroke recovery. However, substantial preclinical studies, the NEST-1 study, and the trends in the current trial argue against this unfavorable interpretation.
[0317] A new feature of this form of therapy is that that electromagnetic energy, in the past, has been used almost exclusively for its destructive actions, such as burning out parts of solid tumors with a gamma knife, various types of radiation therapy, and both skin lesion removal and assorted ophthalmologic uses. Preclinical studies have demonstrated that infrared energy produces potential beneficial action by alteration of biochemical pathways, and that these changes are not due to thermal effects.
Based on preclinical studies, it is thought that when administering TLT, the temperature of the brain is insignificantly elevated, and the energy is producing its beneficial actions by alteration of some biochemical reactions. It is known that infrared energy can stimulate mitochondria, increase ATP formation, mitigate apoptosis, and possibly enhance neurorecovery mechanisms. The precise nature and balance of these reactions in the ischemic human brain are not fully understood; therefore, the exact mechanism of action of TLT remains unknown. Nevertheless, this docs open up a whole new range of potential photobiology therapies for a variety of disorders. Brain trauma and hemorrhagic stroke are obvious extensions; it is also possible that TLT will be useful for a range of neurodegenerative diseases that may involve mitochondrial dysfunction.
Conclusion [0318] The NEST-2 included a very broad range of stroke patients with respect to baseline severity, prestrike disability, and time to treatment. In this overall population, TLT was safe but did not significantly improve patient outcomes as measured by both mRS and NIHSS; however, both outcome measures showed positive trends in that direction. Post hoc analyses suggest a meaningful beneficial effect in patients with moderate to moderately severe ischemic stroke within 24 hours of onset.
Further clinical studies in this redefined population should be considered.
Phototherapy example 3 [0319] Another example examined the efficacy of low-level laser therapy (LLLT) for TBI using the mouse closed-head injury (CHI) model by studying the neurobehavioral and histological outcome of the traumatized mice (A. Oron et al., "Low-Level Laser Therapy Applied Transcranially to Mice following Traumatic Brain Injury Significantly Reduces Long-Term Neurological Deficits," Journal of Neurotrauma, Volume 24, Number 4, 2007 which is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein.) [0320] A total of 24 male Sabra mice (Hebrew University strain) weighing 25-35 g were studied. The mice were housed in groups of six per cage, under a 12 h/12 h, light/dark, reversed light cycle. Food and water were provided ad libitum. The study was performed according to the guidelines of the Institutional Animal Care Committee in The Hebrew University, Jerusalem, Israel. CHI trauma was induced to the heads of the mice under ether anesthesia using a weight-drop device. Following sagittal scalp incision, mice were manually immobilized, and a tipped Teflon cone was placed 3 mm lateral to the midline and 1 mm caudal to the left coronal suture. Following this, a metal rod (94 g) was allowed a free fall on the cone from a precalibrated height.
[0321] Motor function and reflexes of the traumatized mice were evaluated at different time intervals after CHI using a neurological severity score (NSS), which was modified to emphasize the motor functions. The neurological tests were based on the ability of the mice to perform 10 different tasks (listed in Table 10) that evaluate the motor ability, balancing, and alertness of the mouse. One point is given for failing to perform each of the tasks: thus, a normal, uninjured mouse scores zero. The severity of injury is defined by the initial NSS, evaluated one hour post-CHI and referred to as NSS1, and is a reliable predictor of the late outcome. Thus, fatal or near-fatal injury is defined in mice as having a NSS1 of 9-10; severe injury in mice with an NSS1 of 7-8;
moderate injury with NSS 1 of 5-6, and mild injury in mice with an NSS 1 of less than 4.
Table 10:
Task NSS
Presence of mono- or hemiparesis 1 Inability to walk on a 3-cm-wide beam I
Inability to walk on a 2-cm-wide beam 1 Inability to walk on a 1-cm-wide beam 1 Inability to balance on a 1-cm-wide beam 1 Inability to balance on a round stick (0.5 cm wide 1 Failure to exit a 30-cm-diameter circle (for 2 min) 1 Inability to walk straight 1 Loss of startle behavior 1 Loss of seeking behavior 1 Maximum total 10 [0322] All mice were subjected to CHI and assigned to control or laser-treated groups as described below. Assessment of neurological score (NSS) was performed one hour post-injury. The NSS scores of the mice ranged from 4 to 6, indicating a mild-moderate trauma. The mice were then divided into three groups of eight mice per group, so that the means NSS in each group were similar, to ensure similar average severity of injury in all groups. Two groups of mice received low level light therapy at two different doses (10 and 20 mW/cm2) while the third group, serving as a sham-operated control, underwent the same procedures as the laser-treated group, but did not receive actual laser irradiation.
[0323] Laser treatment was performed four hours post-CHI using an experimental laser 808-nm wavelength and maximal power output of 200 mW
equipped with metal-backed glass fiber optic (3 mm diameter). Laser light was applied by placing the distal tip of the fiber optics in full contact with a point in the midline of the skull (sagittal suture) located 4 mm caudal to the coronal suture of the skull after skin had been removed in that region by a small longitudinal incision. In preliminary experiments, the entire cortical part of a fresh skull was excised from a mouse four hours post-TBI. The distal tip of the fiber optic of the laser was placed on the same location of the skull as described above. The power density of the laser post-transmission through the skull was measured by placing the probe of the laser power meter (Ophir Inc., Jerusalem, Israel) under the dura. Based upon prior measurements, this location was chosen as being sufficient to illuminate the entire brain (1.2-cm beam diameter measured by an infrared viewer) due to dispersion of the laser beam by the skull. The laser irradiation power density at the tip of the fiber optic was set to deliver a power density of 10 and 20 mW/cm2 to the brain. The duration of laser irradiation was two minutes (energy densities of 1.2-2.4 J/cm2). The power and energy densities of the laser were chosen based on preliminary experiments with various parameters of the laser applied in the CHI mouse model. Similar laser parameters were used in previous rat and rabbit stroke models where beneficial effects were evident.
[0324] Cortical tissue loss was evaluated in the traumatized cross-section of the brain. At the end of the four-week follow-up period, mice were anesthetized, and their brains were perfused with 4% paraformaldehyde solution and fixed in the same formaldehyde solution for three days. Two-mm-thick cross-sections were taken from the trauma region of the brain. This region was located in the parietal part of the brain by means of a small blood clot that served as a good marker of the spot where the skull was hit during the induction of the trauma. The 2-mm-thick brain slices were processed in an automated tissue processor and embedded in paraffin. Eight-micron-thick coronal sections were prepared from each 2-mm-thick brain slice block. Three random sections from each brain slice were stained with hematoxylin and eosin, and processed for quantitative measurements of the lesion area in each section. The brain area was calculated in each hemisphere [ipsilateral (traumatized) and contralateral]
separately in each histological section. The brain hemisphere volume was then calculated by multiplying average area of the three sections by 2-mm thickness of the slice.
Lesion volume (in percentage) was expressed as contralateral (nontraumatized hemisphere) volume minus ipsilateral hemisphere volume divided by the contralateral hemisphere volume.
[0325] Data were analyzed using one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by Student Neuman Keuls test (using Sigma Stat software from Sigma of St.
Louis, MO). Data from this study discussed below are presented as mean +
standard deviation. A value ofp less than 0.05 was regarded as statistically significant.
[0326] The severity of injury as reflected by the NSS at one hour was similar in both groups of mice: 4.8 + 0.7 and 4.8 + 0.8 in the control (n = 8) and laser-treated (n =
16) mice, respectively. Since during the whole follow-up period there was no statistical difference between the mice that received 10 and 20 mW/cm2, the results were pooled together to one laser-treated group of mice.
[0327] Figure 39 is a plot of the neurologic score (NSS) of control/non-laser-treated (light columns) and laser-irradiated (dark columns) mice at different time intervals after induction of brain trauma. At 24 hours post-CHI, no significant differences between sham-laser, control, traumatized mice, and those that had received active laser treatment four hours post-trauma were observed. Yet, from 48 hours on, there was a significant improvement in the NSS in the laser-treated mice as compared to control non-treated mice (p = 0.05 at 48 hours and p < 0.05 at later times). The significant differences between the laser-treated and control mice were sustained thereafter up to 28 days post-TBI, where the neurobehavioral scores were 26-27% lower in the laser-treated versus control mice.
[0328] Figure 40 shows representative micrographs of cross-sections of control non-laser-treated and laser-treated mice brains. Note lesion (L) in the control micrograph as compared to minimal lesion (arrow) in the laser-treated brain.
Figure 41 is a plot of lesion volume of control (light column) and laser-treated (dark column) traumatized brains 28 days after induction of head trauma (scale bar = 5 mm;
**p < 0.01).
At 28 days post-TBI, the sham control mice showed a significantly higher (p <
0.001) loss 1.3%) of cortical tissue at the injured site compared to the laser-treated mice (1.4 i 0.1 %).
[0329] The results of the study demonstrate for the first time that low level laser therapy given at four hours post-TBI improves short- and long-term (28 days) neuiobehavioral function and reduces brain tissue loss. The results corroborate previous findings in rat and rabbit models that low-level light therapy applied transcranially improves functional outcome after stroke. This result is consistent with the hypothesis i t pathophysiologies and secondary mechanisms of damage of cerebral ischemia and i read trauma are quite similar, with a common involvement of both harmful and protective mechanisms. In recent studies on the effect of low-level light therapy on stroked rats, however, it was shown that the beneficial effect on neurological function was evident only 2-3 weeks after laser application, whereas in the study described herein, the marked improvement in overall neurological function of the laser-treated mice over sham control mice was significant already at five days post-trauma. This phenomenon can be partially explained based on rapid elevation of ATP content after laser irradiation in the ischemic heart. Furthermore, increase in total antioxidants, angiogenesis, heat shock proteins content, and antiapoptotic activity following low-level laser therapy were found previously for the ischemic heart and skeletal muscles and can be suggested as possible processes that are attenuated by the low-level laser therapy also in the ischemic/traumatic brain. The modulation of the above processes by low-level laser therapy could contribute in concert to the better neurological outcome and the significant reduction in lesion size of the laser-treated mice as compared to controls as found in this study. Another mechanism that may contribute to the long-term improvement of neurological function in the laser-irradiated mice post-TBI include neurogenesis that is induced by low-level laser therapy as found recently in laser-treated stroked rats. Neurogenesis may also partially account for the significant reduction in lesion size in the laser-treated mice compared to control as demonstrated in this study.
[0330] The results of this study may also have clinical relevance. The laser treatment was given four hours post-trauma, which is a reasonable time for a patient to arrive at the hospital emergency room. In a prior safety study in rats, no alterations in functional neurological outcome or brain histopathology that had been treated with low-level laser therapy at different intensities or frequencies over both short-and long-term time intervals were shown.
Phototherapy example 4 [0331] Photobiostimulation effects of near-infrared light therapy (NILT) have been documented for both in vitro and in vivo models (see, e.g., L. DeTaboada et al., "Transcranial application of low-energy laser irradiation improves neurological deficits in rats following acute stroke," Lasers Surg. Med. 38:70-73 (2006)). Energy in the infrared region of the electromagnetic spectrum is non-ionizing and poses none of the hazards associated with ultraviolet light. Irradiation of brain tissue with specific infrared wavelengths (e.g., 808-810 nanometers) can penetrate the brain (see, e.g., S.
Ilic et al., "Effects of power densities, continuous and pulse frequencies, and number of sessions of low-level laser therapy on intact rat brain," Photomed. Laser Surg. 24:458-466 (2006)) and can stimulate adenosine triphiosphate (ATP) formation by mitochondria (see, e.g., A.P. Sommer et al., "Stressed cells survive better with light," J. Proteome.
Res. 1:475 (2002)). A primary mitochondrial chromophore responsible for photobiostimulation is the enzyme cytochrome c oxidase, a terminal enzyme in the cellular respiratory chain located in the inner mitochondrial membrane. Cytochrome c oxidase (COX) plays a central role in the bioenergetics of cells by delivering protons across the inner membrane, thereby driving the formation of ATP by oxidative phosphorylation. The overall result of NILT is improved energy metabolism and potentially, enhanced cell viability (both neuronal and non-neuronal).
[0332] NILT or photon energy delivered using a gallium-arsenic diode near-infrared laser may be useful to treat the behavioral function deficits associated with embolic stroke (see, e.g., P.A. Lapchak et al., "Transcranial infrared laser therapy improves clinical rating scores after embolic strokes in rabbits," Stroke 35:1985-1988 (2004)). These rabbit small clot embolic stroke model (RSCEM) studies showed that NILT used in administered within 6 hours of an embolic stroke using a continuous wave (CW) of light at high power densities (25 mW/cm2) and long treatment durations (10 min.) significantly improved behavioral function. Lower energies and shorter treatment durations improve behavior when applied early on following embolization.
However, there were also documented unwanted side-effects related to using high power densities, such as an increase in both skin and brain temperature directly under the laser probe.
Studies by Michael Chopp and colleagues (see, e.g., A. Oron et al., "Low-level laser therapy applied transcranially to rats after induction of stroke significantly reduces long-term neurological deficits," Stroke 37:2620-2624 (2006)) using the rat middle cerebral occusion (MCAO) model have also shown that laser therapy can significantly improve behavioral deficits using a rodent stroke model. In contrast to the RSCEM study cited above in which laser light therapy was neuroprotective when applied within 6 hours postembolization in the MCAO model, laser treatment was only effective when applied 24 hours, but not 4 hours after stroke onset. Laser light therapy in the MCAO
model also attenuated neurological deficits without a corresponding reduction in stroke lesion volume. Since there was no apparent statistically significant difference in the infarct area of control and laser-irradiated rats with ischemic strokes, the authors hypothesized that noninvasive laser light therapy intervention may improve function by inducing neurogenesis. This was demonstrated using immunocytochemistry for doublecortin, a marker of migrating cells and bromodeoxyuridine, a marker of proliferating cells.
Nevertheless, in both models, laser light therapy using CW energy delivery resulted in behavioral improvement.
[0333] CW NILT delivery and pulse wave (PW) frequency settings have been examined to determine the most efficacious treatment regimen using the RSCEM, which is produced by injection of blood clots into the cerebral vasculature. The RSCEM, which is a model of multiple infarct ischemia, results in ischemia-induced behavioral deficits that can be measured quantitatively with a dichotomous clinical rating scale.
The use of clinical rating scores (a behavioral endpoint) in rabbits parallels the use of the National Institutes of Health Stroke Scale (NIHSS) in stroke patients, the primary behavioral endpoint for all clinical trials of new treatment for acute ischemic stroke.
For the study described below, three different treatment regimens were used: 1) CW power density of 7.5 mW/cm2; 2) pulse mode 1 (P1) using a frequency of 300 s pulse at I kHz;
or 3) pulse mode 2 (P2) using a frequency of 2 ms pulse at 100 Hz. The lower power density settings and pulse mode frequencies have been shown to be safer methods of irradiation because they produce little heating or no tissue damage.
Experimental Procedures Surgery [0334] The Department of Veterans Affairs approved the surgical and treatment procedures used in this study. Surgery was done in a sterile controlled environment with a room temperature between 22.8-23.2 C. Using the RSCEM, male New Zealand White rabbits weighing 2.2-2.5 kg were anesthetized with halothane/02 and a catheter was inserted into the common carotid artery (CCA) through which microclots were injected. Briefly, the bifurcation of one CCA was exposed and the external carotid was ligated just distal to the bifurcation. A catheter was inserted into the CCA and secured with ligatures. The incision was closed around the catheter so that the distal end was accessible outside the animal's neck. The catheter line was then filled with heparinized saline and plugged with an injection cap. Rabbits were allowed to recover from anesthesia until they were fully awake and behaving normally. Once rabbits had recovered from anesthesia, they were self-maintaining and have a normal core body temperature (see, e.g., P.A. Lapchak et al., "Neuroprotective effects of the spin trap agent disodium-[(tert-butylimino)m ethyl]benzene-1,3-disulfonate N-oxide (generic NXY-059) in a rabbit small clot embolic stroke model: combination studies with the thrombolytic tissue plasminogen activator," Stroke 33:1411-1415 (2002)).
Rabbit embolic strokes [0335] For the RSCEM, blood was drawn from one or more donor rabbits and allowed to clot for 3 hours at 37 C. The large blood clots were then suspended in phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) containing 0.1% bovine serum albumin (BSA) and Polytron-generated fragments were sequentially passed through metal screens and nylon filters. The resulting small clot suspension was then labeled with "cobalt containing NEN-Trac microspheres, so that the quantity of clots that becomes lodged in the brain following embolization could be calculated. For embolization, rabbits were placed in Plexiglas restrainers, the catheter injection cap was removed and the heparinized saline was cleared from the carotid catheter system. Then, the clot particle suspension was rapidly injected through the catheter into the brain, which was then flushed with sterile saline. Rabbits were fully awake during the embolization procedure and they were self-maintaining (i.e., they did not require artificial respiration or other external support). The use of awake non-anesthetized rabbits allows for immediate observation of the effects of embol.ization on behavior at the time of clot injection and thereafter.
Clinical rating score behavioral and quantal dose-response analysis [03361 The use of clinical rating scores and quantal analysis is a sophisticated method to determine how a large population of stroke "patients" in this case, rabbits, will respond to a treatment and is an appropriate primary endpoint to use when a treatment is being developed to support a clinical trial. To evaluate the quantitative relationship between clot dose and behavioral deficits, logistic sigmoidal quantal analysis curves were fitted to the dose. A wide range of clot doses was used to produce behaviorally normal or abnormal animals. In the absence of a neuroprotective treatment regimen, small number of microclots causes no grossly apparent neurologic dysfunction. However, when large numbers of microclots are injected, they invariably caused encephalopathy and sometimes death. Abnormal rabbits with encephalopathy include those with one or more of the following symptoms: ataxia, leaning, circling, lethargy, nystagmus, loss of balance, loss of limb/facial sensation and occasionally, paraplegia. Using a simple dichotomous rating system, with a reproducible composite result and low inter-rater variability (<5%), each animal was rated as either behaviorally normal or abnormal by a naive observer. Using quantal analysis, behavioral changes was detected following pharmacological intervention. With this simple rating system, the composite result for a group of animals is quite reproducible. A separate curve was generated for each treatment condition and a statistically significant increase in the value or the amount of microclots that produce neurologic dysfunction in 50 % of a group of animals compared with control is indicative of a behavioral improvement.
Power and statistical analysis [03371 Power analysis of the quantal dose-response curves indicates that, assuming a= .05 and [3=.90, a coefficient of variation of 15% and a difference between means of 20%, a sample size of 14 animals is required per group. However, previous experience shows that approximately 20 animals per group are needed due to premature losses caused by preparation difficulties or death after ischemia, but before treatment can be fully administered. The behavioral data are presented as P50 (mean S.E.M.) in mg clots for the number of rabbits in each group (n). P50 values are analyzed using the t-test, which included the Bonferroni correction where appropriate. In the study, a full sham-treated control group was run parallel to the treatment groups and all groups are rated using the same behavioral analysis scale described above to remove any experimental or investigator bias. NILT-treated groups are directly compared with control groups. For all animals in this study, prior to carotid catheter placement, the fur on the scalp covering the skull of all rabbits used in this study was shaved to reveal pink skin. All shaved rabbits were randomly allocated into treatment groups before the embolization procedure, with concealment of the randomization until all postmortem analyses were complete.
Near infrared light therapy [0338] Rabbits were placed in a Plexiglas restrainer for the duration of the treatment. The probe was placed in direct contact with the skin, since the fur over the =d region was shaved prior to juxtaposing the laser probe to the skin. An Acculaser low energy laser fitted with a fiberoptic cable and laser probe (OZ Optics Ltd., Berkeley, CA) measuring 2 centimeters in diameter was used (wavelength of 808 5 nanometers).
Instrument design studies showed that these specifications would allow for light enetration of the rabbit skull and brain to a depth of approximately 2.5-3 centimeters and that the light beam would encompass the majority of the brain if placed on the skin surface posterior to bregma on the midline. Using the specifications described above, the average energy delivered to the brain was 0.9-1.2 joules. Table 11 provides details for the three different treatment regimens used in the present studies: 1) CW; 2) P1 using a frequency of 300 s pulse at 1 kHz; and 3) P2 using a frequency of 2 ms pulse at 100 Hz.
Table 11: NILT treatment regimens Treatment Power Pulse (Hz) On time Duty cycle Treatment Time post-regimen density (ms) duration embolization (mW/cmz) (min.) (hours) CW 7.5 NA NA 100% 2 6 and 12 PW mode 1 7.5 1000 0.3 30% 2 6 and 12 PW mode 2 7.5 100 2 20% 2 6 Results Transcranial NILT improves clinical rating scores: 6-hour treatment [0339] In this study, 48 hours has been used as the time to measure the behavioral endpoint in determining the relative effectiveness of different treatment regimens. In the previous 2004 Lapchak study cited above, the improvements in behavior that were present at 48 hours were also measurable up to 21 days following treatment. In this study, a power density setting of 7.5 mW/cm2 and treatment duration of 2 min. were used. In order to define effective regimens of NILT, the three different modes: CW, P1 and P2 described above were used. The main difference between the three modes is the duty cycle and the overall time for brain irradiation.
[0340] Figures 42A-42C show the results of the studies using a 6-hour post-embolization time of treatment. The dark circles represent the raw data for the control group and the triangles represent the raw data for the laser-treated group. A
normal animal for a specific clot weight is represented by a symbol plotted at 0 on the y axis, whereas an abnormal animal for a specific clot weight is represented by a symbol plotted at 100 on the y axis. NILT initiated 6 hours following embolization using all three treatment regimens improved behavioral performance compared with a cumulative control group when behavior was measured 24 hours following treatment. As shown in Figure 42A, NILT given as a CW increased the P50 value to 2.06 0.59 mg (n=29, P=0.099) and this was not statistically different from the control group P50 value which was 1.01 0.25 mg (n=31). However, when NILT was given either as a PW using the P1 or P2 modes, there were significant increases in behavioral function that were reflected by significantly increased P50 values for the groups. The P50 values were 1.89 0.29 mg (n=25, P=0.0248) and 1.92 0.15 mg (n=33, P=0.0024), respectively for the P1 and P2 groups, as shown in Figures 42B and 42C.
Effect of transcranial NILT on behavioral function when initiated 12 hours following embolization [0341] In the previous 2004 Lapchak study cited above, laser therapy was reported to not be effective when applied to rabbits 24 hours following a stroke. Thus, it is important to determine if the therapeutic window for NILT could be extended past 6 hours using either the CW or PI regimens. For this series of experiments, the cumulative control group described above was used, a group that had a P50 value of 1.01 0.25 mg (n=31). This cumulative control group was used because it has been previously documented that the baseline P50 value for embolized rabbits is quite consistent over time and between experiments. The use of a cumulative control group in this study allows the reduction of the utilization of large number of rabbits.
[0342] Figures 43A and 43B show the results of the studies using a 12-hour post-embolization time of treatment. The dark circles represent the raw data for the control group and the triangles represent the raw data for the laser-treated group. A
normal animal for a specific clot weight is represented by a symbol plotted at 0 on the y axis, whereas an abnormal animal for a specific clot weight is represented by a symbol plotted at 100 on the y axis. NILT initiated 12 hours following embolization using either of the treatment regimens did not significantly improve behavioral performance compared with the cumulative control group when behavior was measured 24 hours following treatment. As shown in Figure 43A, NILT given as a CW increased the P50 value to 2.89 1.76 mg (n=29, P=0.279). In addition, as shown in Figure 43B, when NILT
was given as a PW using the P1 the P50 value was 2.40 0.99 mg (n=24, P=0.134).
Thus, although there was an increase in the mean P50 values, inherent variability in the response of the treatment group to NILT prevented the treatment from showing statistically significant differences. Since neither the CW nor the P1 regimens were effective at significantly increasing the P50 value, the effects of NILT using the P2 regimen at the 12-hour post-embolization time point were not investigated.
Discussion [0343] The principal aim of this study was to directly evaluate the effects of CW and PW transcranial NILT on clinical rating scores following multiple small clot embolic strokes in rabbits. To achieve this goal, the RSCEM was used which is a useful preclinical animal model to develop new stroke treatments that can be quickly translated to the clinic. In the model, the primary cause of stroke or ischemic injury is related to the administration of blood clots that lodge in cerebral vessels, the same cause of many strokes in humans responsible for the interruption of cerebral blood flow and clinical deficits. Moreover, RSCEM is a model of multiple infarct ischemia that uses a scale of clinical rating scores as the primary endpoint which is based upon motor function components of the NIHSS for stroke in humans.
[0344] In the present study that used the RSCEM, transcranial NILT applied to embolized rabbits 6 hours following an embolic stroke improved behavioral rating scores, specifically motor function. There are three important aspects of these findings. First, the low power density (7.5 mW/cm2) with an estimated brain penetration of 2.5-3 cm as used in the study was effective at improving clinical rating scores (e.g., motor function).
Second, a 2 minute application of near infrared light promoted recovery of function when NILT is applied transcranially to embolized rabbits. Third, the studies were designed to determine if there were differential effects of CW therapy compared with pulse therapy.
Interestingly, although the CW regimen increased the P50 value of group, the resulting increase was not statistically significant from control. However, both pulse treatment regimens significantly increased the P50 value of group compared with control.
[0345] In the previous 2004 Lapchak study, laser therapy at a high power density (25 mW/cm2) was tested using a CW regimen for a 10 minute duration to show that laser therapy could improve behavioral function following embolic strokes in rabbits.
The present study shows that the power density of 7.5 mW/ cm2 and treatment time of 2 minutes can produce beneficial effects at the extended 6 hour post-embolization treatment time. However, in this study, CW therapy did not result in "statistically"
significant behavioral improvements. But pulse therapy, whether using the P1 or P2 regimen, did result in a statistically significant increase in behavior. These results with low power density NILT can be compared with those previously reported using a rodent stroke model which had some significant differences with the present study. Using a rodent filament model to produce permanent cerebral ischemia, the rat MCAO study cited above was unable to show a benefit to early laser treatment (i.e., 4 hours following filament placement). However, this study found that laser treatment was effective when applied 24 hours following the stroke and that the beneficial effect was observable up to 21 days following the stroke. The durability of the laser therapy effects is comparable to that previously published. However, even though the previous 2004 Lapchak study indicated that NILT attenuates stroke-induced behavioral deficits in rabbits when applied up to 6 hours following the stroke, it did not show any "statistically" significant behavioral improvement when NILT was started 12 hours following the stroke.
[0346] There appears to be an important difference between the results published for the rodent filament permanent occlusion model cited above and the rabbit embolic stroke model 2004 study of Lapchak cited above. The difference may simply be associated with the cause of stroke in the two models. The placement of a plastic filament into the middle cerebral artery of a rodent that is being maintained on 1-2%
halothane, 70% N20 and 30% 02 and being monitored for blood glucose, pH, P02 and pCO2 and rectal temperature (all levels were undefined in the publication) may represent an extreme artificial model of cerebral stroke. The rabbit embolic stroke model as described within used rabbits 3 hours following the placement of a carotid catheter to ensure that the rabbits were self-maintaining and free of anesthetic when they were embolized.
Moreover, fresh blood clots prepared from donor rabbits were used for the embolization procedure on the day that the blood was drawn and allowed to clot free of additives.
Thus, during the embolization procedure, rabbits were awake and behaving normally.
With such differences between the two models, differential effects of NILT are not too surprising. The different findings resulting from the use of two diverse animal models of ischemic stroke may shed some light on the mechanism(s) of action of NILT in the ischemic brain. In the rat model study, it was proposed that laser therapy may be inducing neurogenesis in the brain primarily because the effect of laser was only evident when applied 24 hours following ischemia and that there was coincident elevation of neurogenesis-associated markers in the brain. Moreover, the physiological effects of laser therapy were not observed immediately, but required a delay of between 2 and 4 weeks post-treatment. The authors suggested that laser therapy induces the formation of new neurons and neuron-supporting cells in the brain and that the behavioral improvement following laser therapy requires the new neuronal pathways. Unfortunately, this idea was not supported by measures of hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) staining for lesion volume in the laser-treated and control ischemic brains as there was no statistically significant difference in lesion volume between the two groups, suggesting that there was little or no neurogenesis in brain.
[0347] In contrast to the delayed effects of laser therapy in the rat model, in the rabbit model, NILT is effective when applied 5 minutes to 6 hours following embolization and the behavioral effects of NILT are measurable within 24-48 hours of embolization. The results described herein suggest that NILT is inducing a rapid response element (RRE) in brain following embolization that results in behavioral improvement, an effect that appears to be independent of neurogenesis or long-term remodeling.
Moreover, in stroke patients entered in the NeuroThera Effectiveness and Safety Trial (NEST-1), a significant reduction in NIHSS score was evident by day 5 after laser treatment, which continued to improve up to 90 days after treatment (see, Y.
Lampl et al., "Infrared laser therapy for ischemic stroke: a new treatment strategy: results of the NeuroThera Effectiveness and Safety Trial-1 (NEST-1)," Stroke 38(6): 1843-1849 (2007)). This finding is in agreement with the results of the rabbit embolic stroke model studies, which show that laser therapy induces rapid recovery of function following an ischemic stroke.
[0348] Taken together, results from experimental stroke studies suggest that NILT may be useful in patients if applied between 6 and 24 hours of a stroke.
Based upon correlative preclinical and clinical acute ischemic stroke studies, the 6 hour therapeutic window observed in the RSCEM may be equivalent to approximately 18 hours in a stroke patient because of the following. In the RSCEM, tPA effectively improves behavior when given 1-1.5 hours following embolization and in patients the therapeutic window for tPA is along the order of 3-6 hours after stroke onset. Thus, there appears to be a two- to threefold differential between the observed times for effectiveness of tPA in the rabbit model compared with patients. Consistent with this hypothesis, in the RSCEM, NILT was effective up to 6 hours following a stroke and as predicted by the model, the NEST-1 clinical trial cited above found that laser therapy improved clinical rating scores patients were treated within 24 hours following a stroke. Thus, because of the time differential discussed above, it would appear that NILT may be useful in patients if they present at a clinic within 24 hours of a stroke.
[0349] The NEST-1 study cited above has provided some indication that transcranial laser therapy may be a useful approach to treating motor function deficits resulting from ischemic strokes when laser therapy is initiated 2-24 hours following the stroke. The first trial of the NEST-I study used a CW mode with a power density of 10 mW/cm2 at 20 pre-determined locations on the scalp for 2 minutes of irradiation at each site. The preliminary results from the NEST-1 trial of 120 Acute ischemic stroke patients (biased design of 1:2) with a treatment time between 2 and 24 hours (median time 18 hours) showed that more patients in the laser-treated group had successful outcomes from baseline to 90 days, measured by a mean change in the NIHSS and mRS scores, than did controls (P=0.035, stratified by severity and time to treatment; P=0.048, stratified by severity alone). The positive results documented for NILT in animal models of stroke prompted the initiation of the NEST-1I trial, a prospective, intent-to-treat, multi-center, international, double-blinded trial sponsored by the manufacturers of the transcranial laser device, PhotoThera Inc.
[0350] NILT effectively improves behavioral deficits when applied to the rabbit brain using PWs of light energy. While the data do support the use of NILT
However, there were also documented unwanted side-effects related to using high power densities, such as an increase in both skin and brain temperature directly under the laser probe.
Studies by Michael Chopp and colleagues (see, e.g., A. Oron et al., "Low-level laser therapy applied transcranially to rats after induction of stroke significantly reduces long-term neurological deficits," Stroke 37:2620-2624 (2006)) using the rat middle cerebral occusion (MCAO) model have also shown that laser therapy can significantly improve behavioral deficits using a rodent stroke model. In contrast to the RSCEM study cited above in which laser light therapy was neuroprotective when applied within 6 hours postembolization in the MCAO model, laser treatment was only effective when applied 24 hours, but not 4 hours after stroke onset. Laser light therapy in the MCAO
model also attenuated neurological deficits without a corresponding reduction in stroke lesion volume. Since there was no apparent statistically significant difference in the infarct area of control and laser-irradiated rats with ischemic strokes, the authors hypothesized that noninvasive laser light therapy intervention may improve function by inducing neurogenesis. This was demonstrated using immunocytochemistry for doublecortin, a marker of migrating cells and bromodeoxyuridine, a marker of proliferating cells.
Nevertheless, in both models, laser light therapy using CW energy delivery resulted in behavioral improvement.
[0333] CW NILT delivery and pulse wave (PW) frequency settings have been examined to determine the most efficacious treatment regimen using the RSCEM, which is produced by injection of blood clots into the cerebral vasculature. The RSCEM, which is a model of multiple infarct ischemia, results in ischemia-induced behavioral deficits that can be measured quantitatively with a dichotomous clinical rating scale.
The use of clinical rating scores (a behavioral endpoint) in rabbits parallels the use of the National Institutes of Health Stroke Scale (NIHSS) in stroke patients, the primary behavioral endpoint for all clinical trials of new treatment for acute ischemic stroke.
For the study described below, three different treatment regimens were used: 1) CW power density of 7.5 mW/cm2; 2) pulse mode 1 (P1) using a frequency of 300 s pulse at I kHz;
or 3) pulse mode 2 (P2) using a frequency of 2 ms pulse at 100 Hz. The lower power density settings and pulse mode frequencies have been shown to be safer methods of irradiation because they produce little heating or no tissue damage.
Experimental Procedures Surgery [0334] The Department of Veterans Affairs approved the surgical and treatment procedures used in this study. Surgery was done in a sterile controlled environment with a room temperature between 22.8-23.2 C. Using the RSCEM, male New Zealand White rabbits weighing 2.2-2.5 kg were anesthetized with halothane/02 and a catheter was inserted into the common carotid artery (CCA) through which microclots were injected. Briefly, the bifurcation of one CCA was exposed and the external carotid was ligated just distal to the bifurcation. A catheter was inserted into the CCA and secured with ligatures. The incision was closed around the catheter so that the distal end was accessible outside the animal's neck. The catheter line was then filled with heparinized saline and plugged with an injection cap. Rabbits were allowed to recover from anesthesia until they were fully awake and behaving normally. Once rabbits had recovered from anesthesia, they were self-maintaining and have a normal core body temperature (see, e.g., P.A. Lapchak et al., "Neuroprotective effects of the spin trap agent disodium-[(tert-butylimino)m ethyl]benzene-1,3-disulfonate N-oxide (generic NXY-059) in a rabbit small clot embolic stroke model: combination studies with the thrombolytic tissue plasminogen activator," Stroke 33:1411-1415 (2002)).
Rabbit embolic strokes [0335] For the RSCEM, blood was drawn from one or more donor rabbits and allowed to clot for 3 hours at 37 C. The large blood clots were then suspended in phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) containing 0.1% bovine serum albumin (BSA) and Polytron-generated fragments were sequentially passed through metal screens and nylon filters. The resulting small clot suspension was then labeled with "cobalt containing NEN-Trac microspheres, so that the quantity of clots that becomes lodged in the brain following embolization could be calculated. For embolization, rabbits were placed in Plexiglas restrainers, the catheter injection cap was removed and the heparinized saline was cleared from the carotid catheter system. Then, the clot particle suspension was rapidly injected through the catheter into the brain, which was then flushed with sterile saline. Rabbits were fully awake during the embolization procedure and they were self-maintaining (i.e., they did not require artificial respiration or other external support). The use of awake non-anesthetized rabbits allows for immediate observation of the effects of embol.ization on behavior at the time of clot injection and thereafter.
Clinical rating score behavioral and quantal dose-response analysis [03361 The use of clinical rating scores and quantal analysis is a sophisticated method to determine how a large population of stroke "patients" in this case, rabbits, will respond to a treatment and is an appropriate primary endpoint to use when a treatment is being developed to support a clinical trial. To evaluate the quantitative relationship between clot dose and behavioral deficits, logistic sigmoidal quantal analysis curves were fitted to the dose. A wide range of clot doses was used to produce behaviorally normal or abnormal animals. In the absence of a neuroprotective treatment regimen, small number of microclots causes no grossly apparent neurologic dysfunction. However, when large numbers of microclots are injected, they invariably caused encephalopathy and sometimes death. Abnormal rabbits with encephalopathy include those with one or more of the following symptoms: ataxia, leaning, circling, lethargy, nystagmus, loss of balance, loss of limb/facial sensation and occasionally, paraplegia. Using a simple dichotomous rating system, with a reproducible composite result and low inter-rater variability (<5%), each animal was rated as either behaviorally normal or abnormal by a naive observer. Using quantal analysis, behavioral changes was detected following pharmacological intervention. With this simple rating system, the composite result for a group of animals is quite reproducible. A separate curve was generated for each treatment condition and a statistically significant increase in the value or the amount of microclots that produce neurologic dysfunction in 50 % of a group of animals compared with control is indicative of a behavioral improvement.
Power and statistical analysis [03371 Power analysis of the quantal dose-response curves indicates that, assuming a= .05 and [3=.90, a coefficient of variation of 15% and a difference between means of 20%, a sample size of 14 animals is required per group. However, previous experience shows that approximately 20 animals per group are needed due to premature losses caused by preparation difficulties or death after ischemia, but before treatment can be fully administered. The behavioral data are presented as P50 (mean S.E.M.) in mg clots for the number of rabbits in each group (n). P50 values are analyzed using the t-test, which included the Bonferroni correction where appropriate. In the study, a full sham-treated control group was run parallel to the treatment groups and all groups are rated using the same behavioral analysis scale described above to remove any experimental or investigator bias. NILT-treated groups are directly compared with control groups. For all animals in this study, prior to carotid catheter placement, the fur on the scalp covering the skull of all rabbits used in this study was shaved to reveal pink skin. All shaved rabbits were randomly allocated into treatment groups before the embolization procedure, with concealment of the randomization until all postmortem analyses were complete.
Near infrared light therapy [0338] Rabbits were placed in a Plexiglas restrainer for the duration of the treatment. The probe was placed in direct contact with the skin, since the fur over the =d region was shaved prior to juxtaposing the laser probe to the skin. An Acculaser low energy laser fitted with a fiberoptic cable and laser probe (OZ Optics Ltd., Berkeley, CA) measuring 2 centimeters in diameter was used (wavelength of 808 5 nanometers).
Instrument design studies showed that these specifications would allow for light enetration of the rabbit skull and brain to a depth of approximately 2.5-3 centimeters and that the light beam would encompass the majority of the brain if placed on the skin surface posterior to bregma on the midline. Using the specifications described above, the average energy delivered to the brain was 0.9-1.2 joules. Table 11 provides details for the three different treatment regimens used in the present studies: 1) CW; 2) P1 using a frequency of 300 s pulse at 1 kHz; and 3) P2 using a frequency of 2 ms pulse at 100 Hz.
Table 11: NILT treatment regimens Treatment Power Pulse (Hz) On time Duty cycle Treatment Time post-regimen density (ms) duration embolization (mW/cmz) (min.) (hours) CW 7.5 NA NA 100% 2 6 and 12 PW mode 1 7.5 1000 0.3 30% 2 6 and 12 PW mode 2 7.5 100 2 20% 2 6 Results Transcranial NILT improves clinical rating scores: 6-hour treatment [0339] In this study, 48 hours has been used as the time to measure the behavioral endpoint in determining the relative effectiveness of different treatment regimens. In the previous 2004 Lapchak study cited above, the improvements in behavior that were present at 48 hours were also measurable up to 21 days following treatment. In this study, a power density setting of 7.5 mW/cm2 and treatment duration of 2 min. were used. In order to define effective regimens of NILT, the three different modes: CW, P1 and P2 described above were used. The main difference between the three modes is the duty cycle and the overall time for brain irradiation.
[0340] Figures 42A-42C show the results of the studies using a 6-hour post-embolization time of treatment. The dark circles represent the raw data for the control group and the triangles represent the raw data for the laser-treated group. A
normal animal for a specific clot weight is represented by a symbol plotted at 0 on the y axis, whereas an abnormal animal for a specific clot weight is represented by a symbol plotted at 100 on the y axis. NILT initiated 6 hours following embolization using all three treatment regimens improved behavioral performance compared with a cumulative control group when behavior was measured 24 hours following treatment. As shown in Figure 42A, NILT given as a CW increased the P50 value to 2.06 0.59 mg (n=29, P=0.099) and this was not statistically different from the control group P50 value which was 1.01 0.25 mg (n=31). However, when NILT was given either as a PW using the P1 or P2 modes, there were significant increases in behavioral function that were reflected by significantly increased P50 values for the groups. The P50 values were 1.89 0.29 mg (n=25, P=0.0248) and 1.92 0.15 mg (n=33, P=0.0024), respectively for the P1 and P2 groups, as shown in Figures 42B and 42C.
Effect of transcranial NILT on behavioral function when initiated 12 hours following embolization [0341] In the previous 2004 Lapchak study cited above, laser therapy was reported to not be effective when applied to rabbits 24 hours following a stroke. Thus, it is important to determine if the therapeutic window for NILT could be extended past 6 hours using either the CW or PI regimens. For this series of experiments, the cumulative control group described above was used, a group that had a P50 value of 1.01 0.25 mg (n=31). This cumulative control group was used because it has been previously documented that the baseline P50 value for embolized rabbits is quite consistent over time and between experiments. The use of a cumulative control group in this study allows the reduction of the utilization of large number of rabbits.
[0342] Figures 43A and 43B show the results of the studies using a 12-hour post-embolization time of treatment. The dark circles represent the raw data for the control group and the triangles represent the raw data for the laser-treated group. A
normal animal for a specific clot weight is represented by a symbol plotted at 0 on the y axis, whereas an abnormal animal for a specific clot weight is represented by a symbol plotted at 100 on the y axis. NILT initiated 12 hours following embolization using either of the treatment regimens did not significantly improve behavioral performance compared with the cumulative control group when behavior was measured 24 hours following treatment. As shown in Figure 43A, NILT given as a CW increased the P50 value to 2.89 1.76 mg (n=29, P=0.279). In addition, as shown in Figure 43B, when NILT
was given as a PW using the P1 the P50 value was 2.40 0.99 mg (n=24, P=0.134).
Thus, although there was an increase in the mean P50 values, inherent variability in the response of the treatment group to NILT prevented the treatment from showing statistically significant differences. Since neither the CW nor the P1 regimens were effective at significantly increasing the P50 value, the effects of NILT using the P2 regimen at the 12-hour post-embolization time point were not investigated.
Discussion [0343] The principal aim of this study was to directly evaluate the effects of CW and PW transcranial NILT on clinical rating scores following multiple small clot embolic strokes in rabbits. To achieve this goal, the RSCEM was used which is a useful preclinical animal model to develop new stroke treatments that can be quickly translated to the clinic. In the model, the primary cause of stroke or ischemic injury is related to the administration of blood clots that lodge in cerebral vessels, the same cause of many strokes in humans responsible for the interruption of cerebral blood flow and clinical deficits. Moreover, RSCEM is a model of multiple infarct ischemia that uses a scale of clinical rating scores as the primary endpoint which is based upon motor function components of the NIHSS for stroke in humans.
[0344] In the present study that used the RSCEM, transcranial NILT applied to embolized rabbits 6 hours following an embolic stroke improved behavioral rating scores, specifically motor function. There are three important aspects of these findings. First, the low power density (7.5 mW/cm2) with an estimated brain penetration of 2.5-3 cm as used in the study was effective at improving clinical rating scores (e.g., motor function).
Second, a 2 minute application of near infrared light promoted recovery of function when NILT is applied transcranially to embolized rabbits. Third, the studies were designed to determine if there were differential effects of CW therapy compared with pulse therapy.
Interestingly, although the CW regimen increased the P50 value of group, the resulting increase was not statistically significant from control. However, both pulse treatment regimens significantly increased the P50 value of group compared with control.
[0345] In the previous 2004 Lapchak study, laser therapy at a high power density (25 mW/cm2) was tested using a CW regimen for a 10 minute duration to show that laser therapy could improve behavioral function following embolic strokes in rabbits.
The present study shows that the power density of 7.5 mW/ cm2 and treatment time of 2 minutes can produce beneficial effects at the extended 6 hour post-embolization treatment time. However, in this study, CW therapy did not result in "statistically"
significant behavioral improvements. But pulse therapy, whether using the P1 or P2 regimen, did result in a statistically significant increase in behavior. These results with low power density NILT can be compared with those previously reported using a rodent stroke model which had some significant differences with the present study. Using a rodent filament model to produce permanent cerebral ischemia, the rat MCAO study cited above was unable to show a benefit to early laser treatment (i.e., 4 hours following filament placement). However, this study found that laser treatment was effective when applied 24 hours following the stroke and that the beneficial effect was observable up to 21 days following the stroke. The durability of the laser therapy effects is comparable to that previously published. However, even though the previous 2004 Lapchak study indicated that NILT attenuates stroke-induced behavioral deficits in rabbits when applied up to 6 hours following the stroke, it did not show any "statistically" significant behavioral improvement when NILT was started 12 hours following the stroke.
[0346] There appears to be an important difference between the results published for the rodent filament permanent occlusion model cited above and the rabbit embolic stroke model 2004 study of Lapchak cited above. The difference may simply be associated with the cause of stroke in the two models. The placement of a plastic filament into the middle cerebral artery of a rodent that is being maintained on 1-2%
halothane, 70% N20 and 30% 02 and being monitored for blood glucose, pH, P02 and pCO2 and rectal temperature (all levels were undefined in the publication) may represent an extreme artificial model of cerebral stroke. The rabbit embolic stroke model as described within used rabbits 3 hours following the placement of a carotid catheter to ensure that the rabbits were self-maintaining and free of anesthetic when they were embolized.
Moreover, fresh blood clots prepared from donor rabbits were used for the embolization procedure on the day that the blood was drawn and allowed to clot free of additives.
Thus, during the embolization procedure, rabbits were awake and behaving normally.
With such differences between the two models, differential effects of NILT are not too surprising. The different findings resulting from the use of two diverse animal models of ischemic stroke may shed some light on the mechanism(s) of action of NILT in the ischemic brain. In the rat model study, it was proposed that laser therapy may be inducing neurogenesis in the brain primarily because the effect of laser was only evident when applied 24 hours following ischemia and that there was coincident elevation of neurogenesis-associated markers in the brain. Moreover, the physiological effects of laser therapy were not observed immediately, but required a delay of between 2 and 4 weeks post-treatment. The authors suggested that laser therapy induces the formation of new neurons and neuron-supporting cells in the brain and that the behavioral improvement following laser therapy requires the new neuronal pathways. Unfortunately, this idea was not supported by measures of hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) staining for lesion volume in the laser-treated and control ischemic brains as there was no statistically significant difference in lesion volume between the two groups, suggesting that there was little or no neurogenesis in brain.
[0347] In contrast to the delayed effects of laser therapy in the rat model, in the rabbit model, NILT is effective when applied 5 minutes to 6 hours following embolization and the behavioral effects of NILT are measurable within 24-48 hours of embolization. The results described herein suggest that NILT is inducing a rapid response element (RRE) in brain following embolization that results in behavioral improvement, an effect that appears to be independent of neurogenesis or long-term remodeling.
Moreover, in stroke patients entered in the NeuroThera Effectiveness and Safety Trial (NEST-1), a significant reduction in NIHSS score was evident by day 5 after laser treatment, which continued to improve up to 90 days after treatment (see, Y.
Lampl et al., "Infrared laser therapy for ischemic stroke: a new treatment strategy: results of the NeuroThera Effectiveness and Safety Trial-1 (NEST-1)," Stroke 38(6): 1843-1849 (2007)). This finding is in agreement with the results of the rabbit embolic stroke model studies, which show that laser therapy induces rapid recovery of function following an ischemic stroke.
[0348] Taken together, results from experimental stroke studies suggest that NILT may be useful in patients if applied between 6 and 24 hours of a stroke.
Based upon correlative preclinical and clinical acute ischemic stroke studies, the 6 hour therapeutic window observed in the RSCEM may be equivalent to approximately 18 hours in a stroke patient because of the following. In the RSCEM, tPA effectively improves behavior when given 1-1.5 hours following embolization and in patients the therapeutic window for tPA is along the order of 3-6 hours after stroke onset. Thus, there appears to be a two- to threefold differential between the observed times for effectiveness of tPA in the rabbit model compared with patients. Consistent with this hypothesis, in the RSCEM, NILT was effective up to 6 hours following a stroke and as predicted by the model, the NEST-1 clinical trial cited above found that laser therapy improved clinical rating scores patients were treated within 24 hours following a stroke. Thus, because of the time differential discussed above, it would appear that NILT may be useful in patients if they present at a clinic within 24 hours of a stroke.
[0349] The NEST-1 study cited above has provided some indication that transcranial laser therapy may be a useful approach to treating motor function deficits resulting from ischemic strokes when laser therapy is initiated 2-24 hours following the stroke. The first trial of the NEST-I study used a CW mode with a power density of 10 mW/cm2 at 20 pre-determined locations on the scalp for 2 minutes of irradiation at each site. The preliminary results from the NEST-1 trial of 120 Acute ischemic stroke patients (biased design of 1:2) with a treatment time between 2 and 24 hours (median time 18 hours) showed that more patients in the laser-treated group had successful outcomes from baseline to 90 days, measured by a mean change in the NIHSS and mRS scores, than did controls (P=0.035, stratified by severity and time to treatment; P=0.048, stratified by severity alone). The positive results documented for NILT in animal models of stroke prompted the initiation of the NEST-1I trial, a prospective, intent-to-treat, multi-center, international, double-blinded trial sponsored by the manufacturers of the transcranial laser device, PhotoThera Inc.
[0350] NILT effectively improves behavioral deficits when applied to the rabbit brain using PWs of light energy. While the data do support the use of NILT
therapy in a clinical setting, the differential results obtained using CW and PW treatment suggest that the use of a PW mode of NILT will be most beneficial to patients to improve motor function and overall well-being.
Phototherapy example 5 [03511 In another example study performed under contract with Neurological Testing Service, Inc. (Charleston, SC), Infrared Transcranial Laser Therapy (TLT) was tested for efficacy in an amyloid precursor peptide (APP) transgenic mouse model of Alzheimer's Disease (AD). Laser light therapy was administered three times per week at various doses for 26 weeks, starting at 3 months of age, and the results were compared to no laser (control group). Animals were examined for amyloid load, inflammatory markers, brain A(3 levels, plasma A[3 levels, CSF A(3, levels, sAPP levels, and NS
behavioral changes. The number of A[3 plaques was significantly reduced in the brain with administration of laser therapy in a dose dependent fashion.
Administration of laser therapy demonstrated a dose dependent reduction in amyloid load. All therapies were effective in the reduction in amyloid deposition. All laser treatments reduced the behavioral effects seen with advanced amyloid deposition. Overall, laser therapy was effective at limiting the extent of A[3 amyloid in the brain and reversing the effect of deposition of A[3 peptide and behavioral deficits in the mouse. In addition, the laser therapies were able to reduce the expression of inflammatory markers in the APP
transgenic mice. A[3 peptide levels were significantly changed in the brains of the APP
transgenic mice, and there was no detectable difference in plasma A[3 peptide levels.
Studies showed an increase in sAPP(3 and a decrease in sAPP(3 levels consistent with inhibition of the (3-secretase activity. These studies suggest that laser light therapy is a potential candidate for therapeutic treatment of AD.
[03521 As used herein, the following abbreviations have the following definitions:
Abbreviations Definition A[3 Abeta APP Amyloid Precursor Protein A[3 peptide Abeta peptide AD Alzheimer's Disease 4G8 Abeta peptide antibody PTI PhotoThera, Inc.
NTS Neurological Testing Service, Inc.
BACE Beta secretase IL-1 Interleukin- 1 TNF-a Tumor necrosis factor-a TGF-(3 Transforming growth factor-(3 [03531 A[3 containing senile plaques are one of the neuropathological hallmarks of Alzheimer's Disease (AD) and a considerable effort has been expended in understanding the relationship of A[3 and A3-containing senile plaques to AD.
Much of this work has focused on the biosynthesis of A[3 and factors that influence its deposition.
The A[3 peptides are primarily two peptides of either 40 or 42 amino acids generated via internal proteolysis of its precursor, the amyloid precursor protein (APP). In addition to A(3-containing senile plaques, a variety of neuronal cytoskeletal alterations are prominent features of AD neuropathology. These include phospho-tau containing neurofibrillary tangles, free-lying dystrophic neurites and those present in neuritic senile plaques, and synapse loss. Whether these abnormal features are the result of or cause of neuronal loss is still controversial. Regardless of the precise mechanism, this neuronal and synaptic loss leads to cognitive decline. Early onset autosomal dominant AD is directly linked to mutations in one of several genes: APP, presenilin 1 (PS 1), or presenilin 2 (PS2). In addition several risk factor genes, most notably the APOE4 allele, alter risk for later onset AD, and it is clear that mutations or polymorphisms in several other genes can lead to similar AD phenotypes.
[03541 The A[3 peptide is derived from APP, which is cleaved by the sequential action of the P- and y-secretases. The (3-site APP cleavage enzyme (BACE) is a member of the membrane bound aspartyl proteases which results in the cleavage of APP
on the extracellular side of the membrane releasing the soluble APP-[3 (sAPP[3) fragment.
In addition, the y-secretase enzyme (a complex of PS-1 and PS-2) cleaves the transmembrane domain to release the A[3 peptide and carboxyl terminus. The a-secretase enzyme is the predominent APP activity that cleaves in the middle of the A(3 peptide and prevents the generation of the A(3 peptide. Altered functions of these enzymes can lead to the enhanced production of A[3 peptide, which may contribute to AD
pathogenesis. A
number of studies have shown that mutations in the APP gene or in presenilins result in the increase in (3-secretase cleavage and the production of both A(31-40 and A(31-42. In addition, a depletion of cholesterol using cholesterol lowering-agents produced a decrease in A(3 peptide synthesis and sAPP-(3. Therefore, understanding the mechanisms associated with altered A(3 processing and the role of (3-secretase in the process will help in the design of selective inhibitors of (3-secretase and eventually therapeutic treatment of AD.
Methods and Materials [0355] The amyloid precursor protein (APP) transgenic model of mouse A[3 peptide amyloidosis was used. APP transgenic mice were administered no laser or laser therapy as outlined below 3X/week for 26 weeks starting at 3 months of age. At the end of the experiment, animals were subject to behavioral analysis, were sacrificed and the brains were divided in half and prepared as follows: '/2 brain was examined for A[3 plaque burden in the brain (i.e., plaque number), and inflammatory markers and the second V2 of the brain was homogenized for brain A[3 peptide level and sAPP levels. Animals were treated daily at 1 pm and were tested on days 176-179 for the behavioral studies and the final trials were performed on the 26th week (four hours after the treatment).
Animals were sacrificed immediately after training and plasma, CSF and brain were collected for analysis.
[0356] A control APP group was used to determine the baseline of amyloid deposits (treatment was simulated with the laser disabled, no laser energy).
The group started as 3 month old mice and maintained in the study for 26 weeks to reach 9 months of age. In addition, at the end of the study, the animals were subjected to behavioral (FfomTis water maze) analysis. NTS was not blinded to the study parameters.
The laser was prepared by PTI and shipped to NTS. The animals were subjected to behavioral studies, amyloid load, A[3 peptide analysis, inflammatory markers, sAPP
levels, brain and plasma for A[3 analysis. The animals in each of the groups were allowed to complete the study and all protocols were carried out after 26 weeks. Endpoints were as follows:
-- Amyloid load in brain (left hemisphere) -- Inflammatory markers in brain (IL-1, TNF-alpha, TGF-[3) -- A[3 1-40, 1-42 in brain ('/2 from animals/plasma from all animals) -- Plasma A[3 levels (13 and 26 weeks: 4hrs post dose).
-- sAPPa and (3 levels from brain. Brain collection (week 26 only) for brain/plasma/CSF
A[3 peptide levels.
-- Gross necropsy examination -- Behavior analysis - MWM performed during the last week of treatment, animals to be sacrificed after last administration. Test includes tracking of swimming distance and time to reach platform.
[0357] Male APP transgenic mice (NTS, Inc.) weighing approximately 35-40 grams each were given free access to food and water before and during the experiment.
Phototherapy example 5 [03511 In another example study performed under contract with Neurological Testing Service, Inc. (Charleston, SC), Infrared Transcranial Laser Therapy (TLT) was tested for efficacy in an amyloid precursor peptide (APP) transgenic mouse model of Alzheimer's Disease (AD). Laser light therapy was administered three times per week at various doses for 26 weeks, starting at 3 months of age, and the results were compared to no laser (control group). Animals were examined for amyloid load, inflammatory markers, brain A(3 levels, plasma A[3 levels, CSF A(3, levels, sAPP levels, and NS
behavioral changes. The number of A[3 plaques was significantly reduced in the brain with administration of laser therapy in a dose dependent fashion.
Administration of laser therapy demonstrated a dose dependent reduction in amyloid load. All therapies were effective in the reduction in amyloid deposition. All laser treatments reduced the behavioral effects seen with advanced amyloid deposition. Overall, laser therapy was effective at limiting the extent of A[3 amyloid in the brain and reversing the effect of deposition of A[3 peptide and behavioral deficits in the mouse. In addition, the laser therapies were able to reduce the expression of inflammatory markers in the APP
transgenic mice. A[3 peptide levels were significantly changed in the brains of the APP
transgenic mice, and there was no detectable difference in plasma A[3 peptide levels.
Studies showed an increase in sAPP(3 and a decrease in sAPP(3 levels consistent with inhibition of the (3-secretase activity. These studies suggest that laser light therapy is a potential candidate for therapeutic treatment of AD.
[03521 As used herein, the following abbreviations have the following definitions:
Abbreviations Definition A[3 Abeta APP Amyloid Precursor Protein A[3 peptide Abeta peptide AD Alzheimer's Disease 4G8 Abeta peptide antibody PTI PhotoThera, Inc.
NTS Neurological Testing Service, Inc.
BACE Beta secretase IL-1 Interleukin- 1 TNF-a Tumor necrosis factor-a TGF-(3 Transforming growth factor-(3 [03531 A[3 containing senile plaques are one of the neuropathological hallmarks of Alzheimer's Disease (AD) and a considerable effort has been expended in understanding the relationship of A[3 and A3-containing senile plaques to AD.
Much of this work has focused on the biosynthesis of A[3 and factors that influence its deposition.
The A[3 peptides are primarily two peptides of either 40 or 42 amino acids generated via internal proteolysis of its precursor, the amyloid precursor protein (APP). In addition to A(3-containing senile plaques, a variety of neuronal cytoskeletal alterations are prominent features of AD neuropathology. These include phospho-tau containing neurofibrillary tangles, free-lying dystrophic neurites and those present in neuritic senile plaques, and synapse loss. Whether these abnormal features are the result of or cause of neuronal loss is still controversial. Regardless of the precise mechanism, this neuronal and synaptic loss leads to cognitive decline. Early onset autosomal dominant AD is directly linked to mutations in one of several genes: APP, presenilin 1 (PS 1), or presenilin 2 (PS2). In addition several risk factor genes, most notably the APOE4 allele, alter risk for later onset AD, and it is clear that mutations or polymorphisms in several other genes can lead to similar AD phenotypes.
[03541 The A[3 peptide is derived from APP, which is cleaved by the sequential action of the P- and y-secretases. The (3-site APP cleavage enzyme (BACE) is a member of the membrane bound aspartyl proteases which results in the cleavage of APP
on the extracellular side of the membrane releasing the soluble APP-[3 (sAPP[3) fragment.
In addition, the y-secretase enzyme (a complex of PS-1 and PS-2) cleaves the transmembrane domain to release the A[3 peptide and carboxyl terminus. The a-secretase enzyme is the predominent APP activity that cleaves in the middle of the A(3 peptide and prevents the generation of the A(3 peptide. Altered functions of these enzymes can lead to the enhanced production of A[3 peptide, which may contribute to AD
pathogenesis. A
number of studies have shown that mutations in the APP gene or in presenilins result in the increase in (3-secretase cleavage and the production of both A(31-40 and A(31-42. In addition, a depletion of cholesterol using cholesterol lowering-agents produced a decrease in A(3 peptide synthesis and sAPP-(3. Therefore, understanding the mechanisms associated with altered A(3 processing and the role of (3-secretase in the process will help in the design of selective inhibitors of (3-secretase and eventually therapeutic treatment of AD.
Methods and Materials [0355] The amyloid precursor protein (APP) transgenic model of mouse A[3 peptide amyloidosis was used. APP transgenic mice were administered no laser or laser therapy as outlined below 3X/week for 26 weeks starting at 3 months of age. At the end of the experiment, animals were subject to behavioral analysis, were sacrificed and the brains were divided in half and prepared as follows: '/2 brain was examined for A[3 plaque burden in the brain (i.e., plaque number), and inflammatory markers and the second V2 of the brain was homogenized for brain A[3 peptide level and sAPP levels. Animals were treated daily at 1 pm and were tested on days 176-179 for the behavioral studies and the final trials were performed on the 26th week (four hours after the treatment).
Animals were sacrificed immediately after training and plasma, CSF and brain were collected for analysis.
[0356] A control APP group was used to determine the baseline of amyloid deposits (treatment was simulated with the laser disabled, no laser energy).
The group started as 3 month old mice and maintained in the study for 26 weeks to reach 9 months of age. In addition, at the end of the study, the animals were subjected to behavioral (FfomTis water maze) analysis. NTS was not blinded to the study parameters.
The laser was prepared by PTI and shipped to NTS. The animals were subjected to behavioral studies, amyloid load, A[3 peptide analysis, inflammatory markers, sAPP
levels, brain and plasma for A[3 analysis. The animals in each of the groups were allowed to complete the study and all protocols were carried out after 26 weeks. Endpoints were as follows:
-- Amyloid load in brain (left hemisphere) -- Inflammatory markers in brain (IL-1, TNF-alpha, TGF-[3) -- A[3 1-40, 1-42 in brain ('/2 from animals/plasma from all animals) -- Plasma A[3 levels (13 and 26 weeks: 4hrs post dose).
-- sAPPa and (3 levels from brain. Brain collection (week 26 only) for brain/plasma/CSF
A[3 peptide levels.
-- Gross necropsy examination -- Behavior analysis - MWM performed during the last week of treatment, animals to be sacrificed after last administration. Test includes tracking of swimming distance and time to reach platform.
[0357] Male APP transgenic mice (NTS, Inc.) weighing approximately 35-40 grams each were given free access to food and water before and during the experiment.
The animals were administered laser therapy. The laser was prepared by PTI and delivered to NTS. The APP mice (male) used in this experiment were designed by microinjection of the human APP gene (with the Swedish and London mutations) into mouse eggs under the control of the platelet-derived growth factor B (PDGF-B) chain gene promoter. The mice were generated on a C57BL/6 background and were developed by MTI. Animals were housed in the Medical University of South Carolina Animal Facility under a 12:12 light:dark cycle. Animals were housed in standard non-sterile rodent microisolator cage, with filtered cage top and housed 4 to a cage.
Animals were fed ad libitum and maintained by brother sister mating. Transgenic animals were identified by PCR analysis. The mice generated from this construct, develop amyloid deposits starting at 6 months of age. Animals were aged for 3 months and then maintained for 26 weeks and sacrificed for amyloid quantification.
[0358] For histological examination, the animals were anesthetized with an intraperitoneal injection of sodium pentobarbital (50 mg/kg). The animals were transcardially perfused with 4 C, phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) followed by 4%
paraformaldehyde. The brains were removed and placed in 4% paraformaldehyde over night. The brains were processed to paraffin and embedded. Ten serial 30- m thick sections through the brain were obtained. Tissue sections were deparaffinized and washed in Tris buffered saline (TBS) pH 7.4 and blocked in the appropriate serum (mouse). Sections were blocked overnight at 4 C and then subjected to primary antibody overnight at 4 C (A(3 peptide antibody, 4G8, Signet) in order to detect the amyloid deposits in the brain of the transgenic animals. Sections were washed in TBS
and secondary antibody (Vector Laboratories) was added and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. After washing the sections were incubated as instructed in the Vector ABC
Elite kit (Vector Laboratories) and stained with diaminobenzoic acid (DAB).
The reactions were stopped in water and cover slipped after treatment to xylene.
The amyloid area in each section was determined with a computer-assisted image analysis system, consisting of a Power Macintosh computer equipped with a Quick Capture frame grabber card, Hitachi CCD camera mounted on an Olympus microscope and camera stand.
NIH
Image Analysis Software, v. 1.55 was used. The images were captured and the total area of amyloid was determined over the ten sections. A single operator blinded to treatment status performed all measurements. Summing the amyloid volumes of the sections and dividing by the total number of sections calculated the amyloid volume per animal.
[0359] For quantitative analysis, we used an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) to measure the levels of human A(31_40 and A[31_42 in the brains of APP
transgenic mice (IBL, 27718 for 1-40 and 27711 for 1-42). A(31-40 and A131-42 were extracted from mouse brains as described below:
1. Weighed frozen hemi-brains.
2. Prepared Tissue Homogenization Buffer (THB-see following recipe) by adding Protease Inhibitor Cocktail (PIC, Sigma) 1:1000 dilution immediately before use.
3. Homogenized hemi-brains in lmL of THB + PIC per each 100mg of tissue (e.g.
2.2mL of buffer was used to homogenize a hemi-brain weighing 220mg).
4. Homogenized brains (using polytron) and samples were aliquoted and snap frozen in liquid nitrogen.
Tissue Homogenization Buffer (THB):
(250mM sucrose, 20mM tris base, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM EGTA) mL 1M Tris base (pH 7.4) 21.4 g sucrose 0.5 mL 0.5 M EDTA
1.0 mL 0.25 EGTA
Added ddH2O to 250 mL.
Sterile filtered and handled aseptically.
Stored at 4 C.
[0360] ELISA assays were performed as described by the manufacturer (IBL):
1) The wells for reagent blank were determined. 100 L each of "4, EIA buffer"
was put into the wells.
2) Wells for test sample blank, test sample and diluted standard were determined.
Then, 100 L each of test sample blank, test sample and dilutions of standard were placed into the appropriate wells.
3) The precoated plate for were incubated overnight at 4 C after covering it with plate lid.
4) Each well of the precoated plate was washed vigorously with wash buffer using washing bottle (3 times). Then, each well was filled with wash buffer and place the precoated plate for 1530 seconds. Wash buffer was removed completely from the precoated plate by snapping. This procedure was repeated more than 7 times. Then, the remaining liquid was removed from all wells completely by snapping the precoated plate onto paper towel.
5) 100 L of labeled antibody solution was pipetted into the wells of test samples, diluted standard and test sample blank.
6) The precoated plate was incubated for 1 hour at 4 C after covering it with plate lid.
7) The precoated plate was washed 9 times in the same manner above (4).
8) The required quantity of "6, Chromogen" was pipetted into a disposable test tube. And then, 100 L was pipetted from the test tube into the wells.
Animals were fed ad libitum and maintained by brother sister mating. Transgenic animals were identified by PCR analysis. The mice generated from this construct, develop amyloid deposits starting at 6 months of age. Animals were aged for 3 months and then maintained for 26 weeks and sacrificed for amyloid quantification.
[0358] For histological examination, the animals were anesthetized with an intraperitoneal injection of sodium pentobarbital (50 mg/kg). The animals were transcardially perfused with 4 C, phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) followed by 4%
paraformaldehyde. The brains were removed and placed in 4% paraformaldehyde over night. The brains were processed to paraffin and embedded. Ten serial 30- m thick sections through the brain were obtained. Tissue sections were deparaffinized and washed in Tris buffered saline (TBS) pH 7.4 and blocked in the appropriate serum (mouse). Sections were blocked overnight at 4 C and then subjected to primary antibody overnight at 4 C (A(3 peptide antibody, 4G8, Signet) in order to detect the amyloid deposits in the brain of the transgenic animals. Sections were washed in TBS
and secondary antibody (Vector Laboratories) was added and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. After washing the sections were incubated as instructed in the Vector ABC
Elite kit (Vector Laboratories) and stained with diaminobenzoic acid (DAB).
The reactions were stopped in water and cover slipped after treatment to xylene.
The amyloid area in each section was determined with a computer-assisted image analysis system, consisting of a Power Macintosh computer equipped with a Quick Capture frame grabber card, Hitachi CCD camera mounted on an Olympus microscope and camera stand.
NIH
Image Analysis Software, v. 1.55 was used. The images were captured and the total area of amyloid was determined over the ten sections. A single operator blinded to treatment status performed all measurements. Summing the amyloid volumes of the sections and dividing by the total number of sections calculated the amyloid volume per animal.
[0359] For quantitative analysis, we used an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) to measure the levels of human A(31_40 and A[31_42 in the brains of APP
transgenic mice (IBL, 27718 for 1-40 and 27711 for 1-42). A(31-40 and A131-42 were extracted from mouse brains as described below:
1. Weighed frozen hemi-brains.
2. Prepared Tissue Homogenization Buffer (THB-see following recipe) by adding Protease Inhibitor Cocktail (PIC, Sigma) 1:1000 dilution immediately before use.
3. Homogenized hemi-brains in lmL of THB + PIC per each 100mg of tissue (e.g.
2.2mL of buffer was used to homogenize a hemi-brain weighing 220mg).
4. Homogenized brains (using polytron) and samples were aliquoted and snap frozen in liquid nitrogen.
Tissue Homogenization Buffer (THB):
(250mM sucrose, 20mM tris base, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM EGTA) mL 1M Tris base (pH 7.4) 21.4 g sucrose 0.5 mL 0.5 M EDTA
1.0 mL 0.25 EGTA
Added ddH2O to 250 mL.
Sterile filtered and handled aseptically.
Stored at 4 C.
[0360] ELISA assays were performed as described by the manufacturer (IBL):
1) The wells for reagent blank were determined. 100 L each of "4, EIA buffer"
was put into the wells.
2) Wells for test sample blank, test sample and diluted standard were determined.
Then, 100 L each of test sample blank, test sample and dilutions of standard were placed into the appropriate wells.
3) The precoated plate for were incubated overnight at 4 C after covering it with plate lid.
4) Each well of the precoated plate was washed vigorously with wash buffer using washing bottle (3 times). Then, each well was filled with wash buffer and place the precoated plate for 1530 seconds. Wash buffer was removed completely from the precoated plate by snapping. This procedure was repeated more than 7 times. Then, the remaining liquid was removed from all wells completely by snapping the precoated plate onto paper towel.
5) 100 L of labeled antibody solution was pipetted into the wells of test samples, diluted standard and test sample blank.
6) The precoated plate was incubated for 1 hour at 4 C after covering it with plate lid.
7) The precoated plate was washed 9 times in the same manner above (4).
8) The required quantity of "6, Chromogen" was pipetted into a disposable test tube. And then, 100 L was pipetted from the test tube into the wells.
9) The precoated plate was incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature in the dark.
10) 100 L of "7, Stop solution" was pipetted into the wells. The liquid was mixed by tapping the side of precoated plate.
11) The plate reader was run and measurement conducted at 450nm. The measurement shall be done within 30minutes after the addition of "7, stop solution" .
[0361] For quantitative analysis of A[3 peptide levels in the plasma and CSF, an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) was used to measure the levels of human A(31_40 and API-42 in the plasma and CSF of APP transgenic mice (IBL, 27718 for 1-40 and 27711 for 1-42). AR I.40 and A[31.42 ELISAs were performed as above.
Blood was collect by saphenous vein collection or cardiac puncture (terminal bleed) in lithium:heparin and plasma was prepared by centrifugation. CSF was collected an analyzed.
[0362] For sAPP assays in the hemibrain, Western blot analysis, extracts containing 20-50 g of total protein were mixed with Tris/glycine reducing buffer, denaturing loading buffer, loaded, and electrophoresed on 8% Tris/glycine gels (Invitrogen). Gels were transferred to nitrocellulose membranes, incubated with the respective primary antibodies followed by secondary antibodies conjugated to horseradish peroxidase and processed for visualization by enhanced chemiluminescence ECL
Plus TM
(Amersham Biosciences). The 6E10 monoclonal Ab (Signet, Dedham, MA) recognizes the first 17 amino acids of the A[3 peptide. 6E10 Ab was used for Western blotting to detect soluble APPa. Rabbit 869 antibody was used to detect sAPP(3 by Western blotting.
Secondary antibodies conjugated to horseradish peroxidase were from Jackson ImmunoResearch (West Grove, PA).
[0363] For immunohistochemical analysis for cytokine evaluation in the hemibrain, tissue sections were deparaffinized and washed in Tris buffered saline (TBS) pH 7.4 and blocked in the appropriate serum (goat). Sections were blocked overnight at 4 C and then subjected to primary antibody overnight at 4 C. Sections were washed in TBS and secondary antibody was added and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature.
After washing the sections were incubated as instructed in the Vector ABC
Elite kit and stained with diaminobenzoic acid (DAB). The reactions were stopped in water and cover slipped after treatment to xylene.
10) 100 L of "7, Stop solution" was pipetted into the wells. The liquid was mixed by tapping the side of precoated plate.
11) The plate reader was run and measurement conducted at 450nm. The measurement shall be done within 30minutes after the addition of "7, stop solution" .
[0361] For quantitative analysis of A[3 peptide levels in the plasma and CSF, an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) was used to measure the levels of human A(31_40 and API-42 in the plasma and CSF of APP transgenic mice (IBL, 27718 for 1-40 and 27711 for 1-42). AR I.40 and A[31.42 ELISAs were performed as above.
Blood was collect by saphenous vein collection or cardiac puncture (terminal bleed) in lithium:heparin and plasma was prepared by centrifugation. CSF was collected an analyzed.
[0362] For sAPP assays in the hemibrain, Western blot analysis, extracts containing 20-50 g of total protein were mixed with Tris/glycine reducing buffer, denaturing loading buffer, loaded, and electrophoresed on 8% Tris/glycine gels (Invitrogen). Gels were transferred to nitrocellulose membranes, incubated with the respective primary antibodies followed by secondary antibodies conjugated to horseradish peroxidase and processed for visualization by enhanced chemiluminescence ECL
Plus TM
(Amersham Biosciences). The 6E10 monoclonal Ab (Signet, Dedham, MA) recognizes the first 17 amino acids of the A[3 peptide. 6E10 Ab was used for Western blotting to detect soluble APPa. Rabbit 869 antibody was used to detect sAPP(3 by Western blotting.
Secondary antibodies conjugated to horseradish peroxidase were from Jackson ImmunoResearch (West Grove, PA).
[0363] For immunohistochemical analysis for cytokine evaluation in the hemibrain, tissue sections were deparaffinized and washed in Tris buffered saline (TBS) pH 7.4 and blocked in the appropriate serum (goat). Sections were blocked overnight at 4 C and then subjected to primary antibody overnight at 4 C. Sections were washed in TBS and secondary antibody was added and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature.
After washing the sections were incubated as instructed in the Vector ABC
Elite kit and stained with diaminobenzoic acid (DAB). The reactions were stopped in water and cover slipped after treatment to xylene.
[0364] Morris water-maze testing was used for behavioral analysis. All mice were tested once in the Morris water maze test at the end of the experiment.
Mice were trained in a 1.2 in open field water maze. The pool was filled to a depth of 30 cm with water and maintained at 25 C. The escape platform (10 cm square) was placed 1 cm below the surface of the water. During the trials, the platform was removed from the pool. The cued test was carried out in the pool surrounded with white curtains to hide any extra-maze cues. All animals underwent non-spatial pretraining (NSP) for three consecutive days. These trials are to prepare the animals for the final behavioral test to determine the retention of memory to find the platform. These trials were not recorded (for training purposes only). For the training and learning studies, the curtains were removed to extra maze cues (this allowed for identification of animals with swimming impairments). On day 1, the mice were placed on the hidden platform for 20 seconds (trial 1), for trials 2-3 animals were released in the water at a distance of 10 cm from the cued-platform or hidden platform (trial 4) and allowed to swim to the platform. On the second day of trials, the hidden platform was moved randomly between the center of the pool or the center of each quadrant. The animals were released into the pool, randomly facing the wall and were allowed 60 seconds to reach the platform (3 trials).
In the third trial, animals were given three trials, two with a hidden platform and one with a cued platform. Two days following the NSP, animals were subjected to final behavioral trials (Morris water maze test). For these trials (3 per animal), the platform was placed in the center of one quadrant of the pool and the animals released facing the wall in a random fashion. The animal was allowed to find the platform or swim for 60 seconds (latency period, the time it takes to find the platform). All animals were tested within 4-6 hours of dosing and were randomly selected for testing by an operator blinded to the test group.
Animals were tested on days 176-179 for the non-spatial pretraining and the final trials were performed on day 180.
[0365] The results are expressed as the mean + standard error of mean (SEM).
The significance of differences in the amyloid and behavioral studies were analyzed using a t-test. Comparisons were made between the 9-month-old APP control group (baseline group - started at 3 months of age) and the 9-month old treated mice.
Differences below 0.05 were considered significant. Percent changes in amyloid and behavior were determined by taking the summation of the data in each group and dividing by the comparison (i.e., treated/9 month control = % change). Animals that developed severe complications following administration of laser were excluded from the study.
[0366] Animals (100 mice) were subjected to administration of no laser or laser for two minutes 3X/week beginning at 3 months of age and continued for 6 months.
Animals were male and were randomly assigned to the different treatment groups per Table 12 and Table 13.
[0367] Table 12:
Treatment Mode M Temporal Radiant Beam Irradiance Regime Format Power at diameter at at the (Treatment the Skin (2) the Skin Skin (3) Frequency) Regime Control (20) OFF 0 mW N/A 0 W/cm 3 x Week CW (20) Continuous 40 mW 3 mm 1.3 W/cm2 3 x Week Aulsed I (20) ON=2 mSec; 40 mW 3 mm 1.3 W/cm2 3 x Week 100 Hz Pulsed I1(20) ON=2 mSec; 200 mW 3 mm 6.4 W/cm2 3 x Week 100 Hz Pulsed III (20) ON=2 mSec; 400 mW 3 mm 12.7 3 x Week 100 Hz W/cm2 Total Number of Animals = 100 (2) These values are based on tissue transmission and scattering measurements done on mice at earlier TLT studies (Ischemic Stroke and TBI), and updated based on measurements of scalp/skull transmission and scatter on two APP mice. The measured data was used to calculate the Radiant Power at the skin -- Table 13, needed to deliver the irradiances listed to the animals Dura.
(3) These are calculated values showing average Irradiances for Continuous TLT
and Peak Irradiances for Pulsed TLT. Irradiance at the Skin = Radiant Power/Area of beam = Radiant Power/(m*(0.1 cm)2) = Radiant Power/0.0314 cm2 [0368] Table 13:
eatment Mode Group Name for Temporal Format Radiant Irradiance at Tables and Power at the Dural) Figures the Skin Regime Control A OFF 0 mW 0 mW/cm2 C.;W B Continuous 40 mW 10 mW/cm2 Pulsed I C ON=2 mSec; 100 Hz 40 mW 10 mW/cm2 Pulsed II D ON=2 mSec; 100 Hz 200 mW 50 mW/cm2 Pulsed III E ON=2 mSec; 100 Hz 400 mW 100 mW/cm2 (1) These are calculated values showing average Irradiances for Continuous TLT
and Peak Irradiances for Pulsed TTL.
Results [0369] The laser was provided as a powder to NTS. Amyloid load was determined in the animals treated with laser therapy and no laser. Table 14 and Figure 44 illustrate the results. The no laser group demonstrated a -2% amyloid burden which is the standard level of amyloid in this particular model at -9 months of age (previous studies).
The laser therapy demonstrated a dose dependent attenuation of the amyloid load when compared to the vehicle group. At all doses except CW, the amount of amyloid actually was lower than in the 9 month control group indicating that the laser therapy not only stopped amyloid deposition, but may have even reversed the level of amyloid.
This suggests that the laser therapy was capable of attenuating the amyloid in these mice.
There were no deaths in this study. Animals were examined for gross abnormalities following sacrifice. No gross pathological features were detected in the animals.
[0370] Table 14: Percent decrease in amyloid in the brain Treatment Percent change A(3 amyloid Burden P-value**
in A(3 amyloid* % +/- SEM
No laser NA 1.741 0.1120 NA
CW -11.8% 1.535 0.04399 0.0951 Pulse I -54% 0.8015 0.05021 <0.0001 Pulse II -67% 0.5740 0.03374 <0.0001 Pulse III -37.3% 1.091 0.09192 <0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0371] The behavioral effects (behavior and distance) of treatment with laser therapy were determined in the APP transgenic mice at the termination of the experiment.
Mice were subjected to the Morris water maze task and the latency period and distance were determined. Table 15 and Figure 45A illustrate the results. The no laser control demonstrated a latency time of 48.58 seconds, which is the standard in this particular model at -9 months of age (previous studies). All the laser treated animals demonstrated a significant difference in latency when compared to the control. This suggests that laser therapy was capable of attenuating the latency time in these mice.
[0372] Table 15: Behavioral changes in APP transgenic mice treated with LLT.
Treatment % Change in Latency time (sec) P value Latency Period* **
No laser NA 48.58 1.421 NA
CW -34.5% 31.82 1.382 <0.0001 Pulse I -50.5% 24.05 1.060 <0.0001 Pulse II -68.8% 15.15 1.082 <0.0001 Pulse III -48.6% 24.99 0.9763 <0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0373] Table 16 and Figure 45B illustrates the results comparing distance traveled in the water maze. The vehicle control demonstrated a distance of 75.53 in, which is the standard in this particular model at -9 months of age (previous studies). All the animals demonstrated a significant difference in distance when compared to the control group. This suggests that laser therapy was capable of attenuating the behavioral effects in these mice.
[0374] Table 16: Behavioral changes in APP transgenic mice treated with LLT.
Treatment % Change in Distance (in) P value Distance* *
No laser NA 75.53 2.746 NA
CW -22.9% 58.27 2.710 <0.0001 Pulse I -36.1% 48.24 3.184 <0.0001 Pulse II -51.5% 36.60 2.737 <0.0001 Pulse III -29.6% 53.15 2.206 <0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0375] The effect of laser therapy was determined on the expression of inflammatory markers (IFMs) in the brain of APP transgenic mice (Figures 46A-46C and Table 17). Table 17 and Figures 46A-46C illustrate the results of the animals terminated at 26 weeks after the start of treatment. The no laser control demonstrated specific staining for inflammatory markers (IL-1, TNF and TGF-(3) as indicated in Table 17, which are the standard in this particular model at -9 months of age (previous studies).
Laser therapy at all the doses demonstrated a significant difference from the control animals. This suggests that laser therapy was capable of attenuating the IFMs in these mice.
Mice were trained in a 1.2 in open field water maze. The pool was filled to a depth of 30 cm with water and maintained at 25 C. The escape platform (10 cm square) was placed 1 cm below the surface of the water. During the trials, the platform was removed from the pool. The cued test was carried out in the pool surrounded with white curtains to hide any extra-maze cues. All animals underwent non-spatial pretraining (NSP) for three consecutive days. These trials are to prepare the animals for the final behavioral test to determine the retention of memory to find the platform. These trials were not recorded (for training purposes only). For the training and learning studies, the curtains were removed to extra maze cues (this allowed for identification of animals with swimming impairments). On day 1, the mice were placed on the hidden platform for 20 seconds (trial 1), for trials 2-3 animals were released in the water at a distance of 10 cm from the cued-platform or hidden platform (trial 4) and allowed to swim to the platform. On the second day of trials, the hidden platform was moved randomly between the center of the pool or the center of each quadrant. The animals were released into the pool, randomly facing the wall and were allowed 60 seconds to reach the platform (3 trials).
In the third trial, animals were given three trials, two with a hidden platform and one with a cued platform. Two days following the NSP, animals were subjected to final behavioral trials (Morris water maze test). For these trials (3 per animal), the platform was placed in the center of one quadrant of the pool and the animals released facing the wall in a random fashion. The animal was allowed to find the platform or swim for 60 seconds (latency period, the time it takes to find the platform). All animals were tested within 4-6 hours of dosing and were randomly selected for testing by an operator blinded to the test group.
Animals were tested on days 176-179 for the non-spatial pretraining and the final trials were performed on day 180.
[0365] The results are expressed as the mean + standard error of mean (SEM).
The significance of differences in the amyloid and behavioral studies were analyzed using a t-test. Comparisons were made between the 9-month-old APP control group (baseline group - started at 3 months of age) and the 9-month old treated mice.
Differences below 0.05 were considered significant. Percent changes in amyloid and behavior were determined by taking the summation of the data in each group and dividing by the comparison (i.e., treated/9 month control = % change). Animals that developed severe complications following administration of laser were excluded from the study.
[0366] Animals (100 mice) were subjected to administration of no laser or laser for two minutes 3X/week beginning at 3 months of age and continued for 6 months.
Animals were male and were randomly assigned to the different treatment groups per Table 12 and Table 13.
[0367] Table 12:
Treatment Mode M Temporal Radiant Beam Irradiance Regime Format Power at diameter at at the (Treatment the Skin (2) the Skin Skin (3) Frequency) Regime Control (20) OFF 0 mW N/A 0 W/cm 3 x Week CW (20) Continuous 40 mW 3 mm 1.3 W/cm2 3 x Week Aulsed I (20) ON=2 mSec; 40 mW 3 mm 1.3 W/cm2 3 x Week 100 Hz Pulsed I1(20) ON=2 mSec; 200 mW 3 mm 6.4 W/cm2 3 x Week 100 Hz Pulsed III (20) ON=2 mSec; 400 mW 3 mm 12.7 3 x Week 100 Hz W/cm2 Total Number of Animals = 100 (2) These values are based on tissue transmission and scattering measurements done on mice at earlier TLT studies (Ischemic Stroke and TBI), and updated based on measurements of scalp/skull transmission and scatter on two APP mice. The measured data was used to calculate the Radiant Power at the skin -- Table 13, needed to deliver the irradiances listed to the animals Dura.
(3) These are calculated values showing average Irradiances for Continuous TLT
and Peak Irradiances for Pulsed TLT. Irradiance at the Skin = Radiant Power/Area of beam = Radiant Power/(m*(0.1 cm)2) = Radiant Power/0.0314 cm2 [0368] Table 13:
eatment Mode Group Name for Temporal Format Radiant Irradiance at Tables and Power at the Dural) Figures the Skin Regime Control A OFF 0 mW 0 mW/cm2 C.;W B Continuous 40 mW 10 mW/cm2 Pulsed I C ON=2 mSec; 100 Hz 40 mW 10 mW/cm2 Pulsed II D ON=2 mSec; 100 Hz 200 mW 50 mW/cm2 Pulsed III E ON=2 mSec; 100 Hz 400 mW 100 mW/cm2 (1) These are calculated values showing average Irradiances for Continuous TLT
and Peak Irradiances for Pulsed TTL.
Results [0369] The laser was provided as a powder to NTS. Amyloid load was determined in the animals treated with laser therapy and no laser. Table 14 and Figure 44 illustrate the results. The no laser group demonstrated a -2% amyloid burden which is the standard level of amyloid in this particular model at -9 months of age (previous studies).
The laser therapy demonstrated a dose dependent attenuation of the amyloid load when compared to the vehicle group. At all doses except CW, the amount of amyloid actually was lower than in the 9 month control group indicating that the laser therapy not only stopped amyloid deposition, but may have even reversed the level of amyloid.
This suggests that the laser therapy was capable of attenuating the amyloid in these mice.
There were no deaths in this study. Animals were examined for gross abnormalities following sacrifice. No gross pathological features were detected in the animals.
[0370] Table 14: Percent decrease in amyloid in the brain Treatment Percent change A(3 amyloid Burden P-value**
in A(3 amyloid* % +/- SEM
No laser NA 1.741 0.1120 NA
CW -11.8% 1.535 0.04399 0.0951 Pulse I -54% 0.8015 0.05021 <0.0001 Pulse II -67% 0.5740 0.03374 <0.0001 Pulse III -37.3% 1.091 0.09192 <0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0371] The behavioral effects (behavior and distance) of treatment with laser therapy were determined in the APP transgenic mice at the termination of the experiment.
Mice were subjected to the Morris water maze task and the latency period and distance were determined. Table 15 and Figure 45A illustrate the results. The no laser control demonstrated a latency time of 48.58 seconds, which is the standard in this particular model at -9 months of age (previous studies). All the laser treated animals demonstrated a significant difference in latency when compared to the control. This suggests that laser therapy was capable of attenuating the latency time in these mice.
[0372] Table 15: Behavioral changes in APP transgenic mice treated with LLT.
Treatment % Change in Latency time (sec) P value Latency Period* **
No laser NA 48.58 1.421 NA
CW -34.5% 31.82 1.382 <0.0001 Pulse I -50.5% 24.05 1.060 <0.0001 Pulse II -68.8% 15.15 1.082 <0.0001 Pulse III -48.6% 24.99 0.9763 <0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0373] Table 16 and Figure 45B illustrates the results comparing distance traveled in the water maze. The vehicle control demonstrated a distance of 75.53 in, which is the standard in this particular model at -9 months of age (previous studies). All the animals demonstrated a significant difference in distance when compared to the control group. This suggests that laser therapy was capable of attenuating the behavioral effects in these mice.
[0374] Table 16: Behavioral changes in APP transgenic mice treated with LLT.
Treatment % Change in Distance (in) P value Distance* *
No laser NA 75.53 2.746 NA
CW -22.9% 58.27 2.710 <0.0001 Pulse I -36.1% 48.24 3.184 <0.0001 Pulse II -51.5% 36.60 2.737 <0.0001 Pulse III -29.6% 53.15 2.206 <0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0375] The effect of laser therapy was determined on the expression of inflammatory markers (IFMs) in the brain of APP transgenic mice (Figures 46A-46C and Table 17). Table 17 and Figures 46A-46C illustrate the results of the animals terminated at 26 weeks after the start of treatment. The no laser control demonstrated specific staining for inflammatory markers (IL-1, TNF and TGF-(3) as indicated in Table 17, which are the standard in this particular model at -9 months of age (previous studies).
Laser therapy at all the doses demonstrated a significant difference from the control animals. This suggests that laser therapy was capable of attenuating the IFMs in these mice.
[0376] Table 17: Changes in inflammatory markers in APP transgenic mice treated with LLT*.
Treatment % Change in IL-1 % Change in TNF % Change in TGF-[3 intensity units +/-SEM) intensity units +/-SEM) intensity units +/-SEM) No laser 0% (112.6 4.305) 0% (178.0 10.26) 0% (137.6 + 5.428) CW -15.3% (95.35 2.164) -16.9% (148.0 5.494) -11.9% (121.2 2.597) p=0.010 p=0.0139 p=0.0096 Pulse I -23.6% (85.80 2.448) -35.3% (115.2 6.161) -24.6% (103.7 3.373) p = >0.0001 p = >0.0001 p < 0.0001 Pulse II -48.9% (57.50 + 2.948) -57.5% (75.68 6.875) -36.8% (86.99 3.660) p = >0.0001 p = >0.0001 p < 0.0001 Pulse III -36.1% (71.92 2.512) -40.8% (105.3 9.080) -24.4% (104.0 + 3.836) p = >0.0001 p = >0.0001 p < 0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser [0377] The effect of laser therapy was determined on the changes in AP
peptide in the brain of APP transgenic mice (Figures 47A and 47B and Tables 18 and 19).
Measurement of A(31-40 and API-42 peptide (guanidine extractable) in the brain showed an increase as the APP transgenic mice aged from 3 to 9 months. Table 18 and Figure 47A illustrates the results of the animals terminated at 26 weeks after the start of treatment. The control demonstrated the levels of A[31-40 in the brain as indicated in Table 18, which is the standard in this particular model at -9 months of age (previous studies). Laser therapy at all doses demonstrated a decrease in A[31-40 when compared to the control and they were significant. This suggests that laser therapy was capable of attenuating the A131-40 increase in these mice.
[0378] Table 18: Changes in A[3 peptide levels in the brain of APP transgenic mice Treatment % Change in AP 1-40 peptide P value**
levels (pg/mg tissue +/-SEM)*
No laser NA (1849 117.4) NA
CW -37% (1165 + 68.12) <0.0001 Pulse I -57.1% (792.6 + 68.39) <0.0001 Pulse II -74.3% (476.2 + 59.75) <0.0001 Pulse III -62% (702.2 + 50.10) <0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0379] Table 19 and Figure 47B illustrates the results of the animals terminated on the 26"' week after the start of treatment for A131-42 peptide levels. The control demonstrated the levels of A(31-42 in the brain as indicated in Table 19, which is the standard in this particular model at -9 months of age (previous studies).
Laser therapy at all doses demonstrated a significant decrease in A131-42 when compared to control.
This suggests that laser therapy was capable of attenuating the A131-42 peptide levels in these mice.
[0380] Table 19: Changes in A(3 peptide levels in the brain of APP transgenic mice Treatment % Change in A(31-42 peptide P value**
levels (pg/mg tissue +/-SEM) No laser NA (1306 86.60) NA
CW -31.4% (896.4 31.95) <0.0001 Pulse I -62% (495.7 + 67.13) <0.0001 Pulse II -76.4% (308.2 44.68) <0.0001 Pulse III -63.9% (471.3 64.11) <0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0381] The effect of laser therapy was determined on the changes in A[3 peptide levels in the plasma of APP transgenic mice (Figures 48A and 48B and Tables 20 and 21). Measurement of total A(3 peptide in the plasma was performed on weeks 13 and 26 in the APP transgenic mice treated from 3 to 9 months. As seen in the Tables 20 and 21 and Figures 48A and 48B, the total plasma A(3 peptide levels were similar in all groups ,or the 90 day time period. As the study progressed and the animals were treated with laser therapy, there was a significant change in the apparent plasma total A(3 peptide profile. This suggests that laser therapy was capable of lowering the plasma A[3 peptide levels, while brain A[3 peptide levels also changed.
[0382] Table 20: Changes in plasma total A(3 peptide levels in the APP
transgenic mice treated with LLT. Week 13.
Treatment % Change in total A(3 peptide P value * *
levels (pg/ml plasma +/-SEM) No laser NA (17.52 0.08758) NA
CW +101.5% (17.78 0.1051) 0.0580 Pulse I -3.8% (16.86 0.09818) <0.0001 Pulse II -1.7% (17.23 0.1104) 0.0469 Pulse III -4.9% (16.67 0.1206) <0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0383] Table 21: Changes in plasma total A[3 peptide levels in the APP
transgenic mice treated with LLT. Week 26.
Treatment % Change in total A[3 peptide P value**
levels (pg/ml plasma +/-SEM) No laser NA (187.8 + 7.337) NA
CW -21.7% (147.0 6.521) <0.0001 Pulse I -35.3% (121.6 6.325) <0.0001 Pulse II -39.8% (113.0 5.840) <0.0001 Pulse III -17.7% (154.5 7.647) <0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0384] The effects of treatment with TTP-5854 laser therapy on sAPPa and CTF(3 levels in the brain were determined in the APP transgenic mice at the termination of the experiment. Brain tissue was subjected to extraction and Western blot analysis for sAPPa and CTF(3 levels following treatment. Tables 22 and 23 illustrate the results of the animals terminated at 26 weeks after the start of treatment. The control demonstrated a given level of sAPPa and CTF(3 in the brain, which is the standard in this particular model at -9 months of age (previous studies). Laser therapy demonstrated a significant difference in both sAPPa and CTF(3 levels when compared to the control. For sAPPa, laser therapy at all doses demonstrated significant differences from the control (Table 22 and Figure 49A). For CTF(3, again all doses of laser therapy demonstrated a significant difference from the control (Table 23 and Figure 49B). This suggests that laser therapy was capable of increasing the sAPPa and decreasing CTF(3 in these mice suggesting a shift from (3- to a-secretase activity.
[0385] Table 22: Changes in sAPPa levels in the brain of APP transgenic mice Treatment % Change in sAPPa levels*(band P value **
intensity arbitrary units) +/-SEM?) No laser NA (76.74 2.301) NA
CW +108.2% (83.05 2.104) 0.0463 Pulse I +131.2% (100.7 1.994) <0.0001 Pulse II +154.7% (118.7 2.475) <0.0001 Pulse III +123.5% (94.80 2.018) <0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0386] Table 23: Changes in CTF(3 levels in the brain of APP transgenic mice Treatment % Change in CTF(3 levels* (band P value**
intensity arbitrary units +/-SEM) No laser NA (123.4 + 2.261) NA
CW -4.8% (117.5 2.142) 0.0645 Pulse I -19.5% (99.31 3.245) <0.0001 Pulse II -39.7% (74.45 3.492) <0.0001 Pulse III -15% (104.9 3.147) <0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0387] The treatment with laser therapy on CSF A(3 peptide levels was determined in the APP transgenic mice at the termination of the experiment (Figure 50 and Table 24). Mice were subjected to ELISA for total A(3 peptide levels were determined because of the small amount of CSF obtained. Table 24 illustrates the results of the animals terminated at 26 weeks after the start of treatment. The control demonstrated AP peptide levels shown in Table 24, which is the standard in this particular model at -9 months of age (previous studies). CW and Pulse I demonstrated no significant difference in CSF when compared to the control. However, laser therapy at Pulse II and Pulse III demonstrated significant differences from the control (Table 24 and Figure 50). This suggests that laser therapy was capable of attenuating the A(3 peptide levels in the brain in these mice at specific doses.
[0388] Table 24: Changes in A[3 peptide levels in the CSF of APP transgenic mice Treatment % Change in CSF total A(3 peptide P value**
levels* (CSF total A[3 peptide levels and units +/-SEM) No laser NA (237.8 + 20.70) NA
CW -9.8% (214.8 30.64) 0.5407 Pulse I -20.7% (188.7 12.99) 0.0598 Pulse II -39.6% (141.6 12.40) 0.0009 Pulse III -27.5% (172.4 13.15) 0.0157 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0389] Statistical analysis was performed on the samples as described by GraphPad Prism (Version 4.00). The changes in the different parameters were significant to the 0.05 level or greater. This is due not only to the number of animals in each group, but also to the number of samples taken for each measurement from each animal (20).
Treatment % Change in IL-1 % Change in TNF % Change in TGF-[3 intensity units +/-SEM) intensity units +/-SEM) intensity units +/-SEM) No laser 0% (112.6 4.305) 0% (178.0 10.26) 0% (137.6 + 5.428) CW -15.3% (95.35 2.164) -16.9% (148.0 5.494) -11.9% (121.2 2.597) p=0.010 p=0.0139 p=0.0096 Pulse I -23.6% (85.80 2.448) -35.3% (115.2 6.161) -24.6% (103.7 3.373) p = >0.0001 p = >0.0001 p < 0.0001 Pulse II -48.9% (57.50 + 2.948) -57.5% (75.68 6.875) -36.8% (86.99 3.660) p = >0.0001 p = >0.0001 p < 0.0001 Pulse III -36.1% (71.92 2.512) -40.8% (105.3 9.080) -24.4% (104.0 + 3.836) p = >0.0001 p = >0.0001 p < 0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser [0377] The effect of laser therapy was determined on the changes in AP
peptide in the brain of APP transgenic mice (Figures 47A and 47B and Tables 18 and 19).
Measurement of A(31-40 and API-42 peptide (guanidine extractable) in the brain showed an increase as the APP transgenic mice aged from 3 to 9 months. Table 18 and Figure 47A illustrates the results of the animals terminated at 26 weeks after the start of treatment. The control demonstrated the levels of A[31-40 in the brain as indicated in Table 18, which is the standard in this particular model at -9 months of age (previous studies). Laser therapy at all doses demonstrated a decrease in A[31-40 when compared to the control and they were significant. This suggests that laser therapy was capable of attenuating the A131-40 increase in these mice.
[0378] Table 18: Changes in A[3 peptide levels in the brain of APP transgenic mice Treatment % Change in AP 1-40 peptide P value**
levels (pg/mg tissue +/-SEM)*
No laser NA (1849 117.4) NA
CW -37% (1165 + 68.12) <0.0001 Pulse I -57.1% (792.6 + 68.39) <0.0001 Pulse II -74.3% (476.2 + 59.75) <0.0001 Pulse III -62% (702.2 + 50.10) <0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0379] Table 19 and Figure 47B illustrates the results of the animals terminated on the 26"' week after the start of treatment for A131-42 peptide levels. The control demonstrated the levels of A(31-42 in the brain as indicated in Table 19, which is the standard in this particular model at -9 months of age (previous studies).
Laser therapy at all doses demonstrated a significant decrease in A131-42 when compared to control.
This suggests that laser therapy was capable of attenuating the A131-42 peptide levels in these mice.
[0380] Table 19: Changes in A(3 peptide levels in the brain of APP transgenic mice Treatment % Change in A(31-42 peptide P value**
levels (pg/mg tissue +/-SEM) No laser NA (1306 86.60) NA
CW -31.4% (896.4 31.95) <0.0001 Pulse I -62% (495.7 + 67.13) <0.0001 Pulse II -76.4% (308.2 44.68) <0.0001 Pulse III -63.9% (471.3 64.11) <0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0381] The effect of laser therapy was determined on the changes in A[3 peptide levels in the plasma of APP transgenic mice (Figures 48A and 48B and Tables 20 and 21). Measurement of total A(3 peptide in the plasma was performed on weeks 13 and 26 in the APP transgenic mice treated from 3 to 9 months. As seen in the Tables 20 and 21 and Figures 48A and 48B, the total plasma A(3 peptide levels were similar in all groups ,or the 90 day time period. As the study progressed and the animals were treated with laser therapy, there was a significant change in the apparent plasma total A(3 peptide profile. This suggests that laser therapy was capable of lowering the plasma A[3 peptide levels, while brain A[3 peptide levels also changed.
[0382] Table 20: Changes in plasma total A(3 peptide levels in the APP
transgenic mice treated with LLT. Week 13.
Treatment % Change in total A(3 peptide P value * *
levels (pg/ml plasma +/-SEM) No laser NA (17.52 0.08758) NA
CW +101.5% (17.78 0.1051) 0.0580 Pulse I -3.8% (16.86 0.09818) <0.0001 Pulse II -1.7% (17.23 0.1104) 0.0469 Pulse III -4.9% (16.67 0.1206) <0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0383] Table 21: Changes in plasma total A[3 peptide levels in the APP
transgenic mice treated with LLT. Week 26.
Treatment % Change in total A[3 peptide P value**
levels (pg/ml plasma +/-SEM) No laser NA (187.8 + 7.337) NA
CW -21.7% (147.0 6.521) <0.0001 Pulse I -35.3% (121.6 6.325) <0.0001 Pulse II -39.8% (113.0 5.840) <0.0001 Pulse III -17.7% (154.5 7.647) <0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0384] The effects of treatment with TTP-5854 laser therapy on sAPPa and CTF(3 levels in the brain were determined in the APP transgenic mice at the termination of the experiment. Brain tissue was subjected to extraction and Western blot analysis for sAPPa and CTF(3 levels following treatment. Tables 22 and 23 illustrate the results of the animals terminated at 26 weeks after the start of treatment. The control demonstrated a given level of sAPPa and CTF(3 in the brain, which is the standard in this particular model at -9 months of age (previous studies). Laser therapy demonstrated a significant difference in both sAPPa and CTF(3 levels when compared to the control. For sAPPa, laser therapy at all doses demonstrated significant differences from the control (Table 22 and Figure 49A). For CTF(3, again all doses of laser therapy demonstrated a significant difference from the control (Table 23 and Figure 49B). This suggests that laser therapy was capable of increasing the sAPPa and decreasing CTF(3 in these mice suggesting a shift from (3- to a-secretase activity.
[0385] Table 22: Changes in sAPPa levels in the brain of APP transgenic mice Treatment % Change in sAPPa levels*(band P value **
intensity arbitrary units) +/-SEM?) No laser NA (76.74 2.301) NA
CW +108.2% (83.05 2.104) 0.0463 Pulse I +131.2% (100.7 1.994) <0.0001 Pulse II +154.7% (118.7 2.475) <0.0001 Pulse III +123.5% (94.80 2.018) <0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0386] Table 23: Changes in CTF(3 levels in the brain of APP transgenic mice Treatment % Change in CTF(3 levels* (band P value**
intensity arbitrary units +/-SEM) No laser NA (123.4 + 2.261) NA
CW -4.8% (117.5 2.142) 0.0645 Pulse I -19.5% (99.31 3.245) <0.0001 Pulse II -39.7% (74.45 3.492) <0.0001 Pulse III -15% (104.9 3.147) <0.0001 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0387] The treatment with laser therapy on CSF A(3 peptide levels was determined in the APP transgenic mice at the termination of the experiment (Figure 50 and Table 24). Mice were subjected to ELISA for total A(3 peptide levels were determined because of the small amount of CSF obtained. Table 24 illustrates the results of the animals terminated at 26 weeks after the start of treatment. The control demonstrated AP peptide levels shown in Table 24, which is the standard in this particular model at -9 months of age (previous studies). CW and Pulse I demonstrated no significant difference in CSF when compared to the control. However, laser therapy at Pulse II and Pulse III demonstrated significant differences from the control (Table 24 and Figure 50). This suggests that laser therapy was capable of attenuating the A(3 peptide levels in the brain in these mice at specific doses.
[0388] Table 24: Changes in A[3 peptide levels in the CSF of APP transgenic mice Treatment % Change in CSF total A(3 peptide P value**
levels* (CSF total A[3 peptide levels and units +/-SEM) No laser NA (237.8 + 20.70) NA
CW -9.8% (214.8 30.64) 0.5407 Pulse I -20.7% (188.7 12.99) 0.0598 Pulse II -39.6% (141.6 12.40) 0.0009 Pulse III -27.5% (172.4 13.15) 0.0157 *Percent changes are compared to no laser **P value compared to no laser [0389] Statistical analysis was performed on the samples as described by GraphPad Prism (Version 4.00). The changes in the different parameters were significant to the 0.05 level or greater. This is due not only to the number of animals in each group, but also to the number of samples taken for each measurement from each animal (20).
Therefore, there is confidence in the numbers. The numbers fall within the range of acceptable results.
[0390] Animals were examined for gross abnormalities following sacrifice.
No gross pathological features were detected in most of the animals except for Group E
(Pulse III). Animals showed some lesioning in the brain following treatment.
Animals after a few weeks began to develop lesions on the skin. They were switched to a regime of 1 minute treat, ice, 1 minute treat without further injury.
Discussion [0391] Transgenic mice expressing the mutant form of the human APP gene begin to deposit amyloid fibrils by 6 months of age. This process is associated with increased A[3 peptide in the deposits in the brain. Recent studies have shown that administration of laser light therapy can be protective against various neuronal injuries.
In this study, LLT was tested in the APP model to determine the efficacy on amyloid load, inflammatory markers, brain A[3 levels, plasma and CSF A[3 levels, and behavioral changes. The number of A[3 plaques was significantly reduced in the brain with administration of LLT in a dose dependent fashion. Administration of LLT
demonstrated variable effects and with increasing doses showing the greatest effect of reduction of amyloid deposition.
[0392] NTS was not blinded to the study as outlined by PTI. Overall, laser light therapy was effective at limiting the extent of A[3 amyloid in the brain and altering the amount of deposition of A[3 peptide and behavioral deficits in the mouse.
[0393] The explanations and illustrations presented herein are intended to acquaint others skilled in the art with the invention, its principles, and its practical application. Those skilled in the art may adapt and apply the invention in its numerous forms, as may be best suited to the requirements of a particular use.
Accordingly, the specific embodiments of the present invention as set forth are not intended as being exhaustive or limiting of the invention.
[0390] Animals were examined for gross abnormalities following sacrifice.
No gross pathological features were detected in most of the animals except for Group E
(Pulse III). Animals showed some lesioning in the brain following treatment.
Animals after a few weeks began to develop lesions on the skin. They were switched to a regime of 1 minute treat, ice, 1 minute treat without further injury.
Discussion [0391] Transgenic mice expressing the mutant form of the human APP gene begin to deposit amyloid fibrils by 6 months of age. This process is associated with increased A[3 peptide in the deposits in the brain. Recent studies have shown that administration of laser light therapy can be protective against various neuronal injuries.
In this study, LLT was tested in the APP model to determine the efficacy on amyloid load, inflammatory markers, brain A[3 levels, plasma and CSF A[3 levels, and behavioral changes. The number of A[3 plaques was significantly reduced in the brain with administration of LLT in a dose dependent fashion. Administration of LLT
demonstrated variable effects and with increasing doses showing the greatest effect of reduction of amyloid deposition.
[0392] NTS was not blinded to the study as outlined by PTI. Overall, laser light therapy was effective at limiting the extent of A[3 amyloid in the brain and altering the amount of deposition of A[3 peptide and behavioral deficits in the mouse.
[0393] The explanations and illustrations presented herein are intended to acquaint others skilled in the art with the invention, its principles, and its practical application. Those skilled in the art may adapt and apply the invention in its numerous forms, as may be best suited to the requirements of a particular use.
Accordingly, the specific embodiments of the present invention as set forth are not intended as being exhaustive or limiting of the invention.
Claims (170)
1. An apparatus for irradiating a portion of a patient's scalp or skull with light, the apparatus comprising:
a source of light; and an output optical element in optical communication with the source, wherein the output optical element comprises an emission surface configured to emit a pulsed light beam comprising a plurality of pulses having a temporal pulsewidth in a range between 0.1 millisecond and 150 seconds and a duty cycle in a range between 10% and 30%, the pulsed light beam having a cross-sectional area greater than about 2 cm2 at the emission surface of the output optical element, having a time-averaged irradiance in a range of about 10 mW/cm2 to about W/cm2 across the cross-sectional area.
a source of light; and an output optical element in optical communication with the source, wherein the output optical element comprises an emission surface configured to emit a pulsed light beam comprising a plurality of pulses having a temporal pulsewidth in a range between 0.1 millisecond and 150 seconds and a duty cycle in a range between 10% and 30%, the pulsed light beam having a cross-sectional area greater than about 2 cm2 at the emission surface of the output optical element, having a time-averaged irradiance in a range of about 10 mW/cm2 to about W/cm2 across the cross-sectional area.
2. The apparatus of Claim 1, wherein the pulsed light beam stimulates, excites, induces, or otherwise supports one or more intercellular or intracellular biological processes involved in the survival, regeneration, or restoration of performance or viability of brain cells.
3. The apparatus of Claim 1, wherein pulsed light beam has a duty cycle, wherein the temporal pulsewidth and the duty cycle are sufficient for the pulsed light beam to penetrate the skull to modulate membrane potentials, thereby enhancing cell survival, cell function, or both of the irradiated brain cells.
4. The apparatus of Claim 1, wherein the pulsed light beam at the emission surface has a beam diameter in a range between 10 millimeters and 40 millimeters, an average irradiance per pulse in a range between 10 mW/cm2 and 10 W/cm2, and one or more wavelengths in a range between 600 nanometers and 980 nanometers.
5. A method of irradiating a surface with light, the method comprising:
irradiating the surface with at least one pulsed light beam emitted from an emission surface of an optical element, the at least one pulsed light beam comprising a plurality of pulses having a temporal pulsewidth in a range between about 0.1 millisecond and about 150 seconds, the at least one pulsed light beam having a beam cross-sectional area at the emission surface greater than about cm2 and a time-averaged irradiance in a range between about 1 mW/cm2 and about 100 W/cm2.
irradiating the surface with at least one pulsed light beam emitted from an emission surface of an optical element, the at least one pulsed light beam comprising a plurality of pulses having a temporal pulsewidth in a range between about 0.1 millisecond and about 150 seconds, the at least one pulsed light beam having a beam cross-sectional area at the emission surface greater than about cm2 and a time-averaged irradiance in a range between about 1 mW/cm2 and about 100 W/cm2.
6. The method of Claim 5, wherein the beam cross-sectional area at the emission surface is in a range between about 1 cm2 and about 20 cm2.
7. The method of Claim 5, wherein the average irradiance per pulse at the emission surface is in a range between about 10 mW/cm2 and about 10 W/cm2.
8. The method of Claim 5, wherein the average irradiance per pulse at the emission surface is in a range between about 100 mW/cm2 and about 1 W/cm2.
9. The method of Claim 5, wherein the temporal pulsewidth is in a range between about 0.1 millisecond and about 100 milliseconds.
10. The method of Claim 5, wherein the at least one pulsed light beam has one or more wavelengths are in a range between about 600 nanometers and about 980 nanometers.
11. The method of Claim 5, wherein the at least one pulsed light beam has a duty cycle in a range between about 1% and about 80%.
12. The method of Claim 5, wherein the at least one pulsed light beam has a beam divergence angle at the emission surface greater than zero and less than 35 degrees.
13. The method of Claim 5, wherein the irradiated surface comprises at least a portion of the scalp or skull of a patient whose brain has experienced at least one physical trauma, at least a portion of the at least one pulsed light beam transmitted through the skull to irradiate at least a portion of the patient's brain.
14. The method of Claim 13, wherein the irradiated surface comprises an irradiated portion of the scalp, and the irradiated portion of the scalp is not blanched while irradiating the portion of the scalp.
15. The method of Claim 13, wherein the irradiated surface comprises an irradiated portion of the scalp, and the irradiated portion of the scalp is blanched while irradiating the portion of the scalp.
16. The method of Claim 13, wherein the irradiated surface is cooled while irradiating the irradiated surface.
17. The method of Claim 13, wherein the irradiated surface is not cooled while irradiating the irradiated surface.
18. The method of Claim 13, wherein the irradiated surface comprises an irradiated portion of the scalp, and the method further comprises removing at least a portion of the hair from the irradiated portion of the scalp prior to irradiating the irradiated portion of the scalp.
19. The method of Claim 13, wherein irradiating the surface comprises sequentially irradiating a plurality of treatment sites of the scalp with the pulsed light beam.
20. The method of Claim 19, wherein the plurality of treatment sites comprises at least 10 treatment sites.
21. The method of Claim 19, wherein the plurality of treatment sites comprises between 15 and 25 treatment sites.
22. The method of Claim 13, wherein the average irradiance at the scalp or skull is selected to provide an average irradiance greater than 0.01 mW/cm2 at a depth of approximately 2 centimeters below the dura.
23. The method of Claim 13, wherein the light is transmitted through a region of the patient's skull containing an excess amount of hemorrhagic blood due to the at least one physical trauma.
24. The method of Claim 5, wherein the irradiated surface comprises a portion of a light-detection system configured to measure one or more parameters of the pulsed light beam.
25. The method of Claim 24, further comprising measuring the one or more parameters of the pulsed light beam impinging the irradiated surface.
26. A method of treating a patient's brain, the method comprising:
irradiating at least a portion of the scalp or skull of the patient with at least one pulsed light beam comprising a plurality of pulses transmitted through the patient's skull to irradiate at least a portion of the brain, the at least one pulsed light beam having a temporal profile comprising a time-averaged irradiance at the scalp averaged over one second in a range between about 100 mW/cm2 and about W/cm2 and a peak irradiance at the scalp in a range between about 12.5 mW/cm2 and about 1000 W/cm2.
irradiating at least a portion of the scalp or skull of the patient with at least one pulsed light beam comprising a plurality of pulses transmitted through the patient's skull to irradiate at least a portion of the brain, the at least one pulsed light beam having a temporal profile comprising a time-averaged irradiance at the scalp averaged over one second in a range between about 100 mW/cm2 and about W/cm2 and a peak irradiance at the scalp in a range between about 12.5 mW/cm2 and about 1000 W/cm2.
27. The method of Claim 26, wherein the temporal profile does not optimize the thermal relaxation of the irradiated tissue.
28. The method of Claim 26, wherein the at least one pulsed light beam has a beam cross-sectional area at the scalp greater than about 2 cm2, and one or more wavelengths in a range between about 780 nanometers and about 840 nanometers.
29. The method of Claim 26, wherein the temporal profile further comprises a temporal pulsewidth in a range between about 0.1 millisecond and about 300 milliseconds and a duty cycle in a range between about 10% and about 30%.
30. The method of Claim 26, wherein irradiating at least a portion of the scalp or skull comprises sequentially irradiating a plurality of treatment sites with a plurality of pulsed light beams.
31. The method of Claim 26, wherein irradiating the at least a portion of the scalp or skull is performed for a time period of of 60 seconds to 600 seconds.
32. A method of treating a patient who has experienced a traumatic brain injury, the method comprising noninvasively irradiating at least a portion of the patient's scalp or skull with pulsed light penetrating the patient's skull to irradiate and stimulate brain cells of the patient, the pulsed light having a temporal profile comprising an average irradiance per pulse, a temporal pulse width, and a pulse duty cycle, the temporal profile selected to modulate membrane potentials in order to enhance, restore, or promote cell survival, cell function, or both of the irradiated brain cells following the traumatic brain injury.
33. The method of Claim 32, wherein the average irradiance per pulse is in a range between about 10 mW/cm2 and about 10 W/cm2.
34. The method of Claim 32, wherein the pulsed light comprises a light beam having a beam cross-sectional area in a range between 2 cm2 and 20 cm2.
35. The method of Claim 32, wherein the temporal pulse width is in a range between about 0.1 millisecond and about 300 milliseconds.
36. The method of Claim 32, wherein the pulse duty cycle is in a range between about 10% and about 30%.
37. A method of treating a patient experiencing a neurodegenerative disease or depression, the method comprising noninvasively irradiating at least a portion of the patient's scalp or skull with pulsed light penetrating the patient's skull to irradiate and stimulate brain cells of the patient, the pulsed light having a temporal profile comprising an average irradiance per pulse, a temporal pulse width, and a pulse duty cycle, the temporal profile selected to modulate membrane potentials in order to enhance, restore, or promote cell survival, cell function, or both of the irradiated brain cells.
38. The method of Claim 37, wherein the neurodegenerative disease comprises Alzheimer's Disease or Parkinson's Disease.
39. An apparatus for irradiating a portion of a patient's scalp with light, the apparatus comprising:
a source of light comprising one or more wavelengths in a range of about 630 nanometers to about 1064 nanometers;
an output optical element in optical communication with the source, wherein the output optical element comprises an emission surface configured to emit a light beam having a cross-sectional area greater than about 2 cm2 at the emission surface of the output optical element and having a time-averaged irradiance in a range of about 10 mW/cm2 to about 10 W/cm2 across the cross-sectional area; and a thermally conductive portion configured to be placed in thermal communication with the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp and to remove heat from the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp at a rate in a range of about 0.1 Watt to about 5 Watts.
a source of light comprising one or more wavelengths in a range of about 630 nanometers to about 1064 nanometers;
an output optical element in optical communication with the source, wherein the output optical element comprises an emission surface configured to emit a light beam having a cross-sectional area greater than about 2 cm2 at the emission surface of the output optical element and having a time-averaged irradiance in a range of about 10 mW/cm2 to about 10 W/cm2 across the cross-sectional area; and a thermally conductive portion configured to be placed in thermal communication with the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp and to remove heat from the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp at a rate in a range of about 0.1 Watt to about 5 Watts.
40. The apparatus of Claim 39, wherein the cross-sectional area is in a range of about 2 cm2 to about 20 cm2.
41. The apparatus of Claim 39, wherein the cross-sectional area is generally circular with a radius in a range of about 1 centimeter to about 2 centimeters.
42. The apparatus of Claim 39, wherein the time-averaged irradiance is in a range of about 500 mW/cm2 to about 1 W/cm2.
43. The apparatus of Claim 39, wherein the light has one or more wavelengths in a range of about 805 nanometers to about 820 nanometers.
44. The apparatus of Claim 43, wherein the light has a wavelength distribution peaked at a peak wavelength and has a linewidth less than ~ 10 nanometers from the peak wavelength.
45. The apparatus of Claim 43, wherein the light has a linewidth less than 4 nanometers, full width at 90% of energy.
46. The apparatus of Claim 39, wherein the light beam is continuous.
47. The apparatus of Claim 46, wherein the light beam emitted from the emission surface has a total radiant power in a range of about 4 Watts to about 6 Watts.
48. The apparatus of Claim 47, wherein the light beam has a total flux inside a 20-millimeter diameter cross-sectional circle centered on the light beam at the emission surface which is no more than 75% of the total radiant power.
49. The apparatus of Claim 48, wherein the light beam has a total flux inside a 26-millimeter diameter cross-sectional circle centered on the light beam at the emission surface which is no less than 50% of the total radiant power.
50. The apparatus of Claim 39, wherein the light beam is pulsed.
51. The apparatus of Claim 39, wherein the thermally conductive portion comprises the optical output element.
52. The apparatus of Claim 51, wherein the thermally conductive portion is releasably coupled to the optical output element.
53. The apparatus of Claim 39, wherein the rate is in a range of about 1 Watt to about 3 Watts.
54. The apparatus of Claim 39, wherein the thermally conductive portion is configured to maintain the temperature of the irradiated portion of the patient's scalp to be less than 42 degrees Celsius.
55. The apparatus of Claim 39, wherein the thermally conductive portion is in thermal communication with the emission surface and is configured to maintain the temperature of the emission surface to be in a range of 18 degrees Celsius to 25 degrees Celsius under a heat load of 2 Watts.
56. The apparatus of Claim 39, wherein the light beam has a divergence angle greater than zero and less than 35 degrees.
57. The apparatus of Claim 56, wherein the light beam has a divergence angle of about 16 degrees.
58. The apparatus of Claim 56, wherein the light beam has a divergence angle of about 28 degrees.
59. The apparatus of Claim 39, wherein the apparatus is configured to have the thermally conductive portion move relative to a second portion of the apparatus upon a pressure being applied to the thermally conductive portion above a predetermined threshold pressure in a direction of movement of the thermally conductive portion relative to the second portion of the apparatus.
60. The apparatus of Claim 59, further comprising a sensor configured to respond to the movement of the thermally conductive portion relative to the second portion of the apparatus by generating a signal indicative of the movement, and the predetermined threshold pressure is sufficient to have the thermally conductive portion in thermal communication with the portion of the patient's scalp.
61. The apparatus of Claim 60, further comprising a controller operably coupled to the source and to the sensor, the controller configured to receive the signal and to turn on the source of the light in response to the signal.
62. The apparatus of Claim 60, wherein the threshold pressure is 0.1 pound per square inch.
63. The apparatus of Claim 60, wherein the threshold pressure is about 2 pounds per square inch.
64. The apparatus of Claim 39, wherein the output optical element has an aperture diameter of less than 33 millimeters.
65. The apparatus of Claim 39, wherein the emission surface is concave.
66. The apparatus of Claim 65, wherein the emission surface is generally spherical with a radius of curvature of about 100 millimeters.
67. A method of irradiating a surface with light, the method comprising:
(a) emitting a light beam from an emission surface of an optical, element, the light beam at the emission surface having one or more wavelengths in a range of about 630 nanometers to about 1064 nanometers, a cross-sectional area greater than about 2 cm2, and a time-averaged irradiance in a range of about 10 mW/cm2 to about 10 W/cm2 across the cross-sectional area;
(b) removing heat from the emission surface at a rate in a range of about 0.1 Watt to about 5 Watts; and (c) impinging the irradiated surface with the light beam.
(a) emitting a light beam from an emission surface of an optical, element, the light beam at the emission surface having one or more wavelengths in a range of about 630 nanometers to about 1064 nanometers, a cross-sectional area greater than about 2 cm2, and a time-averaged irradiance in a range of about 10 mW/cm2 to about 10 W/cm2 across the cross-sectional area;
(b) removing heat from the emission surface at a rate in a range of about 0.1 Watt to about 5 Watts; and (c) impinging the irradiated surface with the light beam.
68. The method of Claim 67, wherein the irradiated surface comprises a portion of a light-detection system configured to measure one or more parameters of the light beam, and the method further comprising measuring the one or more parameters of the light beam impinging the irradiated surface.
69. The method of Claim 67, wherein the irradiated surface comprises a portion of a patient's scalp.
70. The method of Claim 69, further comprising placing the emission surface in thermal communication with the irradiated surface.
71. The method of Claim 70, wherein the method further comprises applying pressure to the irradiated surface, the pressure greater than 0.1 pound per square inch.
72. The method of Claim 71, wherein applying pressure to the irradiated surface comprises applying a force to the emission surface in a direction generally towards the irradiated surface.
73. The method of Claim 71, wherein the pressure is about 2 pounds per square inch.
74. The method of Claim 69, wherein impinging the irradiated surface with the light beam is performed for a time period of 10 seconds to 2 hours.
75. The method of Claim 69, wherein impinging the irradiated surface with the light beam is performed for a time period of 60 seconds to 600 seconds.
76. The method of Claim 69, wherein impinging the irradiated surface with the light beam is performed for a time period of about 120 seconds.
77. The method of Claim 69, wherein (a), (b), and (c) are performed concurrently.
78. The method of Claim 69, further comprising:
(d) moving the emission surface from a first position at which a first portion of the irradiated surface is impinged by the light beam to a second position; and (e) repeating (a)-(c) so as to impinge a second portion of the irradiated surface by light emitted from the emission surface.
(d) moving the emission surface from a first position at which a first portion of the irradiated surface is impinged by the light beam to a second position; and (e) repeating (a)-(c) so as to impinge a second portion of the irradiated surface by light emitted from the emission surface.
79. The method of Claim 78, wherein the first portion of the irradiated surface and the second portion of the irradiated surface do not overlap one another.
80. The method of Claim 78, further comprising repeating (a)-(e) SO as to impinge twenty portions of the irradiated surface by light emitted from the emission surface.
81. The method of Claim 80, wherein the twenty portions of the irradiated surface do not overlap one another.
82. An apparatus for irradiating a patient's scalp with light, the apparatus comprising:
a first portion; and a second portion mechanically coupled to the first portion and in optical communication with the first portion, the second portion configured to be placed in thermal communication with the patient's scalp such that the light from the first portion propagates through the second portion during operation of the apparatus, wherein the first portion and the second portion are configured to move relative to one another in response to the second portion being placed in thermal communication with the patient's scalp.
a first portion; and a second portion mechanically coupled to the first portion and in optical communication with the first portion, the second portion configured to be placed in thermal communication with the patient's scalp such that the light from the first portion propagates through the second portion during operation of the apparatus, wherein the first portion and the second portion are configured to move relative to one another in response to the second portion being placed in thermal communication with the patient's scalp.
83. The apparatus of Claim 82, wherein the second portion comprises an output optical assembly.
84. The apparatus of Claim 82, wherein the first portion and the second portion are configured to deflect relative to one another by a non-zero angle upon the output optical assembly applying a pressure to a portion of the patient's scalp sufficient to at least partially blanch the portion of the patient's scalp.
85. The apparatus of Claim 82, wherein the first portion and the second portion are configured to deflect relative to one another by a non-zero angle upon the output optical assembly being placed in thermal communication with the patient's scalp.
86. The apparatus of Claim 85, wherein the first portion comprises an optical fiber and deflection of the first portion and the second portion relative to one another controls, inhibits, prevents, minimizes, or reduces flexing or movement of the optical fiber.
87. The apparatus of Claim 82, wherein the first portion comprises a first chassis element, the second portion comprises a second chassis element, and the apparatus further comprises a hinge about which the first chassis element and the second chassis element deflect relative to one another.
88. The apparatus of Claim 87, wherein the hinge comprises a pivot.
89. The apparatus of Claim 87, wherein the hinge comprises a flexible portion.
90. The apparatus of Claim 82, wherein the apparatus further comprises a spring mechanically coupled to the first portion and to the second portion, the spring providing a restoring force in response to movement of the first portion and the second portion relative to one another.
91. The apparatus of Claim 82, further comprising a sensor configured to detect movement of the first portion and the second portion relative to one another.
92. The apparatus of Claim 91, wherein the sensor is configured to transmit a signal to a controller configured to receive the signal and to control a light source in response to the signal, the light source configured to generate the light used by the apparatus to irradiate the patient's scalp.
93. The apparatus of Claim 92, wherein the sensor transmits the signal to the controller upon detecting that the movement between the first portion and the second portion is larger than a predetermined threshold value.
94. The apparatus of Claim 93, further comprising an adjustment mechanism configured to set the predetermined threshold value, to change the predetermined threshold value, or both.
95. The apparatus of Claim 82, further comprising a stop configured to limit a range of movement of the first portion and the second portion relative to one another.
96. A method of irradiating a surface with light, the method comprising:
providing an apparatus comprising:
a first portion; and a second portion mechanically coupled to the first portion and in optical communication with the first portion, wherein the first portion and the second portion are configured to move relative to one another;
placing the second portion in thermal communication with the surface;
irradiating the surface such that the light from the first portion propagates through the second portion; and moving the first portion and the second portion relative to one another in response to the second portion being placed in thermal communication with the surface.
providing an apparatus comprising:
a first portion; and a second portion mechanically coupled to the first portion and in optical communication with the first portion, wherein the first portion and the second portion are configured to move relative to one another;
placing the second portion in thermal communication with the surface;
irradiating the surface such that the light from the first portion propagates through the second portion; and moving the first portion and the second portion relative to one another in response to the second portion being placed in thermal communication with the surface.
97. The method of Claim 96, wherein the surface comprises a portion of a light-detection system configured to measure one or more parameters of light irradiating the surface, and the method further comprising measuring the one or more parameters of the light from the apparatus impinging the surface.
98. The method of Claim 96, wherein placing the second portion in thermal communication with the surface comprises releasably operatively coupling the second portion to the surface.
99. The method of Claim 96, wherein the surface comprises a portion of a patient's scalp.
100. An apparatus for irradiating a patient's scalp with light, the apparatus comprising:
an output optical assembly comprising an emission surface, wherein during operation of the apparatus, light propagates through the output optical assembly along a first optical path to the emission surface; and a sensor spaced from the output optical assembly, the sensor positioned to receive radiation from the output optical assembly propagating through the output optical assembly along a second optical path, the first optical path and the second optical path having a non-zero angle therebetween.
an output optical assembly comprising an emission surface, wherein during operation of the apparatus, light propagates through the output optical assembly along a first optical path to the emission surface; and a sensor spaced from the output optical assembly, the sensor positioned to receive radiation from the output optical assembly propagating through the output optical assembly along a second optical path, the first optical path and the second optical path having a non-zero angle therebetween.
101. The apparatus of Claim 100, wherein the output optical assembly comprises a first optical element comprising a rigid, substantially optically transmissive, and substantially thermally conductive material, the first optical element having a first surface and a second surface, the first surface configured to be placed in thermal communication with the portion of the patient's scalp during operation of the apparatus, the second surface configured to receive the light propagating along the first optical path during operation of the apparatus, and the sensor configured to receive radiation propagating along the second optical path from at least a portion of the second surface of the first optical element during operation of the apparatus.
102. The apparatus of Claim 101, wherein the first optical element comprises sapphire.
103. The apparatus of Claim 101, wherein the first optical element comprises diamond, calcium fluoride, or zinc selenide.
104. The apparatus of Claim 100, wherein the sensor is responsive to the received radiation by generating a signal indicative of a temperature of the scalp or of a portion of the output optical assembly.
105. The apparatus of Claim 104, further comprising a controller configured to receive the signal from the sensor and to cause a warning to be generated, to turn off a source of the light propagating along the first optical path, or both in response to the signal indicating that the temperature is above a predetermined threshold temperature.
106. The apparatus of Claim 100, wherein the sensor comprises a thermopile.
107. The apparatus of Claim 106, wherein the sensor is not in thermal communication with the output optical assembly.
108. The apparatus of Claim 100, further comprising a second optical element comprising an infrared-transmissive material, wherein during operation of the apparatus, the radiation comprises infrared radiation and the light propagating along the first optical path and the infrared radiation propagating along the second optical path both propagate through the second optical element.
109. The apparatus of Claim 108, wherein the infrared-transmissive material comprises calcium fluoride.
110. The apparatus of Claim 108, wherein the second optical element at least partially bounds a region within the apparatus substantially sealed against contaminants entering the region from outside the region.
111. The apparatus of Claim 110, wherein the sensor is at least partially within the region.
112. The apparatus of Claim 110, wherein the output optical assembly is releasably coupled to a portion of the apparatus, the second optical element controlling, inhibiting, preventing, minimizing, or reducing contaminants entering the region while the output optical assembly is decoupled from the portion of the apparatus.
113. A method for irradiating a surface with light, the method comprising:
providing an optical element comprising a substantially optically transmissive and substantially thermally conductive material, the optical element having a first surface and a second surface;
placing the first surface in thermal communication with the irradiated surface;
propagating light along a first optical path through the second surface and through the first surface to the irradiated surface; and detecting radiation propagating along a second optical path from at least a portion of the second surface, the first optical path and the second optical path having a non-zero angle therebetween.
providing an optical element comprising a substantially optically transmissive and substantially thermally conductive material, the optical element having a first surface and a second surface;
placing the first surface in thermal communication with the irradiated surface;
propagating light along a first optical path through the second surface and through the first surface to the irradiated surface; and detecting radiation propagating along a second optical path from at least a portion of the second surface, the first optical path and the second optical path having a non-zero angle therebetween.
114. The method of Claim 113, wherein the first surface and the second surface face in generally opposite directions, and the first surface is not along the second optical path.
115. The method of Claim 113, wherein placing the first surface in thermal communication with the irradiated surface comprises releasably operatively coupling the first surface to the irradiated surface.
116. The method of Claim 113, wherein the irradiated surface comprises a portion of a patient's scalp.
117. An apparatus for irradiating a patient's scalp with light, the apparatus comprising:
a source of light;
an output optical assembly configured to be placed in thermal communication with a portion of the patient's scalp during operation of the apparatus;
a thermoelectric assembly responsive to an electric current applied to the thermoelectric assembly by cooling at least a fust surface of the thermoelectric assembly and heating at least a second surface of the thermoelectric assembly, the thermoelectric assembly configured to be releasably mechanically coupled to the output optical assembly so as to have the first surface in thermal communication with the output optical assembly, the thermoelectric assembly generally surrounding a first region, wherein, during operation of the apparatus, light irradiating the portion of the patient's scalp propagates through the first region;
and a heat sink in thermal communication with the second surface of the thermoelectric assembly.
a source of light;
an output optical assembly configured to be placed in thermal communication with a portion of the patient's scalp during operation of the apparatus;
a thermoelectric assembly responsive to an electric current applied to the thermoelectric assembly by cooling at least a fust surface of the thermoelectric assembly and heating at least a second surface of the thermoelectric assembly, the thermoelectric assembly configured to be releasably mechanically coupled to the output optical assembly so as to have the first surface in thermal communication with the output optical assembly, the thermoelectric assembly generally surrounding a first region, wherein, during operation of the apparatus, light irradiating the portion of the patient's scalp propagates through the first region;
and a heat sink in thermal communication with the second surface of the thermoelectric assembly.
118. The apparatus of Claim 117, wherein the output optical assembly comprises:
a thermally conductive portion configured to be in thermal communication with the first surface of the thermoelectric assembly, the thermally conductive portion generally surrounding a second region; and an optical element comprising a rigid, substantially optically transmissive, and substantially thermally conductive material, the optical element in thermal communication with the thermally conductive portion and configured to be placed in thermal communication with the portion of the patient's scalp during operation of the apparatus, wherein, during operation of the apparatus, the light propagates through the first region, the second region, and the optical element.
a thermally conductive portion configured to be in thermal communication with the first surface of the thermoelectric assembly, the thermally conductive portion generally surrounding a second region; and an optical element comprising a rigid, substantially optically transmissive, and substantially thermally conductive material, the optical element in thermal communication with the thermally conductive portion and configured to be placed in thermal communication with the portion of the patient's scalp during operation of the apparatus, wherein, during operation of the apparatus, the light propagates through the first region, the second region, and the optical element.
119. The apparatus of Claim 118, wherein the heat sink generally surrounds a third region, wherein, during operation of the apparatus, the light propagates through the third region, the first region, the second region, and the optical element.
120. The apparatus of Claim 117, wherein the thermoelectric assembly comprises a plurality of thermoelectric elements.
121. The apparatus of Claim 117, wherein the heat sink comprises a fluid conduit configured to allow a coolant to flow through the fluid conduit and to remove heat from the fluid conduit.
122. The apparatus of Claim 121, wherein the coolant comprises water.
123. The apparatus of Claim 117, wherein the optical element comprises sapphire.
124. The apparatus of Claim 117, wherein the optical element comprises diamond, calcium fluoride, or zinc selenide.
125. A method of irradiating a surface with light, the method comprising:
providing a thermoelectric assembly comprising a first surface and a second surface, the thermoelectric assembly generally surrounding a first region;
providing an output optical assembly;
releasably mechanically coupling the first surface of the thermoelectric assembly to the output optical assembly so that the first surface is in thermal communication with the output optical assembly;
cooling the first surface and heating the second surface; and propagating light through the first region to impinge the irradiated surface.
providing a thermoelectric assembly comprising a first surface and a second surface, the thermoelectric assembly generally surrounding a first region;
providing an output optical assembly;
releasably mechanically coupling the first surface of the thermoelectric assembly to the output optical assembly so that the first surface is in thermal communication with the output optical assembly;
cooling the first surface and heating the second surface; and propagating light through the first region to impinge the irradiated surface.
126. The method of Claim 125, wherein the output optical assembly comprises an optical element and a thermally conductive portion generally surrounding a second region, the thermally conductive portion in thermal communication with the optical element, wherein releasably mechanically coupling the first surface to the output optical assembly comprises releasably mechanically coupling the first surface to the thermally conductive portion, the method further comprising:
placing the optical element in thermal communication with the irradiated surface; and propagating the light comprises transmitting the light through the first region, the second region, and the optical element to impinge the irradiated surface.
placing the optical element in thermal communication with the irradiated surface; and propagating the light comprises transmitting the light through the first region, the second region, and the optical element to impinge the irradiated surface.
127. The apparatus of Claim 126, further comprising providing a heat sink in thermal communication with the second surface of the thermoelectric assembly, the heat sink generally surrounding a third region, wherein propagating the light comprises transmitting the light through the third region, the first region, the second region, and the optical element.
128. The method of Claim 125, wherein the irradiated surface comprises a portion of a patient's scalp.
129. An apparatus wearable by a patient, the apparatus comprising:
a body adapted to be worn over at least a portion of the patient's scalp; and a plurality of indicators corresponding to a plurality of treatment site locations at the patient's scalp where light is to be applied to irradiate at least a portion of the patient's brain.
a body adapted to be worn over at least a portion of the patient's scalp; and a plurality of indicators corresponding to a plurality of treatment site locations at the patient's scalp where light is to be applied to irradiate at least a portion of the patient's brain.
130. The apparatus of Claim 129, wherein at least one of the indicators comprises an optically transmissive portion of the body having an area of at least 1 cm2.
131. The apparatus of Claim 130, wherein the optically transmissive portion has an area in a range between 1 cm2 and 20 cm2.
132. The apparatus of Claim 130, wherein the optically transmissive portion has an area in a range between 5 cm2 and 10 cm2.
133. The apparatus of Claim 130, wherein the optically transmissive portion comprises an aperture through the body.
134. The apparatus of Claim 133, wherein the aperture has a substantially circular perimeter and a diameter in a range between 20 millimeters and 50 millimeters.
135. The apparatus of Claim 133, wherein the aperture has a substantially circular perimeter and a diameter in a range between 25 millimeters and 35 millimeters.
136. The apparatus of Claim 133, wherein the aperture has a substantially elliptical perimeter with a minor axis greater than 20 millimeters and a major axis less than 50 millimeters.
137. The apparatus of Claim 129, wherein at least one of the treatment site locations comprises an area of the patient's scalp, and at least one of the indicators denotes a position within the area of the at least one of the treatment site locations.
138. The apparatus of Claim 137, wherein the position is at the center of the area.
139. The apparatus of Claim 129, wherein adjacent treatment site locations of the plurality of treatment site locations have areas which do not overlap one another.
140. The apparatus of Claim 129, wherein adjacent treatment site locations of the plurality of treatment site locations have perimeters which are spaced from one another.
141. The apparatus of Claim 140, wherein the perimeters are spaced from one another by at least 25 millimeters.
142. The apparatus of Claim 129, wherein the body comprises Tyvek®.
143. The apparatus of Claim 129, wherein the plurality of indicators are configured to guide an operator to irradiate the patient's scalp at the corresponding treatment site locations sequentially one at a time in a predetermined order.
144. The apparatus of Claim 143, wherein at least one of the indicators comprises a portion which is configured to be removed from the apparatus to indicate that the corresponding treatment site location has been irradiated.
145. The apparatus of Claim 143, wherein the predetermined order is configured to reduce temperature increases at the patient's scalp which would result from sequentially irradiating treatment site locations in proximity to one another.
146. The apparatus of Claim 143, wherein the predetermined order comprises irradiation of a first treatment site location on a first side of the patient's scalp, then irradiation of a second treatment site location on a second side of the patient's scalp, then irradiation of a third treatment site location on the first side of the patient's scalp.
147. The apparatus of Claim 146, wherein the predetermined order further comprises irradiation of a fourth treatment site location on the second side of the patient's scalp after the irradiation of the third treatment site location.
148. The apparatus of Claim 143, wherein two sequentially irradiated treatment site locations of the plurality of treatment site locations are separated from one another by at least 25 millimeters.
149. An apparatus wearable by a patient, the apparatus comprising:
means for identifying a plurality of treatment site locations at the patient's scalp where light is to be applied to irradiate at least a portion of the patient's brain; and means for indicating to an operator a sequential order for irradiating the treatment site locations.
means for identifying a plurality of treatment site locations at the patient's scalp where light is to be applied to irradiate at least a portion of the patient's brain; and means for indicating to an operator a sequential order for irradiating the treatment site locations.
150. The apparatus of Claim 149, wherein the identifying means comprises a body adapted to be worn by the patient over the patient's scalp while the at least a portion of the patient's brain is irradiated.
151. The apparatus of Claim 150, wherein the indicating means comprises a plurality of apertures through the body, each aperture indicative of a corresponding treatment site location.
152. The apparatus of Claim 149, wherein the identifying means comprises a template configured to be placed over the patient's scalp.
153. The apparatus of Claim 152, wherein the indicating means comprises a plurality of holes through the template and a plurality of marks on the patient's scalp, wherein the template is adapted to be removed from the patient's scalp before the at least a portion of the patient's brain is irradiated and the plurality of marks are adapted to remain on the patient's scalp while the at least a portion of the patient's brain is irradiated.
154. A method for denoting a brain phototherapy procedure, the method comprising:
identifying a plurality of treatment site locations at a patient's scalp, wherein at least one of the treatment site locations has an area of at least 1 cm2;
and indicating a sequential order for irradiation of the treatment site locations.
identifying a plurality of treatment site locations at a patient's scalp, wherein at least one of the treatment site locations has an area of at least 1 cm2;
and indicating a sequential order for irradiation of the treatment site locations.
155. The method of Claim 154, wherein two of the treatment site locations indicated to be sequentially irradiated are separated from one another by at least millimeters.
156. The method of Claim 154, wherein two of the treatment site locations indicated to be sequentially irradiated are positioned over different hemispheres of the patient's brain.
157. The method of Claim 154, wherein identifying the plurality of treatment site locations comprises placing a body over the patient's scalp, the body comprising a plurality of optically transmissive portions corresponding to the plurality of treatment site locations.
158. The method of Claim 157, wherein at least one of the optically transmissive portions comprises an aperture through the body.
159. The method of Claim 158, wherein indicating the sequential order comprises marking a portion of the patient's scalp within the area of the aperture to produce a mark which remains on the patient's scalp upon removal of the body from over the patient's scalp.
160. The method of Claim 157, wherein the body further comprises a plurality of indicators corresponding to the plurality of optically transmissive portions, the plurality of indicators indicating the sequential order.
161. A method of treating a patient's brain, the method comprising:
noninvasively irradiating a first area of at least 1 cm2 of the patient's scalp with laser light during a first time period; and noninvasively irradiating a second area of at least 1 cm2 of the patient's scalp with laser light during a second time period, wherein the first area and the second area do not overlap one another, wherein the first time period and the second time period do not overlap one another.
noninvasively irradiating a first area of at least 1 cm2 of the patient's scalp with laser light during a first time period; and noninvasively irradiating a second area of at least 1 cm2 of the patient's scalp with laser light during a second time period, wherein the first area and the second area do not overlap one another, wherein the first time period and the second time period do not overlap one another.
162. The method of Claim 161, further comprising identifying the first area and the second area by placing a template over the patient's scalp, wherein the template comprises a first indicator of the first area and a second indicator of the second area.
163. The method of Claim 162, wherein the first indicator comprises a first opening in the template and the second indicator comprises a second opening in the template.
164. The method of Claim 161, further comprises placing a laser light source at a first position to noninvasively irradiate the first area and moving the laser light source to a second position to noninvasively irradiate the second area.
165. The method of Claim 161, further comprising increasing the transmissivity of the first area to the laser light and increasing the transmissivity of the second area to the laser light.
166. The method of Claim 165, wherein increasing the transmissivity of the first area comprises applying pressure to the first area to at least partially blanch the first area.
167. The method of Claim 165, wherein increasing the transmissivity of the first area comprises removing hair from the first area prior to noninvasively irradiating the first area.
168. The method of Claim 165, wherein increasing the transmissivity of the first area comprises applying an index-matching material to the first area.
169. The method of Claim 161, wherein the first area and the second area are spaced from one another by at least 10 millimeters.
170. The method of Claim 161, wherein the first area is over a first hemisphere of the brain, and the second area is over a second hemisphere of the brain.
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US3766808P | 2008-03-18 | 2008-03-18 | |
US61/037,668 | 2008-03-18 | ||
US12/389,294 | 2009-02-19 | ||
US12/389,294 US10357662B2 (en) | 2009-02-19 | 2009-02-19 | Apparatus and method for irradiating a surface with light |
PCT/US2009/037121 WO2009117323A2 (en) | 2008-03-18 | 2009-03-13 | Method and apparatus for irradiating a surface with continuous-wave or pulsed light |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2718434A1 true CA2718434A1 (en) | 2009-09-24 |
Family
ID=40626804
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2718434A Abandoned CA2718434A1 (en) | 2008-03-18 | 2009-03-13 | Method and apparatus for irradiating a surface with continuous-wave or pulsed light |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP2291224A2 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2011515152A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2718434A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2009117323A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (18)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20060212025A1 (en) | 1998-11-30 | 2006-09-21 | Light Bioscience, Llc | Method and apparatus for acne treatment |
US6887260B1 (en) | 1998-11-30 | 2005-05-03 | Light Bioscience, Llc | Method and apparatus for acne treatment |
US6283956B1 (en) | 1998-11-30 | 2001-09-04 | David H. McDaniels | Reduction, elimination, or stimulation of hair growth |
US9192780B2 (en) | 1998-11-30 | 2015-11-24 | L'oreal | Low intensity light therapy for treatment of retinal, macular, and visual pathway disorders |
US7303578B2 (en) | 2001-11-01 | 2007-12-04 | Photothera, Inc. | Device and method for providing phototherapy to the brain |
CA2531099A1 (en) | 2003-04-10 | 2004-10-28 | Light Bioscience, Llc | Photomodulation methods and devices for regulating cell proliferation and gene expression |
CN101247768A (en) | 2003-07-31 | 2008-08-20 | 莱特生物科学有限公司 | System and method for the photodynamic treatment of burns, wounds, and related skin disorders |
US10695579B2 (en) * | 2006-01-30 | 2020-06-30 | Pthera LLC | Apparatus and method for indicating treatment site locations for phototherapy to the brain |
EP3586923B1 (en) | 2008-07-14 | 2021-06-16 | Arizona Board Of Regents For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University | Devices for modulating cellular activity using ultrasound |
WO2010127249A1 (en) | 2009-05-01 | 2010-11-04 | Wayne State University | Light therapy treatment |
US10071261B2 (en) | 2009-05-01 | 2018-09-11 | Wayne State University | Light therapy treatment |
US20160296764A1 (en) * | 2014-07-01 | 2016-10-13 | Gary John Bellinger | Non-invasive and non-ablative soft tissue laser therapy |
EP3609573A1 (en) * | 2017-04-14 | 2020-02-19 | Regenlife | Transcutaneous irradiation device and application to the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases |
CN110662580B (en) * | 2017-05-31 | 2021-11-09 | 帝人制药株式会社 | Light therapy device |
US11511136B2 (en) | 2017-11-17 | 2022-11-29 | The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York | Method for treating damaged peripheral nerves using x-ray microbeam irradiation |
CN108478192B (en) * | 2018-04-11 | 2021-01-15 | 西安交通大学 | Measuring system for estimating skin tissue micro-vessel depth |
USD949355S1 (en) | 2019-10-15 | 2022-04-19 | JelikaLite, LLC | Head wearable light therapy device |
CN111790060A (en) * | 2020-04-15 | 2020-10-20 | 西安蓝极医疗电子科技有限公司 | Device for treating brain diseases based on pulse semiconductor laser external irradiation technology |
Family Cites Families (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5047006A (en) * | 1989-11-06 | 1991-09-10 | Howard Brandston | Personal integrating sphere system |
IL121476A0 (en) * | 1996-09-04 | 1998-02-08 | Esc Medical Systems Ltd | Device and method for cooling skin during laser treatment |
US5830208A (en) * | 1997-01-31 | 1998-11-03 | Laserlite, Llc | Peltier cooled apparatus and methods for dermatological treatment |
US7303578B2 (en) * | 2001-11-01 | 2007-12-04 | Photothera, Inc. | Device and method for providing phototherapy to the brain |
US7351253B2 (en) * | 2005-06-16 | 2008-04-01 | Codman & Shurtleff, Inc. | Intranasal red light probe for treating Alzheimer's disease |
US7575589B2 (en) * | 2006-01-30 | 2009-08-18 | Photothera, Inc. | Light-emitting device and method for providing phototherapy to the brain |
-
2009
- 2009-03-13 CA CA2718434A patent/CA2718434A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2009-03-13 EP EP09722350A patent/EP2291224A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2009-03-13 JP JP2011500878A patent/JP2011515152A/en active Pending
- 2009-03-13 WO PCT/US2009/037121 patent/WO2009117323A2/en active Application Filing
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2009117323A3 (en) | 2009-12-10 |
EP2291224A2 (en) | 2011-03-09 |
WO2009117323A2 (en) | 2009-09-24 |
JP2011515152A (en) | 2011-05-19 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20220193443A1 (en) | Method and Apparatus for Irradiating a Surface with Pulsed Light | |
EP2489401A2 (en) | Method and apparatus for irradiating a surface with continuous-wave or pulsed light | |
CA2718434A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for irradiating a surface with continuous-wave or pulsed light | |
US20200330786A1 (en) | Apparatus and Method for Indicating Treatment Site Locations for Phototherapy to the Brain | |
US20220152415A1 (en) | Light-Emitting Device And Method For Providing Phototherapy to The Brain | |
JP4224102B2 (en) | Apparatus and method for providing phototherapy for the brain | |
US20070179570A1 (en) | Wearable device and method for providing phototherapy to the brain | |
JP2017530774A (en) | Multi-wavelength phototherapy apparatus, system and method for non-invasive treatment of damaged or diseased tissue | |
US20080221211A1 (en) | Method of treatment of neurological injury or cancer by administration of dichloroacetate | |
Catanzaro et al. | Review of technology development and clinical trials of transcranial laser therapy for acute ischemic stroke treatment |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Dead |
Effective date: 20150313 |